Sagent Pharmaceuticals

Manufacturer Details

There are currently no manufacturer details available.

Sagent Pharmaceuticals Drugs

Clindamycin

Clindamycin

If diarrhea occurs during therapy, this antibiotic should be discontinued (see WARNING box).
Clindamycin injection IM administration should be used undiluted. Clindamycin injection IV administration should be diluted. (See Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates below.)
Adults: Parenteral (IM or IV Administration): Serious infections due to aerobic gram-positive cocci and the more susceptible anaerobes (NOT generally including Bacteroides fragilis, Peptococcus species and Clostridium species other than Clostridium perfringens):
600 mg to 1200 mg/day in 2, 3 or 4 equal doses.More severe infections, particularly those due to proven or suspected Bacteroides fragilis, Peptococcus species, or Clostridium species other than Clostridium perfringens: 1200 mg to 2700 mg/day in 2, 3 or 4 equal doses.For more serious infections, these doses may have to be increased. In life-threatening situations due to either aerobes or anaerobes these doses may be increased. Doses of as much as 4800 mg daily have been given intravenously to adults. See Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates section below. Single intramuscular injections of greater than 600 mg are not recommended. Alternatively, drug may be administered in the form of a single rapid infusion of the first dose followed by continuous IV infusion as follows: To maintain serum clindamycin levels Rapid infusion rate Maintenance infusion rate Above 4 mcg/mL Above 5 mcg/mL Above 6 mcg/mL 10 mg/min for 30 min 15 mg/min for 30 min 20 mg/min for 30 min 0.75 mg/min 1 mg/min 1.25 mg/min
Neonates (less than 1 month): 15 to 20 mg/kg/day in 3 to 4 equal doses. The lower dosage may be adequate for small prematures.

Pediatric patients 1 month of age to 16 years: Parenteral (IM or IV) Administration: 20 to 40 mg/kg/day in 3 or 4 equal doses. The higher doses would be used for more severe infections. As an alternative to dosing on a body weight basis, pediatric patients may be dosed on the basis of square meters body surface: 350 mg/m2/day for serious infections and 450 mg/m2/day for more severe infections.
Parenteral therapy may be changed to oral clindamycin flavored granules (clindamycin palmitate hydrochloride) or clindamycin capsules (clindamycin hydrochloride) when the condition warrants and at the discretion of the physician. In cases of β-hemolytic streptococcal infections, treatment should be continued for at least 10 days.
Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates: The concentration of clindamycin in diluent for infusion should not exceed 18 mg per mL. Infusion rates should not exceed 30 mg per minute. The usual infusion dilutions and rates are as follows:
Dose Diluent Time 300 mg 600 mg 900 mg 1200 mg 50 mL 50 mL 50 to 100 mL 100 mL 10 min 20 min 30 min 40 min Administration of more than 1200 mg in a single 1-hour infusion is not recommended. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Dilution and Compatibility: Physical and biological compatibility studies monitored for 24 hours at room temperature have demonstrated no inactivation or incompatibility with the use of clindamycin injection (clindamycin phosphate) in IV solutions containing sodium chloride, glucose, calcium or potassium, and solutions containing vitamin B complex in concentrations usually used clinically. No incompatibility has been demonstrated with the antibiotics cephalothin, kanamycin, gentamicin, penicillin or carbenicillin.
The following drugs are physically incompatible with clindamycin phosphate: ampicillin sodium, phenytoin sodium, barbiturates, aminophylline, calcium gluconate, and magnesium sulfate. The compatibility and duration of stability of drug admixtures will vary depending on concentration and other conditions. For current information regarding compatibilities of clindamycin phosphate under specific conditions, please contact the medical affairs department toll-free at 1-866-625-1618.
Physico-Chemical Stability of diluted solutions of Clindamycin Injection

Room temperature: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in glass bottles or minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 16 days at 25°C. Also, 18 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, in minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 16 days at 25°C.
Refrigeration: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in glass bottles or minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 32 days at 4°C. IMPORTANT: This chemical stability information in no way indicates that it would be acceptable practice to use this product well after the preparation time. Good professional practice suggests that compounded admixtures should be administered as soon after preparation as is feasible. Frozen: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in minibags demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least eight weeks at -10°C. Frozen solutions should be thawed at room temperature and not refrozen.
Zoledronic Acid

Zoledronic Acid

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

2.1 Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

The maximum recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in hypercalcemia of malignancy (albumin-corrected serum calcium greater than or equal to 12 mg/dL [3 mmol/L]) is 4 mg. The 4 mg dose must be given as a single-dose intravenous infusion over no less than 15 minutes. Patients who receive Zoledronic Acid Injection should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment.

Dose adjustments of Zoledronic Acid Injection are not necessary in treating patients for hypercalcemia of malignancy presenting with mild-to-moderate renal impairment prior to initiation of therapy (serum creatinine less than 400 μmol/L or less than 4.5 mg/dL).

Patients should be adequately rehydrated prior to administration of Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

Consideration should be given to the severity of, as well as the symptoms of, tumor-induced hypercalcemia when considering use of Zoledronic Acid Injection. Vigorous saline hydration, an integral part of hypercalcemia therapy, should be initiated promptly and an attempt should be made to restore the urine output to about 2 L/day throughout treatment. Mild or asymptomatic hypercalcemia may be treated with conservative measures (i.e., saline hydration, with or without loop diuretics). Patients should be hydrated adequately throughout the treatment, but overhydration, especially in those patients who have cardiac failure, must be avoided. Diuretic therapy should not be employed prior to correction of hypovolemia.

Retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection 4 mg may be considered if serum calcium does not return to normal or remain normal after initial treatment. It is recommended that a minimum of 7 days elapse before retreatment, to allow for full response to the initial dose. Renal function must be carefully monitored in all patients receiving Zoledronic Acid Injection and serum creatinine must be assessed prior to retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

2.2 Multiple Myeloma and Metastatic Bone Lesions of Solid Tumors

The recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in patients with multiple myeloma and metastatic bone lesions from solid tumors for patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) greater than 60 mL/min is 4 mg infused over no less than 15 minutes every 3 to 4 weeks. The optimal duration of therapy is not known.

This product is not intended for use with patients with reduced renal function (CrCl 60 mL/min or less).

During treatment, serum creatinine should be measured before each Zoledronic Acid Injection dose and treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration. In the clinical studies, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1 mg/dL
In the clinical studies, Zoledronic Acid Injection treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value. Zoledronic Acid Injection should be reinitiated at the same dose as that prior to treatment interruption.

Patients should also be administered an oral calcium supplement of 500 mg and a multiple vitamin containing 400 international units of vitamin D daily.

2.3 Preparation of Solution

Zoledronic Acid Injection must not be mixed with calcium or other divalent cation-containing infusion solutions, such as Lactated Ringer's solution, and should be administered as a single intravenous solution in a line separate from all other drugs.

4 mg per 100 mL Single-Use Ready-to-Use Bag

Bags of Zoledronic Acid Injection ready-to-use solution for infusion contain overfill allowing for the administration of 100 mL of solution (equivalent to 4 mg zoledronic acid). This solution is ready to use and may be administered directly to the patient without further preparation. For single use only.

Caution: After removing the overwrap check for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, discard container as sterility may be compromised. Use only if solution is clear and the container is undamaged.

2.4 Method of Administration

Due to the risk of clinically significant deterioration in renal function, which may progress to renal failure, single doses of Zoledronic Acid Injection should not exceed 4 mg and the duration of infusion should be no less than 15 minutes [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. In the trials and in postmarketing experience, renal deterioration, progression to renal failure and dialysis, have occurred in patients, including those treated with the approved dose of 4 mg infused over 15 minutes. There have been instances of this occurring after the initial Zoledronic Acid Injection dose.
Mucinex Fast-max Night ...

Mucinex Fast-max Night Time Cold And Flu

To avoid distress to the patient, atracurium should not be administered before unconsciousness has been induced. Atracurium should not be mixed in the same syringe, or administered simultaneously through the same needle, with alkaline solutions (e.g., barbiturate solutions).

Atracurium besylate should be administered intravenously. DO NOT GIVE ATRACURIUM BESYLATE BY INTRAMUSCULAR ADMINISTRATION. Intramuscular administration of atracurium besylate may result in tissue irritation and there are no clinical data to support this route of administration.

As with other neuromuscular blocking agents, the use of a peripheral nerve stimulator will permit the most advantageous use of atracurium besylate, minimizing the possibility of overdosage or underdosage, and assist in the evaluation of recovery.

Bolus Doses for Intubation and Maintenance of Neuromuscular Block

Adults

An atracurium besylate dose of 0.4 to 0.5 mg/kg (1.7 to 2.2 times the ED95), given as an intravenous bolus injection, is the recommended initial dose for most patients. With this dose, good or excellent conditions for nonemergency intubation can be expected in 2 to 2.5 minutes in most patients, with maximum neuromuscular block achieved approximately 3 to 5 minutes after injection. Clinically required neuromuscular block generally lasts 20 to 35 minutes under balanced anesthesia. Under balanced anesthesia, recovery to 25% of control is achieved approximately 35 to 45 minutes after injection, and recovery is usually 95% complete approximately 60 minutes after injection.

Atracurium is potentiated by isoflurane or enflurane anesthesia. The same initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.4 to 0.5 mg/kg may be used for intubation prior to administration of these inhalation agents; however, if atracurium is first administered under steady-state of isoflurane or enflurane, the initial atracurium besylate dose should be reduced by approximately one-third, i.e., to 0.25 to 0.35 mg/kg, to adjust for the potentiating effects of these anesthetic agents. With halothane, which has only a marginal (approximately 20%) potentiating effect on atracurium, smaller dosage reductions may be considered.

Atracurium besylate doses of 0.08 to 0.10 mg/kg are recommended for maintenance of neuromuscular block during prolonged surgical procedures. The first maintenance dose will generally be required 20 to 45 minutes after the initial atracurium besylate injection, but the need for maintenance doses should be determined by clinical criteria. Because atracurium lacks cumulative effects, maintenance doses may be administered at relatively regular intervals for each patient, ranging approximately from 15 to 25 minutes under balanced anesthesia, slightly longer under isoflurane or enflurane. Higher atracurium doses (up to 0.2 mg/kg) permit maintenance dosing at longer intervals.

Pediatric Patients

No atracurium dosage adjustments are required for pediatric patients two years of age or older. An atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg is recommended as the initial dose for infants (1 month to 2 years of age) under halothane anesthesia. Maintenance doses may be required with slightly greater frequency in infants and children than in adults.

Special Considerations

An initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg, given slowly or in divided doses over one minute, is recommended for adults, children, or infants with significant cardiovascular disease and for adults, children, or infants with any history (e.g., severe anaphylactoid reactions or asthma) suggesting a greater risk of histamine release.

Dosage reductions must be considered also in patients with neuromuscular disease, severe electrolyte disorders, or carcinomatosis in which potentiation of neuromuscular block or difficulties with reversal have been demonstrated. There has been no clinical experience with atracurium in these patients, and no specific dosage adjustments can be recommended. No atracurium dosage adjustments are required for patients with renal disease.

An initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg is recommended for adults following the use of succinylcholine for intubation under balanced anesthesia. Further reductions may be desirable with the use of potent inhalation anesthetics. The patient should be permitted to recover from the effects of succinylcholine prior to atracurium administration. Insufficient data are available for recommendation of a specific initial atracurium dose for administration following the use of succinylcholine in children and infants.

Use by Continuous Infusion

Infusion in the Operating Room (OR)

After administration of a recommended initial bolus dose of atracurium besylate injection (0.3 to 0.5 mg/kg), a diluted solution of atracurium besylate can be administered by continuous infusion to adults and pediatric patients aged 2 or more years for maintenance of neuromuscular block during extended surgical procedures.

Infusion of atracurium should be individualized for each patient. The rate of administration should be adjusted according to the patient's response as determined by peripheral nerve stimulation. Accurate dosing is best achieved using a precision infusion device.

Infusion of atracurium should be initiated only after early evidence of spontaneous recovery from the bolus dose. An initial infusion rate of 9 to 10 mcg/kg/min may be required to rapidly counteract the spontaneous recovery of neuromuscular function. Thereafter, a rate of 5 to 9 mcg/kg/min should be adequate to maintain continuous neuromuscular block in the range of 89% to 99% in most pediatric and adult patients under balanced anesthesia. Occasional patients may require infusion rates as low as 2 mcg/kg/min or as high as 15 mcg/kg/min.

The neuromuscular blocking effect of atracurium administered by infusion is potentiated by enflurane or isoflurane and, to a lesser extent, by halothane. Reduction in the infusion rate of atracurium should, therefore, be considered for patients receiving inhalation anesthesia. The rate of atracurium infusion should be reduced by approximately one-third in the presence of steady-state enflurane or isoflurane anesthesia; smaller reductions should be considered in the presence of halothane.

In patients undergoing cardiopulmonary bypass with induced hypothermia, the rate of infusion of atracurium required to maintain adequate surgical relaxation during hypothermia (25° to 28°C) has been shown to be approximately half the rate required during normothermia.

Spontaneous recovery from neuromuscular block following discontinuation of atracurium infusion may be expected to proceed at a rate comparable to that following administration of a single bolus dose.

Infusion in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)

The principles for infusion of atracurium in the OR are also applicable to use in the ICU.

An infusion rate of 11 to 13 mcg/kg/min (range: 4.5 to 29.5) should provide adequate neuromuscular block in adult patients in an ICU. Limited information suggests that infusion rates required for pediatric patients in the ICU may be higher than in adult patients. There may be wide interpatient variability in dosage requirements and these requirements may increase or decrease with time (see PRECAUTIONS: Long-Term Use in Intensive Care Unit [ICU]). Following recovery from neuromuscular block, readministration of a bolus dose may be necessary to quickly re-establish neuromuscular block prior to reinstitution of the infusion.

Infusion Rate Tables

The amount of infusion solution required per minute will depend upon the concentration of atracurium in the infusion solution, the desired dose of atracurium, and the patient's weight. The following tables provide guidelines for delivery, in mL/hr (equivalent to microdrops/min when 60 microdrops = 1 mL), of atracurium solutions in concentrations of 0.2 mg/mL (20 mg in 100 mL) or 0.5 mg/mL (50 mg in 100 mL) with an infusion pump or a gravity flow device.
Table 3: Atracurium Besylate Infusion Rates for a Concentration of 0.2 mg/mL PatientWeight(kg) Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 30 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 35 53 63 74 84 95 105 116 126 137 40 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 45 68 81 95 108 122 135 149 162 176 50 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 55 83 99 116 132 149 165 182 198 215 60 90 108 126 144 162 180 198 216 234 65 98 117 137 156 176 195 215 234 254 70 105 126 147 168 189 210 231 252 273 75 113 135 158 180 203 225 248 270 293 80 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 90 135 162 189 216 243 270 297 324 351 100 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 Table 4: Atracurium Besylate Infusion Rates for a Concentration of 0.5 mg/mL PatientWeight(kg) Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 30 18 22 25 29 32 36 40 43 47 35 21 25 29 34 38 42 46 50 55 40 24 29 34 38 43 48 53 58 62 45 27 32 38 43 49 54 59 65 70 50 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 55 33 40 46 53 59 66 73 79 86 60 36 43 50 58 65 72 79 86 94 65 39 47 55 62 70 78 86 94 101 70 42 50 59 67 76 84 92 101 109 75 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 80 48 58 67 77 86 96 106 115 125 90 54 65 76 86 97 108 119 130 140 100 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Compatibility and Admixtures

Atracurium besylate infusion solutions may be prepared by admixing atracurium besylate injection with an appropriate diluent such as 5% Dextrose Injection, 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, or 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection. Infusion solutions should be used within 24 hours of preparation. Unused solutions should be discarded. Solutions containing 0.2 mg/mL or 0.5 mg/mL atracurium besylate in the above diluents may be stored either under refrigeration or at room temperature for 24 hours without significant loss of potency. Care should be taken during admixture to prevent inadvertent contamination. Visually inspect prior to administration.

Spontaneous degradation of atracurium besylate has been demonstrated to occur more rapidly in Lactated Ringer's solution than in 0.9% sodium chloride solution. Therefore, it is recommended that Lactated Ringer's Injection not be used as a diluent in preparing solutions of atracurium besylate injection for infusion.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Burberry Burberry Cashm...

Burberry Burberry Cashmere Long-lasting Flawless Soft-matte Foundation Sunscreen Broad Spectrum Spf 20 Deep Brown No.66

2.1 Adult Population

The recommended adult dosages are outlined in Table 1. Cefazolin for Injection should be administered intravenously (IV) over approximately 30 minutes.

After constitution, cefazolin can be administered by parenteral administration. However, the intent of this pharmacy bulk package is for the preparation of the solutions for intravenous infusion only.
Table 1: Recommended Dosing Schedule in Adult Patients with CrCl Greater Than or Equal To 55 mL/min.
* In rare instances, doses of up to 12 grams of cefazolin per day have been used.
Site and Type of Infection Dose Frequency Moderate to severe infections 500 mg to 1 gram every 6 to 8 hours Mild infections caused by susceptible gram-positive cocci 250 mg to 500 mg every 8 hours Acute, uncomplicated urinary tract infections 1 gram every 12 hours Pneumococcal pneumonia 500 mg every 12 hours Severe, life-threatening infections (e.g., endocarditis, septicemia)* 1 gram to 1.5 grams every 6 hours
2.2 Perioperative Prophylactic Use

To prevent postoperative infection in contaminated or potentially contaminated surgery, recommended doses are:
1 gram IV administered ½ hour to 1 hour prior to the start of surgery. For lengthy operative procedures (e.g., 2 hours or more), 500 mg to 1 gram IV during surgery (administration modified depending on the duration of the operative procedure). 500 mg to 1 gram IV every 6 to 8 hours for 24 hours postoperatively.
It is important that (i) the preoperative dose be given just prior (1/2 hour to 1 hour) to the start of surgery so that adequate antibacterial concentrations are present in the serum and tissues at the time of initial surgical incision; and (ii) cefazolin be administered, if necessary, at appropriate intervals during surgery to provide sufficient concentrations of the antibacterial drug at the anticipated moments of greatest exposure to infective organisms.

The prophylactic administration of cefazolin should usually be discontinued within a 24-hour period after the surgical procedure. In surgery where the occurrence of infection may be particularly devastating (e.g., open-heart surgery and prosthetic arthroplasty), the prophylactic administration of cefazolin may be continued for 3 to 5 days following the completion of surgery.

2.3 Patients with Renal Impairment

Cefazolin may be used in patients with renal impairment with the dosage adjustments outlined in Table 2. All reduced dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose appropriate to the severity of the infection.
Table 2: Dosage Adjustment for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance Dose Frequency 55 mL/min. or greater full dose normal frequency 35 to 54 mL/min. full dose every 8 hours or longer 11 to 34 mL/min. 1/2 usual dose every 12 hours 10 mL/min. or less 1/2 usual dose every 18 to 24 hours
2.4 Pediatric Dosage

In pediatric patients, a total daily dosage of 25 to 50 mg per kg (approximately 10 to 20 mg per pound) of body weight, divided into 3 or 4 equal doses, is effective for most mild to moderately severe infections. Total daily dosage may be increased to 100 mg per kg (45 mg per pound) of body weight for severe infections. Since safety for use in premature infants and in neonates has not been established, the use of Cefazolin for Injection in these patients is not recommended.

In pediatric patients with mild to moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 70 to 40 mL/min.), 60 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be sufficient. In patients with moderate impairment (creatinine clearance of 40 to 20 mL/min.), 25 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be adequate. Pediatric patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 20 to 5 mL/min.) may be given 10 percent of the normal daily dose every 24 hours. All dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose.

2.5 Preparation for Use of Cefazolin for Injection

Reconstitution

Preparation of Parenteral Solution

Parenteral drug products should be SHAKEN WELL when reconstituted, and inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. If particulate matter is evident in reconstituted fluids, the drug solutions should be discarded.

Reconstituted solutions may range in color from pale yellow to yellow without a change in potency.

Directions for Proper Use of a Pharmacy Bulk Package

Not for direct infusion. The Pharmacy Bulk Package is for use in the hospital pharmacy admixture service only in a suitable work area, such as a laminar flow hood. Using aseptic technique, the closure may be penetrated only one time using a suitable sterile dispensing set that allows measured dispensing of the contents. Use of a syringe and needle is not recommended as it may cause leakage. After entry, use entire contents of Pharmacy Bulk Package promptly. The entire contents of the Pharmacy Bulk Package should be dispensed within 4 hours of initial entry. This time limit should begin with the introduction of the solvent or diluent into the Pharmacy Bulk Package. Discard Pharmacy Bulk Package within 4 hours after initial entry.

Pharmacy Bulk Packages

Add Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection or Sodium Chloride Injection according to the table below. SHAKE WELL.
Pharmacy Bulk Package Size Amount of Diluent Approximate Concentration Approximate Available Volume 10 grams 45 mL 1 gram/5 mL 51 mL 10 grams 96 mL 1 gram/10 mL 102 mL
Administration

Intermittent or continuous infusion: Dilute reconstituted Cefazolin for Injection in 50 to 100 mL of one of the following solutions:
Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% or 10% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP Invert Sugar 5% or 10% in Sterile Water for Injection Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Sodium Bicarbonate Injection, USP
When diluted according to the instructions above, Cefazolin for Injection is stable for 24 hours at room temperature or for 10 days if stored under refrigeration (5°C or 41°F).

Prior to administration parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration whenever solution and container permit.
Childrens Cough And Che...

Childrens Cough And Chest Congestion Dm

2.1 Adult Population

The recommended adult dosages are outlined in Table 1. Cefazolin for Injection should be administered intramuscularly (IM) or intravenously (IV) over approximately 30 minutes.
Table 1: Recommended Dosing Schedule in Adult Patients with CrCl Greater Than or Equal To 55 mL/min.
* In rare instances, doses of up to 12 grams of cefazolin per day have been used.
Site and Type of Infection Dose Frequency Moderate to severe infections 500 mg to 1 gram every 6 to 8 hours Mild infections caused by susceptible gram-positive cocci 250 mg to 500 mg every 8 hours Acute, uncomplicated urinary tract infections 1 gram every 12 hours Pneumococcal pneumonia 500 mg every 12 hours Severe, life-threatening infections (e.g., endocarditis, septicemia)* 1 gram to 1.5 grams every 6 hours
2.2 Perioperative Prophylactic Use

To prevent postoperative infection in contaminated or potentially contaminated surgery, recommended doses are:
1 gram IV or IM administered ½ hour to 1 hour prior to the start of surgery. For lengthy operative procedures (e.g., 2 hours or more), 500 mg to 1 gram IV or IM during surgery (administration modified depending on the duration of the operative procedure). 500 mg to 1 gram IV or IM every 6 to 8 hours for 24 hours postoperatively.
It is important that (i) the preoperative dose be given just prior (1/2 hour to 1 hour) to the start of surgery so that adequate antibacterial concentrations are present in the serum and tissues at the time of initial surgical incision; and (ii) Cefazolin for Injection be administered, if necessary, at appropriate intervals during surgery to provide sufficient concentrations of the antibacterial drug at the anticipated moments of greatest exposure to infective organisms.

The prophylactic administration of Cefazolin for Injection should usually be discontinued within a 24-hour period after the surgical procedure. In surgery where the occurrence of infection may be particularly devastating (e.g., open-heart surgery and prosthetic arthroplasty), the prophylactic administration of cefazolin may be continued for 3 to 5 days following the completion of surgery.

2.3 Patients with Renal Impairment

Cefazolin for Injection may be used in patients with renal impairment with the dosage adjustments outlined in Table 2. All reduced dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose appropriate to the severity of the infection.
Table 2: Dosage Adjustment for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance Dose Frequency 55 mL/min. or greater full dose normal frequency 35 to 54 mL/min. full dose every 8 hours or longer 11 to 34 mL/min. 1/2 usual dose every 12 hours 10 mL/min. or less 1/2 usual dose every 18 to 24 hours
2.4 Pediatric Dosage

In pediatric patients, a total daily dosage of 25 to 50 mg per kg (approximately 10 to 20 mg per pound) of body weight, divided into 3 or 4 equal doses, is effective for most mild to moderately severe infections. Total daily dosage may be increased to 100 mg per kg (45 mg per pound) of body weight for severe infections. Since safety for use in premature infants and in neonates has not been established, the use of Cefazolin for Injection in these patients is not recommended.
Table 3: Pediatric Dosage Guide Weight 25 mg/kg/day Divided into 3 Doses 25 mg/kg/day Divided into 4 Doses Lbs Kg Approximate Single Dose mg/q 8 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of125 mg/mL Approximate Single Dose mg/q 6 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of125 mg/mL 1020304050 4.5913.618.122.7 40 mg75 mg115 mg150 mg190 mg 0.35 mL0.6 mL0.9 mL1.2 mL1.5 mL 30 mg55 mg85 mg115 mg140 mg 0.25 mL0.45 mL0.7 mL0.9 mL1.1 mL Weight 50 mg/kg/day Divided into 3 Doses 50 mg/kg/day Divided into 4 Doses Lbs Kg Approximate Single Dose mg/q 8 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of225 mg/mL Approximate Single Dose mg/q 6 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of225 mg/mL 1020304050 4.5913.618.122.7 75 mg150 mg225 mg300 mg375 mg 0.35 mL0.7 mL1 mL1.35 mL1.7 mL 55 mg110 mg170 mg225 mg285 mg 0.25 mL0.5 mL0.75 mL1 mL1.25 mL
In pediatric patients with mild to moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 70 to 40 mL/min.), 60 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be sufficient. In patients with moderate impairment (creatinine clearance of 40 to 20 mL/min.), 25 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be adequate. Pediatric patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 20 to 5 mL/min.) may be given 10 percent of the normal daily dose every 24 hours. All dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose.

2.5 Preparation for Use of Cefazolin for Injection

Reconstitution

Preparation of Parenteral Solution

Parenteral drug products should be SHAKEN WELL when reconstituted, and inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. If particulate matter is evident in reconstituted fluids, the drug solutions should be discarded.

When reconstituted or diluted according to the instructions below, Cefazolin for Injection is stable for 24 hours at room temperature or for 10 days if stored under refrigeration (5°C or 41°F). Reconstituted solutions may range in color from pale yellow to yellow without a change in potency.

Single-Dose Vials

For IM injection, IV direct (bolus) injection or IV infusion, reconstitute with Sterile Water for Injection according to the following table. SHAKE WELL.
Table 4: Reconstitution Instructions Vial Size Amount of Diluent Approximate Concentration Approximate Available Volume 500 mg 2 mL 225 mg/mL 2.2 mL 1 gram 2.5 mL 330 mg/mL 3 mL
Administration

Intramuscular Administration

Reconstitute vials with Sterile Water for Injection according to the dilution table above. Shake well until dissolved. Cefazolin for Injection should be injected into a large muscle mass. Pain on injection is infrequent with Cefazolin for Injection.

Intravenous Administration

Direct (bolus) injection: Following reconstitution according to the above table, further dilute vials with approximately 5 mL Sterile Water for Injection. Inject the solution slowly over 3 to 5 minutes, directly or through tubing for patients receiving parenteral fluids (see list below).

Intermittent or continuous infusion: Dilute reconstituted Cefazolin for Injection in 50 to 100 mL of one of the following solutions:
Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% or 10% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP Invert Sugar 5% or 10% in Sterile Water for Injection Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Sodium Bicarbonate Injection, USP
Prior to administration parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration whenever solution and container permit.
Defemsol-ito Solucion

Defemsol-ito Solucion

2.1 Prevention of Nausea and Vomiting Associated with Initial and Repeat Courses of Emetogenic Chemotherapy

Ondansetron injection should be diluted in 50 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection before administration.

Adults: The recommended adult intravenous dosage of Ondansetron injection is three 0.15-mg/kg doses up to a maximum of 16 mg per dose [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)]. The first dose is infused over 15 minutes beginning 30 minutes before the start of emetogenic chemotherapy. Subsequent doses (0.15 mg/kg up to a maximum of 16 mg per dose) are administered 4 and 8 hours after the first dose of Ondansetron injection.

Pediatrics: For pediatric patients 6 months through 18 years of age, the intravenous dosage of Ondansetron injection is three 0.15-mg/kg doses up to a maximum of 16 mg per dose [see Clinical Studies (14.1), Clinical Pharmacology (12.2, 12.3)]. The first dose is to be administered 30 minutes before the start of moderately to highly emetogenic chemotherapy. Subsequent doses (0.15 mg/kg up to a maximum of 16 mg per dose) are administered 4 and 8 hours after the first dose of Ondansetron injection. The drug should be infused intravenously over 15 minutes.

2.2 Prevention of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting

Ondansetron injection should not be mixed with solutions for which physical and chemical compatibility have not been established. In particular, this applies to alkaline solutions as a precipitate may form.

Adults: The recommended adult intravenous dosage of Ondansetron injection is 4 mg undiluted administered intravenously in not less than 30 seconds, preferably over 2 to 5 minutes, immediately before induction of anesthesia, or postoperatively if the patient did not receive prophylactic antiemetics and experiences nausea and/or vomiting occurring within 2 hours after surgery. Alternatively, 4 mg undiluted may be administered intramuscularly as a single injection for adults. While recommended as a fixed dose for patients weighing more than 40 kg, few patients above 80 kg have been studied. In patients who do not achieve adequate control of postoperative nausea and vomiting following a single, prophylactic, preinduction, intravenous dose of ondansetron 4 mg, administration of a second intravenous dose of 4 mg ondansetron postoperatively does not provide additional control of nausea and vomiting.

Pediatrics: For pediatric patients 1 month through 12 years of age, the dosage is a single 0.1-mg/kg dose for patients weighing 40 kg or less, or a single 4-mg dose for patients weighing more than 40 kg. The rate of administration should not be less than 30 seconds, preferably over 2 to 5 minutes immediately prior to or following anesthesia induction, or postoperatively if the patient did not receive prophylactic antiemetics and experiences nausea and/or vomiting occurring shortly after surgery. Prevention of further nausea and vomiting was only studied in patients who had not received prophylactic Ondansetron injection.

2.3 Stability and Handling

After dilution, do not use beyond 24 hours. Although Ondansetron injection is chemically and physically stable when diluted as recommended, sterile precautions should be observed because diluents generally do not contain preservative.

Ondansetron injection is stable at room temperature under normal lighting conditions for 48 hours after dilution with the following intravenous fluids: 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, 5% Dextrose Injection, 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, and 3% Sodium Chloride Injection.

Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

Precaution: Occasionally, ondansetron precipitates at the stopper/vial interface in vials stored upright. Potency and safety are not affected. If a precipitate is observed, resolubilize by shaking the vial vigorously.

2.4 Dosage Adjustment for Patients with Impaired Hepatic Function

In patients with severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh score of 10 or greater), a single maximal daily dose of 8 mg infused over 15 minutes beginning 30 minutes before the start of the emetogenic chemotherapy is recommended. There is no experience beyond first-day administration of ondansetron in these patients [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].
Choletec

Choletec

An infusion rate of 10 mg/min or less is associated with fewer infusion-related events (see ADVERSE REACTIONS). Infusion-related events are related to both the concentration and the rate of administration of vancomycin. Concentrations of no more than 5 mg per mL and rates of no more than 10 mg/min are recommended in adults (see also age-specific recommendations). In selected patients in need of fluid restriction, a concentration up to 10 mg per mL may be used; use of such higher concentrations may increase the risk of infusion-related events. Infusion-related events may occur, however, at any rate or concentration.

Patients with Normal Renal Function

Adults

The usual daily intravenous dose is 2 grams divided either as 500 mg every six hours or 1 gram every 12 hours. Each dose should be administered at no more than 10 mg/min, or over a period of at least 60 minutes, whichever is longer. Other patients factors, such as age or obesity, may call for modification of the usual intravenous daily dose.

Pediatric patients

The usual intravenous dosage of vancomycin is 10 mg/kg per dose given every 6 hours. Each dose should be administered over a period of at least 60 minutes. Close monitoring of serum concentrations of vancomycin may be warranted in these patients.

Neonates

In pediatric patients up to the age of 1 month, the total daily intravenous dosage may be lower. In neonates, an initial dose of 15 mg/kg is suggested, followed by 10 mg/kg every 12 hours for neonates in the 1st week of life and every 8 hours thereafter up to the age of 1 month. Each dose should be administered over 60 minutes. In premature infants, vancomycin clearance decreases as postconceptional age decreases. Therefore, longer dosing intervals may be necessary in premature infants. Close monitoring of serum concentrations of vancomycin is recommended in these patients.

Patients with Impaired Renal Function and Elderly Patients

Dosage adjustment must be made in patients with impaired renal function. In the elderly, greater dosage reductions than expected may be necessary because of decreased renal function. Measurement of vancomycin serum concentrations can be helpful in optimizing therapy, especially in seriously ill patients with changing renal function. Vancomycin serum concentrations can be determined by use of microbiologic assay, radioimmunoassay, fluorescence polarization immunoassay, fluorescence immunoassay, or high-pressure liquid chromatography.

If creatinine clearance can be measured or estimated accurately, the dosage for most patients with renal impairment can be calculated using the following table. The dosage of vancomycin per day in mg is about 15 times the glomerular filtration rate in mL/min: (see table).
DOSAGE TABLE FOR VANCOMYCIN IN PATIENTS WITH IMPAIRED RENAL FUNCTION (Adapted from Moellering et al.4) Creatinine Clearance mL/min Vancomycin Dose mg/24 hr 100 1545 90 1390 80 1235 70 1080 60 925 50 770 40 620 30 465 20 310 10 155
The initial dose should be no less than 15 mg/kg, even in patients with mild to moderate renal insufficiency.

The table is not valid for functionally anephric patients. For such patients, an initial dose of 15 mg/kg of body weight should be given to achieve prompt therapeutic serum concentrations. The dose required to maintain stable concentrations is 1.9 mg/kg/24 hr. In patients with marked renal impairment, it may be more convenient to give maintenance doses of 250 to 1000 mg once every several days rather than administering the drug on a daily basis. In anuria, a dose of 1000 mg every 7 to 10 days has been recommended.

When only the serum creatinine concentration is known, the following formula (based on sex, weight and age of the patient) may be used to calculate creatinine clearance. Calculated creatinine clearances (mL/min) are only estimates. The creatinine clearance should be measured promptly.

The serum creatinine must represent a steady state of renal function. Otherwise, the estimated value for creatinine clearance will not be valid. Such a calculated clearance is an overestimate of actual clearance in patients with conditions:

(1) characterized by decreasing renal function, such as shock, severe heart failure or oliguria; (2) in which a normal relationship between muscle mass and total body weight is not present, such as in obese patients or those with liver disease, edema or ascites; and (3) accompanied by debilitation, malnutrition or inactivity.

The safety and efficacy of vancomycin administration by the intrathecal (intralumbar or intraventricular) route have not been assessed.

Intermittent infusion is the recommended method of administration.

Compatibility with Other Drugs and IV Fluids

The following diluents are physically and chemically compatible (with 4 g/L vancomycin hydrochloride):
5% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose Injection and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and Lactated Ringer's Injection Normosol ®-M and 5% Dextrose 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Isolyte ® E
Good professional practice suggests that compounded admixtures should be administered as soon after preparation as is feasible.

Vancomycin solution has a low pH and may cause physical instability of other compounds.
Divalproex Sodium

Divalproex Sodium

2.1 Recommended Dose

Adjuvant Breast Cancer

The recommended dose of doxorubicin HCl is 60 mg/m2 administered as an intravenous bolus on day 1 of each 21-day treatment cycle, in combination with cyclophosphamide, for a total of four cycles [see Clinical Studies (14)].

Metastatic Disease, Leukemia, or Lymphoma
The recommended dose of doxorubicin HCl when used as a single agent is 60 to 75 mg/m2 intravenously every 21 days. The recommended dose of doxorubicin HCl, when administered in combination with other chemotherapy drugs, is 40 to 75 mg/m2 intravenously every 21 to 28 days. Consider use of the lower doxorubicin dose in the recommended dose range or longer intervals between cycles for heavily pretreated patients, elderly patients, or obese patients. Cumulative doses above 550 mg/m2 are associated with an increased risk of cardiomyopathy [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].
2.2 Dose Modifications

Cardiac Impairment

Discontinue doxorubicin in patients who develop signs or symptoms of cardiomyopathy.

Hepatic Impairment

Doxorubicin HCl is contraindicated in patients with severe hepatic impairment (Child-Pugh Class C or serum bilirubin >5.0 mg/dL) [see Contraindications (4)].

Decrease the dose of doxorubicin HCl in patients with elevated serum total bilirubin concentrations as follows:

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) and Use in Specific Population (8.7)]
Serum bilirubin concentration Doxorubicin HCl Dose reduction 1.2 to 3.0 mg/dL 50 % 3.1 to 5.0 mg/dL 75 % greater than 5.0 mg/dL Do not initiate doxorubicin HClDiscontinue doxorubicin HCl
2.3 Preparation and Administration

Preparation for Continuous Intravenous Infusion

Dilute doxorubicin HCl solution in 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP. Protect from light following preparation until completion of infusion.

Administration

Visually inspect parenteral drug products for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit. Discard if the solution is discolored, cloudy, or contains particulate matter.

Storage of vials of Doxorubicin HCl Injection under refrigerated conditions can result in the formation of a gelled product. Place gelled product at room temperature [15º to 30ºC (59º to 86ºF)] for 2 to 4 hours to return the product to a slightly viscous, mobile solution.

Administration by Intravenous Injection:
Administer doxorubicin HCl as an intravenous injection through a central intravenous line or a secure and free-flowing peripheral venous line containing 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP. Administer doxorubicin HCl intravenously over 3 to 10 minutes. Decrease the rate of doxorubicin HCl administration if erythematous streaking along the vein proximal to the site of infusion or facial flushing occur.
Administration by Continuous Intravenous Infusion:
Infuse only through a central catheter. Decrease the rate of doxorubicin HCl administration if erythematous streaking along the vein proximal to the site of infusion or facial flushing occur. Protect from light from preparation for infusion until completion of infusion.
Management of Suspected Extravasation

Discontinue doxorubicin HCl for burning or stinging sensation or other evidence indicating perivenous infiltration or extravasation. Manage confirmed or suspected extravasation as follows:
Do not remove the needle until attempts are made to aspirate extravasated fluid. Do not flush the line. Avoid applying pressure to the site. Apply ice to the site intermittently for 15 min 4 times a day for 3 days. If the extravasation is in an extremity, elevate the extremity. In adults, consider administration of dexrazoxane [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)].
Incompatibility with Other Drugs

Do not admix doxorubicin HCl with other drugs. If doxorubicin HCl is mixed with heparin or fluorouracil a precipitate may form. Avoid contact with alkaline solutions which can lead to hydrolysis of doxorubicin HCl.

2.4 Procedures for Proper Handling and Disposal

Handle and dispose of doxorubicin HCl consistent with recommendations for the handling and disposal of hazardous drugs.1

Treat accidental contact with the skin or eyes immediately by copious lavage with water, or soap and water, or sodium bicarbonate solution. Do not abrade the skin by using a scrub brush. Seek medical attention.
Tylenol Pm

Tylenol Pm

Verify dose using body surface area prior to dispensing. Recommended dosage should generally not exceed 4 mg intravenously [see Overdosage (10)].

2.1 Small Cell Lung Cancer

Recommended Dosage: The recommended dose of Topotecan Injection is 1.5 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily on days 1 to 5 of each 21-day cycle until disease progression.

Dosage Modification Guidelines: Recommended dose modifications in patients with bone marrow suppression or renal impairment are provided in the table below [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1), Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].
Table 1. Recommended Dose Modifications in Patients with Small Cell Lung Cancer Adverse Reaction or Laboratory Values Recommended Dose Modification On Day 1 of first cycle--neutrophil count of ≤ 1,500 cells/mm3 or --platelet count ≤ 100,000 cells/mm3 or --serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL Delay initiation of Topotecan Injection until hematologic or renal recovery On Day 1 of subsequent cycles (cycle 2 and beyond)--neutrophil count of ≤ 1,000 cells/mm3 or --platelet count ≤ 100,000 cells/mm3 or --hemoglobin < 9.0 gm/dL or --serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL Delay next cycle of Topotecan Injection until hematologic or renal recovery For neutropenia < 500 cells/mm3 in preceding cycle Permanently reduce Topotecan Injection dose to 1.25 mg/m2 or administer prophylactic granulocyte colony-stimulating factor during subsequent cycles. For platelets < 25,000 cells/mm3 in preceding cycle Permanently reduce Topotecan Injection dose to 1.25 mg/m2 For creatinine clearance 20-39 mL/min Reduce the Topotecan Injection dose to 0.75 mg/m2
2.2 Cervical Cancer

Recommended Dosage: The recommended dose of Topotecan Injection is 0.75 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily on days 1, 2, and 3 of each 21-day cycle. Administer cisplatin 50 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion on day 1 of each 21-day cycle.

Dosage Modification Guidelines: Recommended dose modifications in patients with bone marrow suppression or renal impairment are provided in the table below [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1), Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)]. See manufacturer's prescribing information for cisplatin administration and hydration guidelines and for cisplatin dosage adjustment in the event of hematologic toxicity.
Table 2. Recommended Dose Modifications in Patients with Cervical Cancer Adverse Reaction or Laboratory Values Recommended Dose Modification On Day 1 of first cycle--neutrophil count of ≤ 1,500 cells/mm3 or --platelet count ≤ 100,000 cells/mm3 or --serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL Delay initiation of Topotecan Injection until hematologic or renal recovery On Day 1 of subsequent cycles (cycle 2 and beyond)--neutrophil count of ≤ 1,000 cells/mm3 or --platelet count ≤ 100,000 cells/mm3 or --hemoglobin < 9.0 gm/dL or--serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL Delay next cycle of Topotecan Injection until hematologic or renal recovery For the first occurrence of febrile neutropenia [ < 1,000 neutrophils/mm3 with fever ≥ 38.0°C (≥ 100.4°F) in preceding cycle Permanently reduce the daily Topotecan Injection dose to 0.60 mg/m2 or administer prophylactic granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF) during subsequent cycles. For re-occurrence of febrile neutropenia [< 1,000 neutrophils/mm3 with fever ≥ 38.0°C (≥ 100.4°F) in preceding cycle despite use of G-CSF Permanently reduce the daily Topotecan Injection dose to 0.45 mg/m2 For platelet nadir < 25,000 cells/mm3 in preceding cycle Permanently reduce the daily Topotecan Injection dose to 0.60 mg/m2 For serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL in subsequent cycles Permanently discontinue cisplatin and Topotecan Injection
2.3 Instructions for Handling, and Preparation for Intravenous Administration

Use procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs [see References (15)].

Dilute Topotecan Injection in either 0.9% Sodium Chloride USP or 5% Dextrose USP. Store diluted Topotecan Injection solutions at approximately 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F) for no more than 4 hours or under refrigerated (2°C to 8°C) conditions for no more than 12 hours.
Cefuroxime

Cefuroxime

The intent of the Pharmacy Bulk Package is for the preparation of solutions for intravenous infusion only. Dosing reference to the intramuscular route of administration is for informational purposes only.

Dosage: Adults: The usual adult dosage range for cefuroxime is 750 mg to 1.5 grams every 8 hours, usually for 5 to 10 days. In uncomplicated urinary tract infections, skin and skin-structure infections, disseminated gonococcal infections, and uncomplicated pneumonia, a 750 mg dose every 8 hours is recommended. In severe or complicated infections, a 1.5 gram dose every 8 hours is recommended.

In bone and joint infections, a 1.5 gram dose every 8 hours is recommended. In clinical trials, surgical intervention was performed when indicated as an adjunct to therapy with cefuroxime. A course of oral antibiotics was administered when appropriate following the completion of parenteral administration of cefuroxime.

In life-threatening infections or infections due to less susceptible organisms, 1.5 grams every 6 hours may be required. In bacterial meningitis, the dosage should not exceed 3 grams every 8 hours. The recommended dosage for uncomplicated gonococcal infection is 1.5 grams given intramuscularly as a single dose at 2 different sites together with 1 gram of oral probenecid. For preventive use for clean-contaminated or potentially contaminated surgical procedures, a 1.5 gram dose administered intravenously just before surgery (approximately one-half to 1 hour before the initial incision) is recommended. Thereafter, give 750 mg intravenously or intramuscularly every 8 hours when the procedure is prolonged.

For preventive use during open heart surgery, a 1.5 gram dose administered intravenously at the induction of anesthesia and every 12 hours thereafter for a total of 6 grams is recommended.

Impaired Renal Function: A reduced dosage must be employed when renal function is impaired. Dosage should be determined by the degree of renal impairment and the susceptibility of the causative organism (see Table 2).
Table 2: Dosage of Cefuroxime in Adults With Reduced Renal Function Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Dose Frequency
* Since cefuroxime is dialyzable, patients on hemodialysis should be given a further dose at the end of the dialysis.
> 20 750 mg to 1.5 grams q8h 10 - 20 750 mg q12h < 10 750 mg q24h*
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula2 (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) may be used to convert this value into creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.

NOTE: As with antibiotic therapy in general, administration of cefuroxime should be continued for a minimum of 48 to 72 hours after the patient becomes asymptomatic or after evidence of bacterial eradication has been obtained; a minimum of 10 days of treatment is recommended in infections caused by Streptococcus pyogenes in order to guard against the risk of rheumatic fever or glomerulonephritis; frequent bacteriologic and clinical appraisal is necessary during therapy of chronic urinary tract infection and may be required for several months after therapy has been completed; persistent infections may require treatment for several weeks; and doses smaller than those indicated above should not be used. In staphylococcal and other infections involving a collection of pus, surgical drainage should be carried out where indicated.

Pediatric Patients Above 3 Months of Age: Administration of 50 to 100 mg/kg per day in equally divided doses every 6 to 8 hours has been successful for most infections susceptible to cefuroxime. The higher dosage of 100 mg/kg per day (not to exceed the maximum adult dosage) should be used for the more severe or serious infections.

In bone and joint infections, 150 mg/kg per day (not to exceed the maximum adult dosage) is recommended in equally divided doses every 8 hours. In clinical trials, a course of oral antibiotics was administered to pediatric patients following the completion of parenteral administration of cefuroxime.

In cases of bacterial meningitis, a larger dosage of cefuroxime is recommended, 200 to 240 mg/kg per day intravenously in divided doses every 6 to 8 hours.

In pediatric patients with renal insufficiency, the frequency of dosing should be modified consistent with the recommendations for adults.

Preparation of Solution: The directions for preparing cefuroxime, Pharmacy Bulk Package, are summarized in Table 3.
THIS PHARMACY BULK PACKAGE IS NOT TO BE DISPENSED AS A UNIT FOR DIRECT INFUSION
For Intravenous Use: The 7.5 gram pharmacy bulk package should be reconstituted with 77 mL of Sterile Water for Injection; the constituted solution occupies a volume of about 82.5 mL and contains approximately 750 mg of cefuroxime per 8 mL. Not for direct infusion. Dispense aliquots from the vial via a suitable dispensing device into infusion fluids under a laminar flow hood using aseptic technique. DISCARD VIALS 4 HOURS AFTER INITIAL ENTRY. Color changes in solution do not affect potency.
Table 3: Preparation of Solution
# 8 mL of solution contains 750 mg of cefuroxime; and 16 mL of solution contains 1.5 grams of cefuroxime.
Strength Amount of Diluent to be Added (mL) Volume to be Withdrawn Approximate Cefuroxime Concentration (mg/mL) 7.5 gram Pharmacy Bulk Package 77 (IV) Amount needed# 95
Solutions of cefuroxime for injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction.

However, if concurrent therapy with cefuroxime for injection and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.

Administration: After constitution cefuroxime may be given intravenously or intramuscularly. However, the intent of this Pharmacy Bulk Package is for the preparation of solutions for intravenous infusion only.

Intravenous Administration: The IV route may be preferable for patients with bacterial septicemia or other severe or life-threatening infections or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance, particularly if shock is present or impending.

For intermittent IV infusion with a Y-type administration set, dosing can be accomplished through the tubing system by which the patient may be receiving other IV solutions. However, during infusion of the solution containing cefuroxime, it is advisable to temporarily discontinue administration of any other solutions at the same site.

For continuous IV infusion: A solution of cefuroxime may be added to an IV infusion pack containing one of the following fluids: 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose Injection; 10% Dextrose Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection; or 1/6 M Sodium Lactate Injection.

Solutions of cefuroxime, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction. However, if concurrent therapy with cefuroxime and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.

Compatibility and Stability

Intravenous: The 7.5 g Pharmacy Bulk Package vials are to be constituted as directed with Sterile Water for Injection, the withdrawal of container contents should be completed within 4 hours. More dilute solutions, such as 750 mg or 1.5 g plus 100 mL of Sterile Water for Injection, 5% Dextrose Injection, or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, also maintain satisfactory potency for 24 hours at room temperature and 7 days under refrigeration.

These solutions may be further diluted to concentrations of between 1 and 30 mg/mL in the following solutions and will lose not more than 10% activity for 24 hours at room temperature or for at least 7 days under refrigeration: 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 1/6 M Sodium Lactate Injection; Ringer's Injection, USP; Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP; 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.225% Sodium Chloride Injection; 10% Dextrose Injection; and 10% Invert Sugar in Water for Injection.

Unused solutions should be discarded after the time periods mentioned above.

Cefuroxime for injection has also been found compatible for 24 hours at room temperature when admixed in IV infusion with heparin (10 and 50 U/mL) in 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection and Potassium Chloride (10 and 40 mEq/L) in 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection. Sodium Bicarbonate Injection, USP is not recommended for the dilution of Cefuroxime for injection.

Frozen Stability: Constitute the 7.5 g Pharmacy Bulk Package as directed for intravenous administration in Table 3. Immediately withdraw the 8 or 16 mL from the 7.5 g bulk vial and add to 50 or 100 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection or 5% Dextrose Injection and freeze. Frozen solutions are stable for 6 months when stored at –20ºC. Frozen solutions should be thawed at room temperature and not refrozen. Do not force thaw by immersion in water baths or by microwave irradiation. Thawed solutions may be stored for up to 24 hours at room temperature or for 7 days in a refrigerator.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

As with other cephalosporins, sterile cefuroxime sodium powder as well as solutions tend to darken, depending on storage conditions, without adversely affecting product potency.

Directions for Dispensing: Pharmacy Bulk Package - Not for Direct Infusion: The pharmacy bulk package is for use in a pharmacy admixture service only under a laminar flow hood. Entry into the vial must be made only one time with a sterile transfer set or other sterile dispensing device, and the contents dispensed in aliquots using aseptic technique. The use of syringe and needle is not recommended as it may cause leakage (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION). AFTER INITIAL WITHDRAWAL USE ENTIRE CONTENTS OF VIAL PROMPTLY. ANY UNUSED PORTION MUST BE DISCARDED WITHIN 4 HOURS.
Topotecan Hydrochloride...

Topotecan Hydrochloride

Prior to administration of the first course of topotecan hydrochloride, patients must have a baseline neutrophil count of >1,500 cells/mm3 and a platelet count of >100,000 cells/mm3.

2.1 Small Cell Lung Cancer

Recommended Dosage:
The recommended dose of topotecan hydrochloride is 1.5 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily for 5 consecutive days, starting on day 1 of a 21-day course. In the absence of tumor progression, a minimum of 4 courses is recommended because tumor response may be delayed. The median time to response in 4 small cell lung cancer trials was 5 to 7 weeks.
Dosage Modification Guidelines:
In the event of severe neutropenia (defined as <500 cells/mm3) during any course, reduce the dose by 0.25 mg/m2 (to 1.25 mg/m2) for subsequent courses. Alternatively, in the event of severe neutropenia, administer G-CSF (granulocyte-colony stimulating factor) following the subsequent course (before resorting to dose reduction) starting from day 6 of the course (24 hours after completion of topotecan administration). In the event the platelet count falls below 25,000 cells/mm3, reduce doses by 0.25 mg/m2 (to 1.25 mg/m2) for subsequent courses.
2.2 Cervical Cancer

Recommended Dosage: The recommended dose of topotecan hydrochloride is 0.75 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily on days 1, 2, and 3; followed by cisplatin 50 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion on day 1 repeated every 21 days (a 21-day course).

Dosage Modification Guidelines: Dosage adjustments for subsequent courses of topotecan hydrochloride in combination with cisplatin are specific for each drug. See manufacturer's prescribing information for cisplatin administration and hydration guidelines and for cisplatin dosage adjustment in the event of hematologic toxicity.
In the event of severe febrile neutropenia (defined as <1000 cells/mm3 with temperature of 38.0°C or 100.4°F), reduce the dose of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.60 mg/m2 for subsequent courses. Alternatively, in the event of severe febrile neutropenia, administer G-CSF following the subsequent course (before resorting to dose reduction) starting from day 4 of the course (24 hours after completion of administration of topotecan hydrochloride). If febrile neutropenia occurs despite the use of G-CSF, reduce the dose of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.45 mg/m2 for subsequent courses. In the event the platelet count falls below 25,000 cells/mm3, reduce doses to 0.60 mg/m2 for subsequent courses.
2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Specific Populations

Renal Impairment: No dosage adjustment of topotecan hydrochloride appears to be required for patients with mild renal impairment (Clcr 40 to 60 mL/min.). Dosage adjustment of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.75 mg/m2 is recommended for patients with moderate renal impairment (20 to 39 mL/min.). Insufficient data are available in patients with severe renal impairment to provide a dosage recommendation for topotecan hydrochloride [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Topotecan hydrochloride in combination with cisplatin for the treatment of cervical cancer should only be initiated in patients with serum creatinine ≤1.5 mg/dL. In the clinical trial, cisplatin was discontinued for a serum creatinine >1.5 mg/dL. Insufficient data are available regarding continuing monotherapy with topotecan hydrochloride after cisplatin discontinuation in patients with cervical cancer.

2.4 Instructions for Handling, Preparation and Intravenous Administration

Handling: Topotecan hydrochloride is a cytotoxic anticancer drug. Prepare topotecan hydrochloride under a vertical laminar flow hood while wearing gloves and protective clothing. If topotecan hydrochloride solution contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water. If topotecan hydrochloride contacts mucous membranes, flush thoroughly with water.

Use procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs. Several guidelines on this subject have been published.1-4

Preparation and Administration: Each 4-mg vial of topotecan hydrochloride is reconstituted with 4 mL Sterile Water for Injection. Then the appropriate volume of the reconstituted solution is diluted in either 0.9% Sodium Chloride Intravenous Infusion or 5% Dextrose Intravenous Infusion prior to administration.

Stability: Unopened vials of topotecan hydrochloride are stable until the date indicated on the package when stored between 20° and 25°C (68° and 77°F) [see USP] and protected from light in the original package. Because the vials contain no preservative, contents should be used immediately after reconstitution.

Reconstituted vials of topotecan hydrochloride diluted for infusion are stable at approximately 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) and ambient lighting conditions for 24 hours.
Topotecan Hydrochloride...

Topotecan Hydrochloride

Prior to administration of the first course of topotecan hydrochloride, patients must have a baseline neutrophil count of >1,500 cells/mm3 and a platelet count of >100,000 cells/mm3.

2.1 Small Cell Lung Cancer

Recommended Dosage:
The recommended dose of topotecan hydrochloride is 1.5 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily for 5 consecutive days, starting on day 1 of a 21-day course. In the absence of tumor progression, a minimum of 4 courses is recommended because tumor response may be delayed. The median time to response in 4 small cell lung cancer trials was 5 to 7 weeks.
Dosage Modification Guidelines:
In the event of severe neutropenia (defined as <500 cells/mm3) during any course, reduce the dose by 0.25 mg/m2 (to 1.25 mg/m2) for subsequent courses. Alternatively, in the event of severe neutropenia, administer G-CSF (granulocyte-colony stimulating factor) following the subsequent course (before resorting to dose reduction) starting from day 6 of the course (24 hours after completion of topotecan administration). In the event the platelet count falls below 25,000 cells/mm3, reduce doses by 0.25 mg/m2 (to 1.25 mg/m2) for subsequent courses.
2.2 Cervical Cancer

Recommended Dosage: The recommended dose of topotecan hydrochloride is 0.75 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes daily on days 1, 2, and 3; followed by cisplatin 50 mg/m2 by intravenous infusion on day 1 repeated every 21 days (a 21-day course).

Dosage Modification Guidelines: Dosage adjustments for subsequent courses of topotecan hydrochloride in combination with cisplatin are specific for each drug. See manufacturer's prescribing information for cisplatin administration and hydration guidelines and for cisplatin dosage adjustment in the event of hematologic toxicity.
In the event of severe febrile neutropenia (defined as <1000 cells/mm3 with temperature of 38.0°C or 100.4°F), reduce the dose of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.60 mg/m2 for subsequent courses. Alternatively, in the event of severe febrile neutropenia, administer G-CSF following the subsequent course (before resorting to dose reduction) starting from day 4 of the course (24 hours after completion of administration of topotecan hydrochloride). If febrile neutropenia occurs despite the use of G-CSF, reduce the dose of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.45 mg/m2 for subsequent courses. In the event the platelet count falls below 25,000 cells/mm3, reduce doses to 0.60 mg/m2 for subsequent courses.
2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Specific Populations

Renal Impairment: No dosage adjustment of topotecan hydrochloride appears to be required for patients with mild renal impairment (Clcr 40 to 60 mL/min.). Dosage adjustment of topotecan hydrochloride to 0.75 mg/m2 is recommended for patients with moderate renal impairment (20 to 39 mL/min.). Insufficient data are available in patients with severe renal impairment to provide a dosage recommendation for topotecan hydrochloride [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Topotecan hydrochloride in combination with cisplatin for the treatment of cervical cancer should only be initiated in patients with serum creatinine ≤1.5 mg/dL. In the clinical trial, cisplatin was discontinued for a serum creatinine >1.5 mg/dL. Insufficient data are available regarding continuing monotherapy with topotecan hydrochloride after cisplatin discontinuation in patients with cervical cancer.

2.4 Instructions for Handling, Preparation and Intravenous Administration

Handling: Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection is a cytotoxic anticancer drug. Prepare Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection under a vertical laminar flow hood while wearing gloves and protective clothing. If Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection solution contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water. If Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection contacts mucous membranes, flush thoroughly with water.

Use procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs. Several guidelines on this subject have been published.1-4

Preparation and Administration: Each 4-mg vial of Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection is reconstituted with 4 mL Sterile Water for Injection. Then the appropriate volume of the reconstituted solution is diluted in either 0.9% Sodium Chloride Intravenous Infusion or 5% Dextrose Intravenous Infusion prior to administration.

Stability: Unopened vials of Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection are stable until the date indicated on the package when stored between 20° and 25°C (68° and 77°F) [see USP] and protected from light in the original package. Because the vials contain no preservative, contents should be used immediately after reconstitution.

Reconstituted vials of Topotecan Hydrochloride for Injection diluted for infusion are stable at approximately 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) and ambient lighting conditions for 24 hours.
Vecuronium

Vecuronium

Vecuronium bromide for injection is for intravenous use only.

This drug should be administered by or under the supervision of experienced clinicians familiar with the use of neuromuscular blocking agents. Dosage must be individualized in each case. The dosage information which follows is derived from studies based upon units of drug per unit of body weight and is intended to serve as a guide only, especially regarding enhancement of neuromuscular blockade of vecuronium bromide by volatile anesthetics and by prior use of succinylcholine (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions).

To obtain maximum clinical benefits of vecuronium bromide and to minimize the possibility of overdosage, the monitoring of muscle twitch response to peripheral nerve stimulation is advised.

The recommended initial dose of vecuronium bromide is 0.08 to 0.1 mg/kg (1.4 to 1.75 times the ED90) given as an intravenous bolus injection. This dose can be expected to produce good or excellent non-emergency intubation conditions in 2.5 to 3 minutes after injection. Under balanced anesthesia, clinically required neuromuscular blockade lasts approximately 25 to 30 minutes, with recovery to 25% of control achieved approximately 25 to 40 minutes after injection and recovery to 95% of control achieved approximately 45 to 65 minutes after injection. In the presence of potent inhalation anesthetics, the neuromuscular blocking effect of vecuronium bromide is enhanced. If vecuronium bromide is first administered more than 5 minutes after the start of inhalation agent or when steady-state has been achieved, the initial vecuronium bromide dose may be reduced by approximately 15%, i.e., 0.06 to 0.085 mg/kg.

Prior administration of succinylcholine may enhance the neuromuscular blocking effect and duration of action of vecuronium bromide. If intubation is performed using succinylcholine, a reduction of initial dose of vecuronium bromide to 0.04 to 0.06 mg/kg with inhalation anesthesia and 0.05 to 0.06 mg/kg with balanced anesthesia may be required.

During prolonged surgical procedures, maintenance doses of 0.01 to 0.015 mg/kg of vecuronium bromide are recommended; after the initial vecuronium bromide injection, the first maintenance dose will generally be required within 25 to 40 minutes. However, clinical criteria should be used to determine the need for maintenance doses.

Since vecuronium bromide lacks clinically important cumulative effects, subsequent maintenance doses, if required, may be administered at relatively regular intervals for each patient, ranging approximately from 12 to 15 minutes under balanced anesthesia, slightly longer under inhalation agents. (If less frequent administration is desired, higher maintenance doses may be administered.)

Should there be reason for the selection of larger doses in individual patients, initial doses ranging from 0.15 mg/kg up to 0.28 mg/kg have been administered during surgery under halothane anesthesia without ill effects to the cardiovascular system being noted as long as ventilation is properly maintained (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY: Pharmacokinetics).

Use by Continuous Infusion

After an intubating dose of 80 to 100 mcg/kg, a continuous infusion of 1 mcg/kg/min can be initiated approximately 20 to 40 minutes later. Infusion of vecuronium bromide should be initiated only after early evidence of spontaneous recovery from the bolus dose. Long-term intravenous infusion to support mechanical ventilation in the intensive care unit has not been studied sufficiently to support dosage recommendations (see PRECAUTIONS: Long-term Use in ICU).

The infusion of vecuronium bromide should be individualized for each patient. The rate of administration should be adjusted according to the patient's twitch response as determined by peripheral nerve stimulation. An initial rate of 1 mcg/kg/min is recommended, with the rate of the infusion adjusted thereafter to maintain a 90% suppression of twitch response. Average infusion rates may range from 0.8 to 1.2 mcg/kg/min.

Inhalation anesthetics, particularly enflurane and isoflurane may enhance the neuromuscular blocking action of nondepolarizing muscle relaxants. In the presence of steady-state concentrations of enflurane or isoflurane, it may be necessary to reduce the rate of infusion 25 to 60 percent, 45 to 60 minutes after the intubating dose. Under halothane anesthesia it may not be necessary to reduce the rate of infusion.

Spontaneous recovery and reversal of neuromuscular blockade following discontinuation of vecuronium bromide infusion may be expected to proceed at rates comparable to that following a single bolus dose (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY).

Infusion solutions of vecuronium bromide can be prepared by adding vecuronium bromide with an appropriate infusion solution such as Dextrose 5% Injection, Sodium Chloride 0.9% Injection, Dextrose 5% and Sodium Chloride 0.9% Injection, or Lactated Ringer's Injection.

Unused portions of infusion solutions should be discarded.

Infusion rates of vecuronium bromide can be individualized for each patient using the following table:

* 10 mg of Vecuronium bromide in 100 mL solution

‡ 20 mg of Vecuronium bromide in 100 mL solution
Drug Delivery Rate(mcg/kg/min) Infusion Delivery Rate(mL/kg/min) 0.1 mg/mL* 0.2 mg/mL‡ 0.70.80.91.01.11.21.3 0.0070.0080.0090.0100.0110.0120.013 0.00350.00400.00450.00500.00550.00600.0065
The following table is a guideline for mL/min delivery for a solution of 0.1 mg/mL (10 mg in 100 mL) with an infusion pump.

VECURONIUM BROMIDE INFUSION RATE – mL/MIN
Amount ofDrugmcg/kg/min Patient Weight - kg 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0.7 0.28 0.35 0.42 0.49 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.8 0.32 0.40 0.48 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.80 0.9 0.36 0.45 0.54 0.63 0.72 0.81 0.90 1.0 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.1 0.44 0.55 0.66 0.77 0.88 0.99 1.10 1.2 0.48 0.60 0.72 0.84 0.96 1.08 1.20 1.3 0.52 0.65 0.78 0.91 1.04 1.17 1.30
NOTE: If a concentration of 0.2 mg/mL is used (20 mg in 100 mL), the rate should be decreased by one-half.

Use in Pediatrics

Pediatric patients (10 to 16 years of age) have approximately the same dosage requirements (mg/kg) as adults and may be managed the same way. Younger pediatric patients (1 to 10 years of age) may require a slightly higher initial dose and may also require supplementation slightly more often than adults.

Infants under 1 year of age but older than 7 weeks are moderately more sensitive to vecuronium bromide on a mg/kg basis than adults and take about 1½ times as long to recover (see also PRECAUTIONS: Pediatric Use). Information presently available does not permit recommendation on usage in pediatric patients less than 7 weeks of age (see PRECAUTIONS: Pediatric Use). There are insufficient data concerning continuous infusion of vecuronium in pediatric patients, therefore, no dosing recommendations can be made.

Compatibility

Vecuronium bromide is compatible in solution with:Sodium Chloride 0.9% InjectionDextrose 5% InjectionSterile Water for InjectionDextrose 5% in Sodium Chloride 0.9% InjectionLactated Ringer's Injection

Use within 24 hours of mixing with the above solutions.

Vecuronium bromide is also compatible in solution with:Bacteriostatic Water for Injection (NOT FOR USE IN NEWBORNS)

Use within 5 days of mixing with the above solution.

Reconstituted vecuronium bromide, which has an acid pH, should not be mixed with alkaline solutions (e.g., barbiturate solutions such as thiopental) in the same syringe or administered simultaneously during intravenous infusion through the same needle or through the same intravenous line.

After Reconstitution

See DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION: Compatibility for diluents compatible with Vecuronium Bromide for Injection.

When reconstituted with compatible IV solutions not containing an antimicrobial preservative (e.g., sterile water for injection), refrigerate and use within 24 hours. Discard unused portion.

When reconstituted with bacteriostatic water for injection (NOT FOR USE IN NEWBORNS), use within 5 days. The reconstituted solution may be stored at room temperature or refrigerated.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.
Orphenadrine Citrate

Orphenadrine Citrate

INJECTION: Adults – One 2 mL vial (60 mg) intravenously or intramuscularly; may be repeated every 12 hours.
Haloperidol Lactate

Haloperidol Lactate

There is considerable variation from patient to patient in the amount of medication required for treatment. As with all drugs used to treat schizophrenia, dosage should be individualized according to the needs and response of each patient. Dosage adjustments, either upward or downward, should be carried out as rapidly as practicable to achieve optimum therapeutic control.

To determine the initial dosage, consideration should be given to the patient's age, severity of illness, previous response to other antipsychotic drugs, and any concomitant medication or disease state. Debilitated or geriatric patients, as well as those with a history of adverse reactions to antipsychotic drugs, may require less Haloperidol Injection, USP. The optimal response in such patients is usually obtained with more gradual dosage adjustments and at lower dosage levels.

Parenteral medication, administered intramuscularly in doses of 2 to 5 mg, is utilized for prompt control of the acutely agitated schizophrenic patient with moderately severe to very severe symptoms. Depending on the response of the patient, subsequent doses may be given, administered as often as every hour, although 4 to 8 hour intervals may be satisfactory. The maximum dose is 20 mg per day.

Controlled trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of intramuscular administration in children have not been conducted.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Switchover Procedure

An oral form should supplant the injectable as soon as practicable. In the absence of bioavailability studies establishing bioequivalence between these two dosage forms the following guidelines for dosage are suggested. For an initial approximation of the total daily dose required, the parenteral dose administered in the preceding 24 hours may be used. Since this dose is only an initial estimate, it is recommended that careful monitoring of clinical signs and symptoms, including clinical efficacy, sedation, and adverse effects, be carried out periodically for the first several days following the initiation of switchover. In this way, dosage adjustments, either upward or downward, can be quickly accomplished. Depending on the patient's clinical status, the first oral dose should be given within 12–24 hours following the last parenteral dose.
Paclitaxel

Paclitaxel

Note: Contact of the undiluted concentrate with plasticized PVC equipment or devices used to prepare solutions for infusion is not recommended. In order to minimize patient exposure to the plasticizer DEHP [di-(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate], which may be leached from PVC infusion bags or sets, diluted Paclitaxel Injection, USP solutions should be stored in bottles (glass, polypropylene) or plastic bags (polypropylene, polyolefin) and administered through polyethylene-lined administration sets.

All patients should be premedicated prior to Paclitaxel Injection, USP administration in order to prevent severe hypersensitivity reactions. Such premedication may consist of dexamethasone 20 mg PO administered approximately 12 and 6 hours before Paclitaxel Injection, USP, diphenhydramine (or its equivalent) 50 mg IV 30 to 60 minutes prior to Paclitaxel Injection, USP, and cimetidine (300 mg) or ranitidine (50 mg) IV 30 to 60 minutes before Paclitaxel Injection, USP.

For patients with carcinoma of the ovary, the following regimens are recommended (see CLINICAL STUDIES: Ovarian Carcinoma):
For previously untreated patients with carcinoma of the ovary, one of the following recommended regimens may be given every 3 weeks. In selecting the appropriate regimen, differences in toxicities should be considered (see TABLE 11 in ADVERSE REACTIONS: Disease-Specific Adverse Event Experiences). Paclitaxel administered intravenously over 3 hours at a dose of 175 mg/m2 followed by cisplatin at a dose of 75 mg/m2; or Paclitaxel administered intravenously over 24 hours at a dose of 135 mg/m2 followed by cisplatin at a dose of 75 mg/m2. In patients previously treated with chemotherapy for carcinoma of the ovary, paclitaxel has been used at several doses and schedules; however, the optimal regimen is not yet clear. The recommended regimen is paclitaxel 135 mg/m2 or 175 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 3 hours every 3 weeks.
For patients with carcinoma of the breast, the following regimens are recommended (see CLINICAL STUDIES: Breast Carcinoma):
For the adjuvant treatment of node-positive breast cancer, the recommended regimen is paclitaxel, at a dose of 175 mg/m2 intravenously over 3 hours every 3 weeks for 4 courses administered sequentially to doxorubicin-containing combination chemotherapy. The clinical trial used 4 courses of doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide (see CLINICAL STUDIES: Breast Carcinoma). After failure of initial chemotherapy for metastatic disease or relapse within 6 months of adjuvant chemotherapy, paclitaxel at a dose of 175 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 3 hours every 3 weeks has been shown to be effective.
For patients with non-small cell lung carcinoma, the recommended regimen, given every 3 weeks, is paclitaxel administered intravenously over 24 hours at a dose of 135 mg/m2 followed by cisplatin, 75 mg/m2.

For patients with AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma, paclitaxel administered at a dose of 135 mg/m2 given intravenously over 3 hours every 3 weeks or at a dose of 100 mg/m2 given intravenously over 3 hours every 2 weeks is recommended (dose intensity 45 to 50 mg/m2/week). In the 2 clinical trials evaluating these schedules (see CLINICAL STUDIES: AIDS-Related Kaposi's Sarcoma), the former schedule (135 mg/m2 every 3 weeks) was more toxic than the latter. In addition, all patients with low performance status were treated with the latter schedule (100 mg/m2 every 2 weeks).

Based upon the immunosuppression in patients with advanced HIV disease, the following modifications are recommended in these patients:
Reduce the dose of dexamethasone as 1 of the 3 premedication drugs to 10 mg PO (instead of 20 mg PO); Initiate or repeat treatment with Paclitaxel Injection, USP only if the neutrophil count is at least 1000 cells/mm3; Reduce the dose of subsequent courses of Paclitaxel Injection, USP by 20% for patients who experience severe neutropenia (neutrophil <500 cells/mm3 for a week or longer); and Initiate concomitant hematopoietic growth factor (G-CSF) as clinically indicated.
For the therapy of patients with solid tumors (ovary, breast, and NSCLC), courses of Paclitaxel Injection, USP should not be repeated until the neutrophil count is at least 1500 cells/mm3 and the platelet count is at least 100,000 cells/mm3. Paclitaxel Injection, USP should not be given to patients with AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma if the baseline or subsequent neutrophil count is less than 1000 cells/mm3. Patients who experience severe neutropenia (neutrophil <500 cells/mm3 for a week or longer) or severe peripheral neuropathy during Paclitaxel Injection, USP therapy should have dosage reduced by 20% for subsequent courses of Paclitaxel Injection, USP. The incidence of neurotoxicity and the severity of neutropenia increase with dose.

Hepatic Impairment: Patients with hepatic impairment may be at increased risk of toxicity, particularly grade III–IV myelosuppression (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY and PRECAUTIONS: Hepatic). Recommendations for dosage adjustment for the first course of therapy are shown in TABLE 17 for both 3- and 24-hour infusions. Further dose reduction in subsequent courses should be based on individual tolerance. Patients should be monitored closely for the development of profound myelosuppression.
TABLE 17
a These recommendations are based on dosages for patients without hepatic impairment of 135 mg/m2 over 24 hours or 175 mg/m2 over 3 hours; data are not available to make dose adjustment recommendations for other regimens (eg, for AIDS-related Kaposi's sarcoma).

b Differences in criteria for bilirubin levels between the 3- and 24-hour infusion are due to differences in clinical trial design.

c Dosage recommendations are for the first course of therapy; further dose reduction in subsequent courses should be based on individual tolerance.
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DOSING IN PATIENTS WITH HEPATIC IMPAIRMENT BASED ON CLINICAL TRIAL DATAa Degree of Hepatic Impairment TransaminaseLevels BilirubinLevelsb RecommendedPACLITAXEL Dosec 24-hour infusion <2 x ULN and ≤1.5 mg/dL 135 mg/m2 2 to <10 x ULN and ≤1.5 mg/dL 100 mg/m2 <10 x ULN and 1.6 to 7.5 mg/dL 50 mg/m2 ≥10 x ULN or >7.5 mg/dL Not recommended 3-hour infusion <10 x ULN and ≤1.25 x ULN 175 mg/m2 <10 x ULN and 1.26 to 2.0 x ULN 135 mg/m2 <10 x ULN and 2.01 to 5.0 x ULN 90 mg/m2 ≥10 x ULN or >5.0 x ULN Not recommended
Preparation and Administration Precautions

Procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs should be considered. Several guidelines on this subject have been published.1-4 To minimize the risk of dermal exposure, always wear impervious gloves when handling vials containing Paclitaxel Injection, USP. If Paclitaxel Injection, USP solution contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water. Following topical exposure, events have included tingling, burning, and redness. If Paclitaxel Injection, USP contacts mucous membranes, the membranes should be flushed thoroughly with water. Upon inhalation, dyspnea, chest pain, burning eyes, sore throat, and nausea have been reported.

Given the possibility of extravasation, it is advisable to closely monitor the infusion site for possible infiltration during drug administration (see PRECAUTIONS: Injection Site Reaction).

Preparation for Intravenous Administration

Paclitaxel Injection, USP must be diluted prior to infusion. Paclitaxel Injection, USP should be diluted in 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, or 5% Dextrose in Ringer's Injection to a final concentration of 0.3 to 1.2 mg/mL. The solutions are physically and chemically stable for up to 27 hours at ambient temperature (approximately 25° C) and room lighting conditions. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Upon preparation, solutions may show haziness, which is attributed to the formulation vehicle. No significant losses in potency have been noted following simulated delivery of the solution through IV tubing containing an in-line (0.22 micron) filter.

Data collected for the presence of the extractable plasticizer DEHP [di-(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate] show that levels increase with time and concentration when dilutions are prepared in PVC containers. Consequently, the use of plasticized PVC containers and administration sets is not recommended. Paclitaxel Injection, USP solutions should be prepared and stored in glass, polypropylene, or polyolefin containers. Non-PVC containing administration sets, such as those which are polyethylene-lined, should be used.

Paclitaxel Injection, USP should be administered through an in-line filter with a microporous membrane not greater than 0.22 microns. Use of filter devices such as IVEX-2® filters which incorporate short inlet and outlet PVC-coated tubing has not resulted in significant leaching of DEHP.

The Chemo Dispensing Pin™ device or similar devices with spikes should not be used with vials of Paclitaxel Injection, USP since they can cause the stopper to collapse resulting in loss of sterile integrity of the Paclitaxel Injection, USP solution.

Parenteral products should be visually inspected for particulate matter.

Stability

Unopened vials of Paclitaxel Injection, USP are stable until the date indicated on the package when stored between 20°–25° C (68°–77° F), in the original package. Neither freezing nor refrigeration adversely affects the stability of the product. Upon refrigeration, components in the Paclitaxel Injection, USP vial may precipitate, but will redissolve upon reaching room temperature with little or no agitation. There is no impact on product quality under these circumstances. If the solution remains cloudy or if an insoluble precipitate is noted, the vial should be discarded. Solutions for infusion prepared as recommended are stable at ambient temperature (approximately 25° C) and lighting conditions for up to 27 hours.
Cefuroxime Sodium

Cefuroxime Sodium

Dosage

Adults: The usual adult dosage range for cefuroxime is 750 mg to 1.5 grams every 8 hours, usually for 5 to 10 days. In uncomplicated urinary tract infections, skin and skin-structure infections, disseminated gonococcal infections, and uncomplicated pneumonia, a 750 mg dose every 8 hours is recommended. In severe or complicated infections, a 1.5 gram dose every 8 hours is recommended.

In bone and joint infections, a 1.5 gram dose every 8 hours is recommended. In clinical trials, surgical intervention was performed when indicated as an adjunct to therapy with cefuroxime. A course of oral antibiotics was administered when appropriate following the completion of parenteral administration of cefuroxime.

In life-threatening infections or infections due to less susceptible organisms, 1.5 grams every 6 hours may be required. In bacterial meningitis, the dosage should not exceed 3 grams every 8 hours. The recommended dosage for uncomplicated gonococcal infection is 1.5 grams given intramuscular as a single dose at 2 different sites together with 1 gram of oral probenecid. For preventive use for clean-contaminated or potentially contaminated surgical procedures, a 1.5 gram dose administered intravenously just before surgery (approximately one-half to 1 hour before the initial incision) is recommended. Thereafter, give 750 mg intravenously or intramuscularly every 8 hours when the procedure is prolonged.

For preventive use during open heart surgery, a 1.5 gram dose administered intravenously at the induction of anesthesia and every 12 hours thereafter for a total of 6 grams is recommended.

Impaired Renal Function: A reduced dosage must be employed when renal function is impaired. Dosage should be determined by the degree of renal impairment and the susceptibility of the causative organism (see Table 2).
Table 2: Dosage of Cefuroxime in Adults With Reduced Renal Function
* Since cefuroxime is dialyzable, patients on hemodialysis should be given a further dose at the end of the dialysis.
Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Dose Frequency > 20 750 mg to 1.5 grams q8h 10 – 20 750 mg q12h < 10 750 mg q24h*
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula2 (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) may be used to convert this value into creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.

NOTE: As with antibiotic therapy in general, administration of cefuroxime should be continued for a minimum of 48 to 72 hours after the patient becomes asymptomatic or after evidence of bacterial eradication has been obtained; a minimum of 10 days of treatment is recommended in infections caused by Streptococcus pyogenes in order to guard against the risk of rheumatic fever or glomerulonephritis; frequent bacteriologic and clinical appraisal is necessary during therapy of chronic urinary tract infection and may be required for several months after therapy has been completed; persistent infections may require treatment for several weeks; and doses smaller than those indicated above should not be used. In staphylococcal and other infections involving a collection of pus, surgical drainage should be carried out where indicated.

Pediatric Patients Above 3 Months of Age: Administration of 50 to 100 mg/kg per day in equally divided doses every 6 to 8 hours has been successful for most infections susceptible to cefuroxime. The higher dosage of 100 mg/kg per day (not to exceed the maximum adult dosage) should be used for the more severe or serious infections.

In bone and joint infections, 150 mg/kg per day (not to exceed the maximum adult dosage) is recommended in equally divided doses every 8 hours. In clinical trials, a course of oral antibiotics was administered to pediatric patients following the completion of parenteral administration of cefuroxime.

In cases of bacterial meningitis, a larger dosage of cefuroxime is recommended, 200 to 240 mg/kg per day intravenously in divided doses every 6 to 8 hours.

In pediatric patients with renal insufficiency, the frequency of dosing should be modified consistent with the recommendations for adults.

Preparation of Solution and Suspension: The directions for preparing cefuroxime for Injection for both IV and IM use are summarized in Table 3.

For Intramuscular Use: Each 750 mg vial of cefuroxime should be constituted with 3.0 mL of Sterile Water for Injection. Shake gently to disperse and withdraw completely the resulting suspension for injection.

For Intravenous Use: Each 750 mg vial should be constituted with 8.3 mL of Sterile Water for Injection. Withdraw completely the resulting solution for injection.

Each 1.5 gram vial should be constituted with 16.0 mL of Sterile Water for Injection, and the solution should be completely withdrawn for injection.

Each 750 mg and 1.5 gram infusion pack should be constituted with 100 mL of Sterile Water for Injection, 5% Dextrose Injection, 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, or any of the solutions listed under the Intravenous portion of the COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY section.
Table 3: Preparation of Solution and Suspension Strength Amount of Diluent to be Added (mL) Volume to be Withdrawn Approximate Cefuroxime Concentration (mg/mL) 750 mg Vial 3.0 (IM) Total* 220 750 mg Vial 8.3 (IV) Total 90 1.5 gram Vial 16.0 (IV) Total 90 750 mg Infusion Pack 100 (IV) --- 7.5 1.5 gram Infusion Pack 100 (IV) --- 15
*Note: Cefuroxime is a suspension at IM concentrations.

Administration: After constitution, Cefuroxime for Injection may be given intravenously or by deep IM injection into a large muscle mass (such as the gluteus or lateral part of the thigh). Before injecting intramuscularly, aspiration is necessary to avoid inadvertent injection into a blood vessel.

Intravenous Administration: The IV route may be preferable for patients with bacterial septicemia or other severe or life-threatening infections or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance, particularly if shock is present or impending.

For direct intermittent IV administration, slowly inject the solution into a vein over a period of 3 to 5 minutes or give it through the tubing system by which the patient is also receiving other IV solutions.

For direct intermittent IV infusion with a Y-type administration set, dosing can be accomplished through the tubing system by which the patient may be receiving other IV solutions. However, during infusion of the solution containing cefuroxime, it is advisable to temporarily discontinue administration of any other solutions at the same site.

For continuous IV infusion, a solution of cefuroxime may be added to an IV infusion pack containing one of the following fluids: 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose Injection; 10% Dextrose Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection; 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection; or 1/6 M Sodium Lactate Injection.

Solutions of cefuroxime, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction.

However, if concurrent therapy with cefuroxime and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.

Caution

Do not use plastic containers in series connections. Such use could result in air embolism due to residual air being drawn from the primary container before administration of the fluid from the secondary container is complete.

Preparation for Administration
Suspend container from eyelet support. Remove protector from outlet port at bottom of container. Attach administration set. Refer to complete directions accompanying set.
Bacitracin

Bacitracin

TO BE ADMINISTERED INTRAMUSCULARLY ONLY

Infant dose: For infants under 2500 grams-900 units/kg/24 hours in 2 or 3 divided doses. For infants over 2500 grams-1,000 units/kg/24 hours, in 2 or 3 divided doses. Intramuscular injections of the solution should be given in the upper outer quadrant of the buttocks, alternating right and left and avoiding multiple injections in the same region because of the transient pain following injection.

Preparation of Solutions—Should be dissolved in sodium chloride injection containing 2 percent procaine hydrochloride. The concentration of the antibiotic in the solution should not be less than 5,000 units per mL nor more than 10,000 units per mL.

Diluents containing parabens should not be used to reconstitute bacitracin; cloudy solutions and precipitate formation have occurred.

Reconstitution of the 50,000 unit vial with 9.8 mL of diluent will result in a concentration of 5,000 units per mL.

Solutions are stable for one week when stored in a refrigerator 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F).
Irinotecan Hydrochlorid...

Irinotecan Hydrochloride

Single-Agent Dosage Schedules

Dosage Regimens

Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection should be administered as an intravenous infusion over 90 minutes for both the weekly and once-every-3-week dosage schedules (see Preparation of Infusion Solution). Single-agent dosage regimens are shown in Table 12.
Table 12. Single-Agent Regimens of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection and Dose Modifications
a Subsequent doses may be adjusted as high as 150 mg/m2 or to as low as 50 mg/m2 in 25 to 50 mg/m2 decrements depending upon individual patient tolerance.

b Subsequent doses may be adjusted as low as 200 mg/m2 in 50 mg/m2 decrements depending upon individual patient tolerance.

c Provided intolerable toxicity does not develop, treatment with additional cycles may be continued indefinitely as long as patients continue to experience clinical benefit.
Weekly Regimena 125 mg/m2 IV over 90 min, d 1, 8, 15, 22 then 2-wk rest Starting Dose and Modified Dose Levelsc (mg/m2) Starting Dose Dose Level -1 Dose Level -2 125 100 75 Once-Every-3-Week Regimenb 350 mg/m2 IV over 90 min, once every 3 wksc Starting Dose and Modified Dose Levels (mg/m2) Starting Dose Dose Level -1 Dose Level -2 350 300 250
A reduction in the starting dose by one dose level of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection may be considered for patients with any of the following conditions: prior pelvic/abdominal radiotherapy, performance status of 2, or increased bilirubin levels. Dosing for patients with bilirubin >2 mg/dL cannot be recommended because there is insufficient information to recommend a dose in these patients.

It is recommended that patients receive premedication with antiemetic agents.

Prophylactic or therapeutic administration of atropine should be considered in patients experiencing cholinergic symptoms. See PRECAUTIONS, General.

Dose Modifications

Patients should be carefully monitored for toxicity and doses of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection should be modified as necessary to accommodate individual patient tolerance to treatment. Based on recommended dose-levels described in Table 12, Single-Agent Regimens of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection and Dose Modifications, subsequent doses should be adjusted as suggested in Table 13, Recommended Dose Modifications for Single-Agent Schedules. All dose modifications should be based on the worst preceding toxicity.

A new cycle of therapy should not begin until the toxicity has recovered to NCI grade 1 or less. Treatment may be delayed 1 to 2 weeks to allow for recovery from treatment-related toxicity. If the patient has not recovered, consideration should be given to discontinuing this combination therapy. Provided intolerable toxicity does not develop, treatment with additional cycles of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection may be continued indefinitely as long as patients continue to experience clinical benefit.
Table 13. Recommended Dose Modifications For Single-Agent Schedulesa
a All dose modifications should be based on the worst preceding toxicity

b National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (version 1.0)

c Pretreatment

d Excludes alopecia, anorexia, asthenia
A new cycle of therapy should not begin until the granulocyte count has recovered to ≥1500/mm3, and the platelet count has recovered to ≥100,000/mm3, and treatment-related diarrhea is fully resolved. Treatment should be delayed 1 to 2 weeks to allow for recovery from treatment-related toxicities. If the patient has not recovered after a 2-week delay, consideration should be given to discontinuing Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection. Worst Toxicity NCI Gradeb (Value) During a Cycle of Therapy At the Start of the Next Cycles of Therapy (After Adequate Recovery), Compared with the Starting Dose in the Previous Cyclea Weekly Weekly Once Every 3 Weeks No toxicity Maintain dose level ↑ 25 mg/m2 up to a maximum dose of 150 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Neutropenia 1 (1500 to 1999/mm3)2 (1000 to 1499/mm3)3 (500 to 999/mm3) 4 (<500/mm3) Maintain dose level ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose levelMaintain dose level↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose levelMaintain dose level ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Neutropenic fever Omit dose until resolved, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 when resolved ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Other hematologic toxicities Dose modifications for leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, and anemia during a cycle of therapy and at the start of subsequent cycles of therapy are also based on NCI toxicity criteria and are the same as recommended for neutropenia above. Diarrhea 1 (2 to 3 stools/day > pretxc)2 (4 to 6 stools/day > pretx)3 (7 to 9 stools/day > pretx)4 (≥10 stools/day > pretx) Maintain dose level ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2 then ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Maintain dose level ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Maintain dose level ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Other nonhematologicd toxicities 1 2 3 4 Maintain dose level ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose level ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Maintain dose level ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2
Dosage in Patients with Reduced UGT1A1 Activity

When administered in combination with other agents, or as a single-agent, a reduction in the starting dose by at least one level of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection should be considered for patients known to be homozygous for the UGT1A1*28 allele (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY and WARNINGS). However, the precise dose reduction in this patient population is not known and subsequent dose modifications should be considered based on individual patient tolerance to treatment (see Tables 12 and 13).

Preparation & Administration Precautions

As with other potentially toxic anticancer agents, care should be exercised in the handling and preparation of infusion solutions prepared from Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection. The use of gloves is recommended. If a solution of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water. If Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection contacts the mucous membranes, flush thoroughly with water.

Several published guidelines for handling and disposal of anticancer agents are available.1-4

Preparation of Infusion Solution

Inspect vial contents for particulate matter and repeat inspection when drug product is withdrawn from vial into syringe.

Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection must be diluted prior to infusion. Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection should be diluted in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, (preferred) or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, to a final concentration range of 0.12 to 2.8 mg/mL. In most clinical trials, Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection was administered in 250 mL to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP.

The solution is physically and chemically stable for up to 24 hours at room temperature (approximately 25°C) and in ambient fluorescent lighting. Solutions diluted in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, and stored at refrigerated temperatures (approximately 2°C to 8°C), and protected from light are physically and chemically stable for 48 hours. Refrigeration of admixtures using 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, is not recommended due to a low and sporadic incidence of visible particulates. Freezing Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection and admixtures of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection may result in precipitation of the drug and should be avoided. Because of possible microbial contamination during dilution, it is advisable to use the admixture prepared with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, within 24 hours if refrigerated (2°C to 8°C, 36°F to 46°F). In the case of admixtures prepared with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, or Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, the solutions should be used within 6 hours if kept at room temperature (15°C to 30°C, 59°F to 86°F).

Other drugs should not be added to the infusion solution. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.
Fludarabine Phosphate

Fludarabine Phosphate

Usual Dose

The recommended adult dose of Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP is 25 mg/m2 administered intravenously over a period of approximately 30 minutes daily for five consecutive days. Each 5 day course of treatment should commence every 28 days. Dosage may be decreased or delayed based on evidence of hematologic or nonhematologic toxicity. Physicians should consider delaying or discontinuing the drug if neurotoxicity occurs.

A number of clinical settings may predispose to increased toxicity from Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP. These include advanced age, renal impairment, and bone marrow impairment. Such patients should be monitored closely for excessive toxicity and the dose modified accordingly.

The optimal duration of treatment has not been clearly established. It is recommended that three additional cycles of Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP be administered following the achievement of a maximal response and then the drug should be discontinued.

Renal Impairment

Adjustments to the starting dose are recommended to provide appropriate drug exposure in patients with creatinine clearance 30 to 79 mL/min, as estimated by the Cockroft-Gault equations. These adjustments are based on a pharmacokinetic study in patients with renal impairment. Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP should not be administered to patients with creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/min.
Starting Dose Adjustment for Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance Starting Dose ≥ 80 mL/min 25 mg/m2 (full dose) 50 to 79 mL/min 20 mg/m2 30 to 49 mL/min 15 mg/m2 < 30 mL/min do not administer
Renally impaired patients should be monitored closely for excessive toxicity and the dose modified accordingly.

Preparation of Solutions

Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP should be prepared for parenteral use by aseptically adding Sterile Water for Injection, USP. When reconstituted with 2 mL of Sterile Water for Injection, USP, the solid cake should fully dissolve in 15 seconds or less; each mL of the resulting solution will contain 25 mg of fludarabine phosphate, 25 mg of mannitol, and sodium hydroxide to adjust the pH to 7.7. The pH range for the final product is 7.2 to 8.2. In clinical studies, the product has been diluted in 100 cc or 125 cc of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, or 0.9% Sodium Chloride, USP.

Reconstituted Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP contains no antimicrobial preservative and thus should be used within 8 hours of reconstitution. Care must be taken to assure the sterility of prepared solutions. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration.

Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP should not be mixed with other drugs.

Handling and Disposal

Procedures for proper handling and disposal should be considered. Consideration should be given to handling and disposal according to guidelines issued for cytotoxic drugs. Several guidelines on this subject have been published.1-4

Caution should be exercised in the handling and preparation of Fludarabine Phosphate for Injection, USP solution. The use of latex gloves and safety glasses is recommended to avoid exposure in case of breakage of the vial or other accidental spillage. If the solution contacts the skin or mucous membranes, wash thoroughly with soap and water; rinse eyes thoroughly with plain water. Avoid exposure by inhalation or by direct contact of the skin or mucous membranes.
Mupirocin Ointment

Mupirocin Ointment

2.1 Dosing Information

The maximum single recommended adult dose of sumatriptan injection for the acute treatment of migraine or cluster headache is 6 mg injected subcutaneously. For the treatment of migraine, if side effects are dose limiting, lower doses (1 mg to 5 mg) may be used [see Clinical Studies (14.1)]. For the treatment of cluster headache, the efficacy of lower doses has not been established.

The maximum cumulative dose that may be given in 24 hours is 12 mg, two 6-mg injections separated by at least 1 hour. A second 6-mg dose should only be considered if some response to a first injection was observed.

2.3 Administration of Doses of Sumatriptan Succinate Other than 6 mg

In patients receiving doses other than 6 mg, use the 6-mg single-dose vial. Visually inspect the vial for particulate matter and discoloration before administration. Do not use if particulates and discolorations are noted.
Adenosine

Adenosine

For rapid bolus intravenous use only.

Adenosine injection should be given as a rapid bolus by the peripheral intravenous route. To be certain the solution reaches the systemic circulation, it should be administered either directly into a vein or, if given into an IV line, it should be given as close to the patient as possible and followed by a rapid saline flush.

Adult Patients

The dose recommendation is based on clinical studies with peripheral venous bolus dosing. Central venous (CVP or other) administration of adenosine injection has not been systematically studied.

The recommended intravenous doses for adults are as follows:

Initial dose: 6 mg given as a rapid intravenous bolus (administered over a 1 to 2 second period).

Repeat administration: If the first dose does not result in elimination of the supraventricular tachycardia within 1 to 2 minutes, 12 mg should be given as a rapid intravenous bolus. This 12 mg dose may be repeated a second time if required.

Pediatric Patients

The dosages used in neonates, infants, children and adolescents were equivalent to those administered to adults on a weight basis.

Pediatric Patients with a Body Weight < 50 kg:

Initial dose: Give 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg as a rapid IV bolus given either centrally or peripherally. A saline flush should follow.

Repeat administration: If conversion of PSVT does not occur within 1 to 2 minutes, additional bolus injections of adenosine can be administered at incrementally higher doses, increasing the amount given by 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg. Follow each bolus with a saline flush. This process should continue until sinus rhythm is established or a maximum single dose of 0.3 mg/kg is used.

Pediatric Patients with a Body Weight ≥ 50 kg: Administer the adult dose.

Doses greater than 12 mg are not recommended for adult and pediatric patients.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration.
Ibuprofen

Ibuprofen

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

2.1 Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

The maximum recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in hypercalcemia of malignancy (albumin-corrected serum calcium greater than or equal to 12 mg/dL [3 mmol/L]) is 4 mg. The 4 mg dose must be given as a single-dose intravenous infusion over no less than 15 minutes. Patients who receive Zoledronic Acid Injection should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment.

Dose adjustments of Zoledronic Acid Injection are not necessary in treating patients for hypercalcemia of malignancy presenting with mild-to-moderate renal impairment prior to initiation of therapy (serum creatinine less than 400 μmol/L or less than 4.5 mg/dL).

Patients should be adequately rehydrated prior to administration of Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

Consideration should be given to the severity of, as well as the symptoms of, tumor-induced hypercalcemia when considering use of Zoledronic Acid Injection. Vigorous saline hydration, an integral part of hypercalcemia therapy, should be initiated promptly and an attempt should be made to restore the urine output to about 2 L/day throughout treatment. Mild or asymptomatic hypercalcemia may be treated with conservative measures (i.e., saline hydration, with or without loop diuretics). Patients should be hydrated adequately throughout the treatment, but overhydration, especially in those patients who have cardiac failure, must be avoided. Diuretic therapy should not be employed prior to correction of hypovolemia.

Retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection 4 mg may be considered if serum calcium does not return to normal or remain normal after initial treatment. It is recommended that a minimum of 7 days elapse before retreatment, to allow for full response to the initial dose. Renal function must be carefully monitored in all patients receiving Zoledronic Acid Injection and serum creatinine must be assessed prior to retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

2.2 Multiple Myeloma and Metastatic Bone Lesions of Solid Tumors

The recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in patients with multiple myeloma and metastatic bone lesions from solid tumors for patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) greater than 60 mL/min is 4 mg infused over no less than 15 minutes every 3 to 4 weeks. The optimal duration of therapy is not known.

This product is not intended for use with patients with reduced renal function (CrCl 60 mL/min or less).

During treatment, serum creatinine should be measured before each Zoledronic Acid Injection dose and treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration. In the clinical studies, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1 mg/dL
In the clinical studies, Zoledronic Acid Injection treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value. Zoledronic Acid Injection should be reinitiated at the same dose as that prior to treatment interruption.

Patients should also be administered an oral calcium supplement of 500 mg and a multiple vitamin containing 400 international units of vitamin D daily.

2.3 Preparation of Solution

Zoledronic Acid Injection must not be mixed with calcium or other divalent cation-containing infusion solutions, such as Lactated Ringer's solution, and should be administered as a single intravenous solution in a line separate from all other drugs.

4 mg per 100 mL Single-Use Ready-to-Use Bag

Bags of Zoledronic Acid Injection ready-to-use solution for infusion contain overfill allowing for the administration of 100 mL of solution (equivalent to 4 mg zoledronic acid). This solution is ready to use and may be administered directly to the patient without further preparation. For single use only.

Caution: After removing the overwrap check for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, discard container as sterility may be compromised. Use only if solution is clear and the container is undamaged.

2.4 Method of Administration

Due to the risk of clinically significant deterioration in renal function, which may progress to renal failure, single doses of Zoledronic Acid Injection should not exceed 4 mg and the duration of infusion should be no less than 15 minutes [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. In the trials and in postmarketing experience, renal deterioration, progression to renal failure and dialysis, have occurred in patients, including those treated with the approved dose of 4 mg infused over 15 minutes. There have been instances of this occurring after the initial Zoledronic Acid Injection dose.
Rocuronium Bromide Solu...

Rocuronium Bromide Solution

Rocuronium bromide injection is for intravenous use only. This drug should only be administered by experienced clinicians or trained individuals supervised by an experienced clinician familiar with the use, actions, characteristics, and complications of neuromuscular blocking agents. Doses of rocuronium bromide injection should be individualized and a peripheral nerve stimulator should be used to monitor drug effect, need for additional doses, adequacy of spontaneous recovery or antagonism, and to decrease the complications of overdosage if additional doses are administered.

The dosage information which follows is derived from studies based upon units of drug per unit of body weight. It is intended to serve as an initial guide to clinicians familiar with other neuromuscular blocking agents to acquire experience with rocuronium bromide.

In patients in whom potentiation of, or resistance to, neuromuscular block is anticipated, a dose adjustment should be considered [see Dosage and Administration (2.5), Warnings and Precautions (5.9, 5.12), Drug Interactions (7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.8, 7.10), and Use in Specific Populations (8.6)].

2.1 Dose for Tracheal Intubation

The recommended initial dose of rocuronium bromide injection, regardless of anesthetic technique, is 0.6 mg/kg. Neuromuscular block sufficient for intubation (80% block or greater) is attained in a median (range) time of 1 (0.4-6) minute(s) and most patients have intubation completed within 2 minutes. Maximum blockade is achieved in most patients in less than 3 minutes. This dose may be expected to provide 31 (15-85) minutes of clinical relaxation under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen anesthesia. Under halothane, isoflurane, and enflurane anesthesia, some extension of the period of clinical relaxation should be expected [see Drug Interactions (7.3)].

A lower dose of rocuronium bromide (0.45 mg/kg) may be used. Neuromuscular block sufficient for intubation (80% block or greater) is attained in a median (range) time of 1.3 (0.8-6.2) minute(s), and most patients have intubation completed within 2 minutes. Maximum blockade is achieved in most patients in less than 4 minutes. This dose may be expected to provide 22 (12-31) minutes of clinical relaxation under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen anesthesia. Patients receiving this low dose of 0.45 mg/kg who achieve less than 90% block (about 16% of these patients) may have a more rapid time to 25% recovery, 12 to 15 minutes.

A large bolus dose of 0.9 or 1.2 mg/kg can be administered under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen anesthesia without adverse effects to the cardiovascular system [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)].

2.2 Rapid Sequence Intubation

In appropriately premedicated and adequately anesthetized patients, rocuronium bromide 0.6 to 1.2 mg/kg will provide excellent or good intubating conditions in most patients in less than 2 minutes [see Clinical Studies (14.1)].

2.3 Maintenance Dosing

Maintenance doses of 0.1, 0.15, and 0.2 mg/kg rocuronium bromide, administered at 25% recovery of control T1 (defined as 3 twitches of train-of-four), provide a median (range) of 12 (2-31), 17 (6-50), and 24 (7-69) minutes of clinical duration under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen anesthesia [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)]. In all cases, dosing should be guided based on the clinical duration following initial dose or prior maintenance dose and not administered until recovery of neuromuscular function is evident. A clinically insignificant cumulation of effect with repetitive maintenance dosing has been observed [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)].

2.4 Use by Continuous Infusion

Infusion at an initial rate of 10 to 12 mcg/kg/min of rocuronium bromide injection should be initiated only after early evidence of spontaneous recovery from an intubating dose. Due to rapid redistribution [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] and the associated rapid spontaneous recovery, initiation of the infusion after substantial return of neuromuscular function (more than 10% of control T1) may necessitate additional bolus doses to maintain adequate block for surgery.

Upon reaching the desired level of neuromuscular block, the infusion of rocuronium bromide injection must be individualized for each patient. The rate of administration should be adjusted according to the patient's twitch response as monitored with the use of a peripheral nerve stimulator. In clinical trials, infusion rates have ranged from 4 to 16 mcg/kg/min.

Inhalation anesthetics, particularly enflurane and isoflurane, may enhance the neuromuscular blocking action of nondepolarizing muscle relaxants. In the presence of steady-state concentrations of enflurane or isoflurane, it may be necessary to reduce the rate of infusion by 30% to 50%, at 45 to 60 minutes after the intubating dose.

Spontaneous recovery and reversal of neuromuscular blockade following discontinuation of rocuronium bromide infusion may be expected to proceed at rates comparable to that following comparable total doses administered by repetitive bolus injections [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)].

Infusion solutions of rocuronium bromide injection can be prepared by mixing rocuronium bromide injection with an appropriate infusion solution such as 5% glucose in water or lactated Ringers [see Dosage and Administration (2.6)]. These infusion solutions should be used within 24 hours of mixing. Unused portions of infusion solutions should be discarded.

Infusion rates of rocuronium bromide injection can be individualized for each patient using the following tables for 3 different concentrations of rocuronium bromide solution as guidelines:
Table 1: Infusion Rates Using Rocuronium Bromide Injection (0.5 mg/mL)*
* 50 mg rocuronium bromide in 100 mL solution.
Patient Weight Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) (kg) (lbs) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 10 22 4.8 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 10.8 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 15 33 7.2 9 10.8 12.6 14.4 16.2 18 21.6 25.2 28.8 20 44 9.6 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6 24 28.8 33.6 38.4 25 55 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 36 42 48 35 77 16.8 21 25.2 29.4 33.6 37.8 42 50.4 58.8 67.2 50 110 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84 96 60 132 28.8 36 43.2 50.4 57.6 64.8 72 86.4 100.8 115.2 70 154 33.6 42 50.4 58.8 67.2 75.6 84 100.8 117.6 134.4 80 176 38.4 48 57.6 67.2 76.8 86.4 96 115.2 134.4 153.6 90 198 43.2 54 64.8 75.6 86.4 97.2 108 129.6 151.2 172.8 100 220 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 144 168 192 Table 2: Infusion Rates Using Rocuronium Bromide Injection (1 mg/mL)*
* 100 mg rocuronium bromide in 100 mL solution.
Patient Weight Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) (kg) (lbs) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 10 22 2.4 3 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.4 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 15 33 3.6 4.5 5.4 6.3 7.2 8.1 9 10.8 12.6 14.4 20 44 4.8 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 10.8 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 25 55 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 18 21 24 35 77 8.4 10.5 12.6 14.7 16.8 18.9 21 25.2 29.4 33.6 50 110 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 36 42 48 60 132 14.4 18 21.6 25.2 28.8 32.4 36 43.2 50.4 57.6 70 154 16.8 21 25.2 29.4 33.6 37.8 42 50.4 58.8 67.2 80 176 19.2 24 28.8 33.6 38.4 43.2 48 57.6 67.2 76.8 90 198 21.6 27 32.4 37.8 43.2 48.6 54 64.8 75.6 86.4 100 220 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84 96 Table 3: Infusion Rates Using Rocuronium Bromide Injection (5 mg/mL)*
* 500 mg rocuronium bromide in 100 mL solution.
Patient Weight Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) (kg) (lbs) 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 10 22 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 15 33 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.2 2.5 2.9 20 44 1 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.4 2.9 3.4 3.8 25 55 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3 3.6 4.2 4.8 35 77 1.7 2.1 2.5 2.9 3.4 3.8 4.2 5 5.9 6.7 50 110 2.4 3 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.4 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 60 132 2.9 3.6 4.3 5 5.8 6.5 7.2 8.6 10.1 11.5 70 154 3.4 4.2 5 5.9 6.7 7.6 8.4 10.1 11.8 13.4 80 176 3.8 4.8 5.8 6.7 7.7 8.6 9.6 11.5 13.4 15.4 90 198 4.3 5.4 6.5 7.6 8.6 9.7 10.8 13 15.1 17.3 100 220 4.8 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 10.8 12 14.4 16.8 19.2
2.5 Dosage in Specific Populations

Pediatric Patients: The recommended initial intubation dose of rocuronium bromide is 0.6 mg/kg; however, a lower dose of 0.45 mg/kg may be used depending on anesthetic technique and the age of the patient.

For sevoflurane (induction) rocuronium bromide injection doses of 0.45 mg/kg and 0.6 mg/kg in general produce excellent to good intubating conditions within 75 seconds. When halothane is used, a 0.6 mg/kg dose of rocuronium bromide resulted in excellent to good intubating conditions within 60 seconds.

The time to maximum block for an intubating dose was shortest in infants (28 days up to 3 months) and longest in neonates (birth to less than 28 days). The duration of clinical relaxation following an intubating dose is shortest in children (greater than 2 years up to 11 years) and longest in infants.

When sevoflurane is used for induction and isoflurane/nitrous oxide for maintenance of general anesthesia, maintenance dosing of rocuronium bromide injection can be administered as bolus doses of 0.15 mg/kg at reappearance of T3 in all pediatric age groups. Maintenance dosing can also be administered at the reappearance of T2 at a rate of 7 to 10 mcg/kg/min, with the lowest dose requirement for neonates (birth to less than 28 days) and the highest dose requirement for children (greater than 2 years up to 11 years).

When halothane is used for general anesthesia, patients ranging from 3 months old through adolescence can be administered rocuronium bromide maintenance doses of 0.075 to 0.125 mg/kg upon return of T1 to 0.25% to provide clinical relaxation for 7 to 10 minutes. Alternatively, a continuous infusion of rocuronium bromide injection initiated at a rate of 12 mcg/kg/min upon return of T1 to 10% (one twitch present in train-of-four) may also be used to maintain neuromuscular blockade in pediatric patients.

Additional information for administration to pediatric patients of all age groups is presented elsewhere in the label [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)].

The infusion of rocuronium bromide injection must be individualized for each patient. The rate of administration should be adjusted according to the patient's twitch response as monitored with the use of a peripheral nerve stimulator. Spontaneous recovery and reversal of neuromuscular blockade following discontinuation of rocuronium bromide infusion may be expected to proceed at rates comparable to that following similar total exposure to single bolus doses [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2)].

Rocuronium bromide injection is not recommended for rapid sequence intubation in pediatric patients.

Geriatric Patients: Geriatric patients (65 years or older) exhibited a slightly prolonged median (range) clinical duration of 46 (22-73), 62 (49-75), and 94 (64-138) minutes under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen anesthesia following doses of 0.6, 0.9, and 1.2 mg/kg, respectively. No differences in duration of neuromuscular blockade following maintenance doses of rocuronium bromide were observed between these subjects and younger subjects, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.2) and Clinical Studies (14.2)]. [See also Warnings and Precautions (5.4).]

Patients with Renal or Hepatic Impairment: No differences from patients with normal hepatic and kidney function were observed for onset time at a dose of 0.6 mg/kg rocuronium bromide. When compared to patients with normal renal and hepatic function, the mean clinical duration is similar in patients with end-stage renal disease undergoing renal transplant, and is about 1.5 times longer in patients with hepatic disease. Patients with renal failure may have a greater variation in duration of effect [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6, 8.7) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

Obese Patients: In obese patients, the initial dose of rocuronium bromide 0.6 mg/kg should be based upon the patient's actual body weight [see Clinical Studies (14.1)].

An analysis across all US controlled clinical studies indicates that the pharmacodynamics of rocuronium bromide are not different between obese and nonobese patients when dosed based upon their actual body weight.

Patients with Reduced Plasma Cholinesterase Activity: Rocuronium metabolism does not depend on plasma cholinesterase so dosing adjustments are not needed in patients with reduced plasma cholinesterase activity.

Patients with Prolonged Circulation Time: Because higher doses of rocuronium bromide produce a longer duration of action, the initial dosage should usually not be increased in these patients to reduce onset time; instead, in these situations, when feasible, more time should be allowed for the drug to achieve onset of effect [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7)].

Patients with Drugs or Conditions Causing Potentiation of Neuromuscular Block: The neuromuscular blocking action of rocuronium bromide is potentiated by isoflurane and enflurane anesthesia. Potentiation is minimal when administration of the recommended dose of rocuronium bromide occurs prior to the administration of these potent inhalation agents. The median clinical duration of a dose of 0.57 to 0.85 mg/kg was 34, 38, and 42 minutes under opioid/nitrous oxide/oxygen, enflurane and isoflurane maintenance anesthesia, respectively. During 1 to 2 hours of infusion, the infusion rate of rocuronium bromide injection required to maintain about 95% block was decreased by as much as 40% under enflurane and isoflurane anesthesia [see Drug Interactions (7.3)].

2.6 Preparation for Administration of Rocuronium Bromide Injection

Diluent Compatibility: Rocuronium bromide injection is compatible in solution with:
0.9% NaCl solution sterile water for injection 5% glucose in water lactated Ringers 5% glucose in saline
Rocuronium bromide injection is compatible in the above solutions at concentrations up to 5 mg/mL for 24 hours at room temperature in plastic bags, glass bottles, and plastic syringe pumps.

Drug Admixture Incompatibility: Rocuronium bromide injection is physically incompatible when mixed with the following drugs:
amphotericin hydrocortisone sodium succinate amoxicillin insulin azathioprine Intralipid cefazolin ketorolac cloxacillin lorazepam dexamethasone methohexital diazepam methylprednisolone erythromycin thiopental famotidine trimethoprim furosemide vancomycin
If rocuronium bromide injection is administered via the same infusion line that is also used for other drugs, it is important that this infusion line is adequately flushed between administration of rocuronium bromide and drugs for which incompatibility with rocuronium bromide injection has been demonstrated or for which compatibility with rocuronium bromide injection has not been established.

Infusion solutions should be used within 24 hours of mixing. Unused portions of infusion solutions should be discarded.

Rocuronium bromide injection should not be mixed with alkaline solutions [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10)].

Visual Inspection: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and clarity prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. Do not use solution if particulate matter is present.
Pamidronate Disodium

Pamidronate Disodium

Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

Consideration should be given to the severity of as well as the symptoms of hypercalcemia. Vigorous saline hydration alone may be sufficient for treating mild, asymptomatic hypercalcemia. Overhydration should be avoided in patients who have potential for cardiac failure. In hypercalcemia associated with hematologic malignancies, the use of glucocorticoid therapy may be helpful.

Moderate Hypercalcemia

The recommended dose of pamidronate disodium in moderate hypercalcemia (corrected serum calcium* of approximately 12 to 13.5 mg/dL) is 60 to 90 mg given as a SINGLE-DOSE, intravenous infusion over 2 to 24 hours. Longer infusions (i.e., >2 hours) may reduce the risk of renal toxicity, particularly in patients with preexisting renal insufficiency.

Severe Hypercalcemia

The recommended dose of pamidronate disodium in severe hypercalcemia (corrected serum calcium* >13.5 mg/dL) is 90 mg given as a SINGLE-DOSE, intravenous infusion over 2 to 24 hours. Longer infusions (i.e., >2 hours) may reduce the risk of renal toxicity, particularly in patients with preexisting renal insufficiency.

*Albumin-corrected serum calcium (CCa, mg/dL)= serum calcium, mg/dL + 0.8 (4.0-serum albumin, g/dL).

Retreatment

A limited number of patients have received more than one treatment with pamidronate disodium for hypercalcemia. Retreatment with pamidronate disodium, in patients who show complete or partial response initially, may be carried out if serum calcium does not return to normal or remain normal after initial treatment. It is recommended that a minimum of 7 days elapse before retreatment, to allow for full response to the initial dose. The dose and manner of retreatment is identical to that of the initial therapy.

Paget's Disease

The recommended dose of pamidronate disodium in patients with moderate to severe Paget's disease of bone is 30 mg daily, administered as a 4 hour infusion on 3 consecutive days for a total dose of 90 mg.

Retreatment

A limited number of patients with Paget's disease have received more than one treatment of pamidronate disodium in clinical trials. When clinically indicated, patients should be retreated at the dose of initial therapy.

Osteolytic Bone Lesions of Multiple Myeloma

The recommended dose of pamidronate disodium in patients with osteolytic bone lesions of multiple myeloma is 90 mg administered as a 4 hour infusion given on a monthly basis.

Patients with marked Bence-Jones proteinuria and dehydration should receive adequate hydration prior to pamidronate disodium infusion.

Limited information is available on the use of pamidronate disodium in multiple myeloma patients with a serum creatinine ≥3 mg/dL.

Patients who receive pamidronate disodium should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment. Treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration. In a clinical study, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL. For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1 mg/dL.
In this clinical study, pamidronate disodium treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value.

The optimal duration of therapy is not yet known, however, in a study of patients with myeloma, final analysis after 21 months demonstrated overall benefits (see Clinical Trials).

Osteolytic Bone Metastases of Breast Cancer

The recommended dose of pamidronate disodium in patients with osteolytic bone metastases is 90 mg administered over a 2 hour infusion given every 3 to 4 weeks.

Pamidronate disodium has been frequently used with doxorubicin, fluorouracil, cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, mitoxantrone, vinblastine, dexamethasone, prednisone, melphalan, vincristine, megesterol, and tamoxifen. It has been given less frequently with etoposide, cisplatin, cytarabine, paclitaxel, and aminoglutethimide.

Patients who receive pamidronate disodium should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment. Treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration.

In a clinical study, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL. For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1 mg/dL.
In this clinical study, pamidronate disodium treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value.

The optimal duration of therapy is not known, however, in two breast cancer studies, final analyses performed after 24 months of therapy demonstrated overall benefits (see Clinical Trials).

Calcium and Vitamin D Supplementation

In the absence of hypercalcemia, patients with predominantly lytic bone metastases or multiple myeloma, who are at risk of calcium or vitamin D deficiency, and patients with Paget's disease of the bone, should be given oral calcium and vitamin D supplementation in order to minimize the risk of hypocalcemia.

Method of Administration

DUE TO THE RISK OF CLINICALLY SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION IN RENAL FUNCTION, WHICH MAY PROGRESS TO RENAL FAILURE, SINGLE DOSES OF PAMIDRONATE DISODIUM SHOULD NOT EXCEED 90 MG (SEE WARNINGS).

There must be strict adherence to the intravenous administration recommendations for pamidronate disodium in order to decrease the risk of deterioration in renal function.

Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

The daily dose must be administered as an intravenous infusion over at least 2 to 24 hours for the 60 mg and 90 mg doses. The recommended dose should be diluted in 1000 mL of sterile 0.45% or 0.9% sodium chloride injection, or 5% dextrose injection. This infusion solution is stable for up to 24 hours at room temperature.

Paget's Disease

The recommended daily dose of 30 mg should be diluted in 500 mL of sterile 0.45% or 0.9% sodium chloride injection, or 5% dextrose injection, and administered over a 4 hour period for 3 consecutive days.

Osteolytic Bone Metastases of Breast Cancer

The recommended dose of 90 mg should be diluted in 250 mL of sterile 0.45% or 0.9% sodium chloride injection, or 5% dextrose injection, and administered over a 2 hour period every 3 to 4 weeks.

Osteolytic Bone Lesions of Multiple Myeloma

The recommended dose of 90 mg should be diluted in 500 mL of sterile 0.45% or 0.9% sodium chloride injection, or 5% dextrose injection, and administered over a 4 hour period on a monthly basis.

Pamidronate disodium must not be mixed with calcium-containing infusion solutions, such as Ringer's solution, and should be given in a single intravenous solution and line separate from all other drugs.

Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Nafcillin

Nafcillin

This insert is for a Pharmacy Bulk Package and is intended for preparing IV admixtures only.

The usual IV dosage for adults is 500 mg every 4 hours. For severe infections, 1 g every 4 hours is recommended. Administer slowly over at least 30 to 60 minutes to minimize the risk of vein irritation and extravasation. Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to nafcillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type and severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient, therefore it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with nafcillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. The treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreased the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Nafcillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of nafcillin are necessary.

No dosage alterations are necessary for patients with renal dysfunction, including those on hemodialysis. Hemodialysis does not accelerate nafcillin clearance from the blood.

For patients with hepatic insufficiency and renal failure, measurement of nafcillin serum levels should be performed and dosage adjusted accordingly.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Do not add supplementary medication to Nafcillin.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS - General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants.
Nafcillin

Nafcillin

Nafcillin for injection is available for intramuscular and intravenous use.

The penicillinase-resistant penicillins are available for oral administration and for intramuscular and intravenous injection. The sodium salts of methicillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin may be administered parenterally and the sodium salts of cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin are available for oral use. The usual IV dosage for adults is 500 mg every 4 hours. For severe infections, 1 g every 4 hours is recommended. Administer slowly over at least 30 to 60 minutes to minimize the risk of vein irritation and extravasation.
RECOMMENDED DOSAGE FOR NAFCILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Drug Adults Infants and Children <40 kg (88 lbs) Other Recommendations Nafcillin 500 mg IM every4 to 6 hoursIV every 4 hours 25 mg/kg IMtwice daily Neonates 10 mg/kgIM twice daily Nafcillin 1 gram IM or IVevery 4 hours(severe infections)
Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to nafcillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type and severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient, therefore it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with nafcillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. The treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreased the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Nafcillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of nafcillin are necessary.

No dosage alterations are necessary for patients with renal dysfunction, including those on hemodialysis. Hemodialysis does not accelerate nafcillin clearance from the blood.

For patients with hepatic insufficiency and renal failure, measurement of nafcillin serum levels should be performed and dosage adjusted accordingly.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Do not add supplementary medication to nafcillin.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious, life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS-General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants. For intramuscular gluteal injections, care should be taken to avoid sciatic nerve injury. With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.
Ampicillin And Sulbacta...

Ampicillin And Sulbactam

Ampicillin and sulbactam for injection may be administered by either the IV or the IM routes.

For IV administration, the dose can be given by slow intravenous injection over at least 10 to 15 minutes or can also be delivered in greater dilutions with 50 to 100 mL of a compatible diluent as an intravenous infusion over 15 to 30 minutes.

Ampicillin and sulbactam for injection may be administered by deep intramuscular injection. (See DIRECTIONS FOR USE-Preparation for Intramuscular Injection section.)

The recommended adult dosage of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection is 1.5 g (1 g ampicillin as the sodium salt plus 0.5 g sulbactam as the sodium salt) to 3 g (2 g ampicillin as the sodium salt plus 1 g sulbactam as the sodium salt) every six hours. This 1.5 to 3 g range represents the total of ampicillin content plus the sulbactam content of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection, and corresponds to a range of 1 g ampicillin/0.5 g sulbactam to 2 g ampicillin/1 g sulbactam. The total dose of sulbactam should not exceed 4 grams per day.

Pediatric Patients 1 Year of Age or Older: The recommended daily dose of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection in pediatric patients is 300 mg per kg of body weight administered via intravenous infusion in equally divided doses every 6 hours. This 300 mg/kg/day dosage represents the total ampicillin content plus the sulbactam content of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection, and corresponds to 200 mg ampicillin/100 mg sulbactam per kg per day. The safety and efficacy of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection administered via intramuscular injection in pediatric patients have not been established. Pediatric patients weighing 40 kg or more should be dosed according to adult recommendations, and the total dose of sulbactam should not exceed 4 grams per day. The course of intravenous therapy should not routinely exceed 14 days. In clinical trials, most children received a course of oral antimicrobials following initial treatment with intravenous ampicillin and sulbactam for injection. (See CLINICAL STUDIES section.)

Impaired Renal Function

In patients with impairment of renal function the elimination kinetics of ampicillin and sulbactam are similarly affected, hence the ratio of one to the other will remain constant whatever the renal function. The dose of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection in such patients should be administered less frequently in accordance with the usual practice for ampicillin and according to the following recommendations:
TABLE 5 Ampicillin And Sulbactam For Injection Dosage Guide for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance(mL/min/1.73m2) Ampicillin/Sulbactam Half-Life (Hours) Recommended Ampicillin And Sulbactam For Injection Dosage ≥ 30 1 1.5 to 3 g q 6 h to q 8 h 15 to 29 5 1.5 to 3 g q 12 h 5 to 14 9 1.5 to 3 g q 24 h
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) may be used to convert this value into creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.
Males weight (kg) x (140 - age) 72 x serum creatinine Females 0.85 x above value
Etomidate

Etomidate

Etomidate injection is intended for administration only by the intravenous route (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY). The dose for induction of anesthesia in adult patients and in children above the age of ten (10) years will vary between 0.2 and 0.6 mg/kg of body weight, and it must be individualized in each case. The usual dose for induction in these patients is 0.3 mg/kg, injected over a period of 30 to 60 seconds. There are inadequate data to make dosage recommendations for induction of anesthesia in patients below the age of ten (10) years; therefore, such use is not recommended. Geriatric patients may require reduced doses of etomidate.

Smaller increments of intravenous etomidate may be administered to adult patients during short operative procedures to supplement subpotent anesthetic agents, such as nitrous oxide. The dosage employed under these circumstances, although usually smaller than the original induction dose, must be individualized. There are insufficient data to support this use of etomidate for longer adult procedures or for any procedures in pediatric patients; therefore, such use is not recommended. The use of intravenous fentanyl and other neuroactive drugs employed during the conduct of anesthesia may alter the etomidate dosage requirements. Consult the prescribing information for all other such drugs before using.

Premedication: Etomidate injection is compatible with commonly administered pre-anesthetic medications, which may be employed as indicated. See also CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY, ADVERSE REACTIONS, and dosage recommendations for maintenance of anesthesia.

Etomidate hypnosis does not significantly alter the usual dosage requirements of neuromuscular blocking agents employed for endotracheal intubation or other purposes shortly after induction of anesthesia.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

To prevent needle-stick injuries, needles should not be recapped, purposely bent, or broken by hand.
Ibutilide Fumarate

Ibutilide Fumarate

To avoid distress to the patient, atracurium should not be administered before unconsciousness has been induced. Atracurium should not be mixed in the same syringe, or administered simultaneously through the same needle, with alkaline solutions (e.g., barbiturate solutions).

Atracurium besylate should be administered intravenously. DO NOT GIVE ATRACURIUM BESYLATE BY INTRAMUSCULAR ADMINISTRATION. Intramuscular administration of atracurium besylate may result in tissue irritation and there are no clinical data to support this route of administration.

As with other neuromuscular blocking agents, the use of a peripheral nerve stimulator will permit the most advantageous use of atracurium besylate, minimizing the possibility of overdosage or underdosage, and assist in the evaluation of recovery.

Bolus Doses for Intubation and Maintenance of Neuromuscular Block

Adults

An atracurium besylate dose of 0.4 to 0.5 mg/kg (1.7 to 2.2 times the ED95), given as an intravenous bolus injection, is the recommended initial dose for most patients. With this dose, good or excellent conditions for nonemergency intubation can be expected in 2 to 2.5 minutes in most patients, with maximum neuromuscular block achieved approximately 3 to 5 minutes after injection. Clinically required neuromuscular block generally lasts 20 to 35 minutes under balanced anesthesia. Under balanced anesthesia, recovery to 25% of control is achieved approximately 35 to 45 minutes after injection, and recovery is usually 95% complete approximately 60 minutes after injection.

Atracurium is potentiated by isoflurane or enflurane anesthesia. The same initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.4 to 0.5 mg/kg may be used for intubation prior to administration of these inhalation agents; however, if atracurium is first administered under steady-state of isoflurane or enflurane, the initial atracurium besylate dose should be reduced by approximately one-third, i.e., to 0.25 to 0.35 mg/kg, to adjust for the potentiating effects of these anesthetic agents. With halothane, which has only a marginal (approximately 20%) potentiating effect on atracurium, smaller dosage reductions may be considered.

Atracurium besylate doses of 0.08 to 0.10 mg/kg are recommended for maintenance of neuromuscular block during prolonged surgical procedures. The first maintenance dose will generally be required 20 to 45 minutes after the initial atracurium besylate injection, but the need for maintenance doses should be determined by clinical criteria. Because atracurium lacks cumulative effects, maintenance doses may be administered at relatively regular intervals for each patient, ranging approximately from 15 to 25 minutes under balanced anesthesia, slightly longer under isoflurane or enflurane. Higher atracurium doses (up to 0.2 mg/kg) permit maintenance dosing at longer intervals.

Pediatric Patients

No atracurium dosage adjustments are required for pediatric patients two years of age or older. An atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg is recommended as the initial dose for infants (1 month to 2 years of age) under halothane anesthesia. Maintenance doses may be required with slightly greater frequency in infants and children than in adults.

Special Considerations

An initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg, given slowly or in divided doses over one minute, is recommended for adults, children, or infants with significant cardiovascular disease and for adults, children, or infants with any history (e.g., severe anaphylactoid reactions or asthma) suggesting a greater risk of histamine release.

Dosage reductions must be considered also in patients with neuromuscular disease, severe electrolyte disorders, or carcinomatosis in which potentiation of neuromuscular block or difficulties with reversal have been demonstrated. There has been no clinical experience with atracurium in these patients, and no specific dosage adjustments can be recommended. No atracurium dosage adjustments are required for patients with renal disease.

An initial atracurium besylate dose of 0.3 to 0.4 mg/kg is recommended for adults following the use of succinylcholine for intubation under balanced anesthesia. Further reductions may be desirable with the use of potent inhalation anesthetics. The patient should be permitted to recover from the effects of succinylcholine prior to atracurium administration. Insufficient data are available for recommendation of a specific initial atracurium dose for administration following the use of succinylcholine in children and infants.

Use by Continuous Infusion

Infusion in the Operating Room (OR)

After administration of a recommended initial bolus dose of atracurium besylate injection (0.3 to 0.5 mg/kg), a diluted solution of atracurium besylate can be administered by continuous infusion to adults and pediatric patients aged 2 or more years for maintenance of neuromuscular block during extended surgical procedures.

Infusion of atracurium should be individualized for each patient. The rate of administration should be adjusted according to the patient's response as determined by peripheral nerve stimulation. Accurate dosing is best achieved using a precision infusion device.

Infusion of atracurium should be initiated only after early evidence of spontaneous recovery from the bolus dose. An initial infusion rate of 9 to 10 mcg/kg/min may be required to rapidly counteract the spontaneous recovery of neuromuscular function. Thereafter, a rate of 5 to 9 mcg/kg/min should be adequate to maintain continuous neuromuscular block in the range of 89% to 99% in most pediatric and adult patients under balanced anesthesia. Occasional patients may require infusion rates as low as 2 mcg/kg/min or as high as 15 mcg/kg/min.

The neuromuscular blocking effect of atracurium administered by infusion is potentiated by enflurane or isoflurane and, to a lesser extent, by halothane. Reduction in the infusion rate of atracurium should, therefore, be considered for patients receiving inhalation anesthesia. The rate of atracurium infusion should be reduced by approximately one-third in the presence of steady-state enflurane or isoflurane anesthesia; smaller reductions should be considered in the presence of halothane.

In patients undergoing cardiopulmonary bypass with induced hypothermia, the rate of infusion of atracurium required to maintain adequate surgical relaxation during hypothermia (25° to 28°C) has been shown to be approximately half the rate required during normothermia.

Spontaneous recovery from neuromuscular block following discontinuation of atracurium infusion may be expected to proceed at a rate comparable to that following administration of a single bolus dose.

Infusion in the Intensive Care Unit (ICU)

The principles for infusion of atracurium in the OR are also applicable to use in the ICU.

An infusion rate of 11 to 13 mcg/kg/min (range: 4.5 to 29.5) should provide adequate neuromuscular block in adult patients in an ICU. Limited information suggests that infusion rates required for pediatric patients in the ICU may be higher than in adult patients. There may be wide interpatient variability in dosage requirements and these requirements may increase or decrease with time (see PRECAUTIONS: Long-Term Use in Intensive Care Unit [ICU]). Following recovery from neuromuscular block, readministration of a bolus dose may be necessary to quickly re-establish neuromuscular block prior to reinstitution of the infusion.

Infusion Rate Tables

The amount of infusion solution required per minute will depend upon the concentration of atracurium in the infusion solution, the desired dose of atracurium, and the patient's weight. The following tables provide guidelines for delivery, in mL/hr (equivalent to microdrops/min when 60 microdrops = 1 mL), of atracurium solutions in concentrations of 0.2 mg/mL (20 mg in 100 mL) or 0.5 mg/mL (50 mg in 100 mL) with an infusion pump or a gravity flow device.
Table 3: Atracurium Besylate Infusion Rates for a Concentration of 0.2 mg/mL PatientWeight(kg) Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 30 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 35 53 63 74 84 95 105 116 126 137 40 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 45 68 81 95 108 122 135 149 162 176 50 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 180 195 55 83 99 116 132 149 165 182 198 215 60 90 108 126 144 162 180 198 216 234 65 98 117 137 156 176 195 215 234 254 70 105 126 147 168 189 210 231 252 273 75 113 135 158 180 203 225 248 270 293 80 120 144 168 192 216 240 264 288 312 90 135 162 189 216 243 270 297 324 351 100 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 360 390 Table 4: Atracurium Besylate Infusion Rates for a Concentration of 0.5 mg/mL PatientWeight(kg) Drug Delivery Rate (mcg/kg/min) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Infusion Delivery Rate (mL/hr) 30 18 22 25 29 32 36 40 43 47 35 21 25 29 34 38 42 46 50 55 40 24 29 34 38 43 48 53 58 62 45 27 32 38 43 49 54 59 65 70 50 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 55 33 40 46 53 59 66 73 79 86 60 36 43 50 58 65 72 79 86 94 65 39 47 55 62 70 78 86 94 101 70 42 50 59 67 76 84 92 101 109 75 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 108 117 80 48 58 67 77 86 96 106 115 125 90 54 65 76 86 97 108 119 130 140 100 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
Compatibility and Admixtures

Atracurium besylate infusion solutions may be prepared by admixing atracurium besylate injection with an appropriate diluent such as 5% Dextrose Injection, 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, or 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection. Infusion solutions should be used within 24 hours of preparation. Unused solutions should be discarded. Solutions containing 0.2 mg/mL or 0.5 mg/mL atracurium besylate in the above diluents may be stored either under refrigeration or at room temperature for 24 hours without significant loss of potency. Care should be taken during admixture to prevent inadvertent contamination. Visually inspect prior to administration.

Spontaneous degradation of atracurium besylate has been demonstrated to occur more rapidly in Lactated Ringer's solution than in 0.9% sodium chloride solution. Therefore, it is recommended that Lactated Ringer's Injection not be used as a diluent in preparing solutions of atracurium besylate injection for infusion.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Midazolam

Midazolam

Midazolam hydrochloride injection is a potent sedative agent that requires slow administration and individualization of dosage. Clinical experience has shown midazolam hydrochloride to be 3 to 4 times as potent per mg as diazepam. BECAUSE SERIOUS AND LIFE-THREATENING CARDIORESPIRATORY ADVERSE EVENTS HAVE BEEN REPORTED, PROVISION FOR MONITORING, DETECTION AND CORRECTION OF THESE REACTIONS MUST BE MADE FOR EVERY PATIENT T0 WHOM MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE INJECTION IS ADMINISTERED, REGARDLESS OF AGE OR HEALTH STATUS. Excessive single doses or rapid intravenous administration may result in respiratory depression, airway obstruction and/or arrest. The potential for these latter effects is increased in debilitated patients, those receiving concomitant medications capable of depressing the CNS, and patients without an endotracheal tube but undergoing a procedure involving the upper airway such as endoscopy or dental (see Boxed WARNING and WARNINGS).

Reactions such as agitation, involuntary movements, hyperactivity and combativeness have been reported in adult and pediatric patients. Should such reactions occur, caution should be exercised before continuing administration of midazolam hydrochloride (see WARNINGS).

Midazolam hydrochloride injection should only be administered IM or IV (see WARNINGS).

Care should be taken to avoid intra-arterial injection or extravasation (see WARNINGS).

Midazolam Hydrochloride Injection may be mixed in the same syringe with the following frequently used premedications: morphine sulfate, meperidine, atropine sulfate or scopolamine. Midazolam, at a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL, is compatible with 5% dextrose in water and 0.9% sodium chloride for up to 24 hours and with lactated Ringer's solution for up to 4 hours. Both the 1 mg/mL and 5 mg/mL formulations of midazolam may be diluted with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water.

Monitoring: Patient response to sedative agents, and resultant respiratory status, is variable. Regardless of the intended level of sedation or route of administration, sedation is a continuum; a patient may move easily from light to deep sedation, with potential loss of protective reflexes. This is especially true in pediatric patients. Sedative doses should be individually titrated, taking into account patient age, clinical status and concomitant use of other CNS depressants. Continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function is required (i.e., pulse oximetry).

Adults and Pediatrics: Sedation guidelines recommend a careful presedation history to determine how a patient's underlying medical conditions or concomitant medications might affect their response to sedation/analgesia as well as a physical examination including a focused examination of the airway for abnormalities. Further recommendations include appropriate presedation fasting.

Titration to effect with multiple small doses is essential for safe administration. It should be noted that adequate time to achieve peak central nervous system effect (3 to 5 minutes) for midazolam should be allowed between doses to minimize the potential for oversedation. Sufficient time must elapse between doses of concomitant sedative medications to allow the effect of each dose to be assessed before subsequent drug administration. This is an important consideration for all patients who receive intravenous midazolam.

Immediate availability of resuscitative drugs and age- and size-appropriate equipment and personnel trained in their use and skilled in airway management should be assured (see WARNINGS).

Pediatrics: For deeply sedated pediatric patients a dedicated individual, other than the practitioner performing the procedure, should monitor the patient throughout the procedure.

Intravenous access is not thought to be necessary for all pediatric patients sedated for a diagnostic or therapeutic procedure because in some cases the difficulty of gaining IV access would defeat the purpose of sedating the child; rather, emphasis should be placed upon having the intravenous equipment available and a practitioner skilled in establishing vascular access in pediatric patients immediately available.
USUAL ADULT DOSE INTRAMUSCULARLYFor preoperative sedation/anxiolysis/ amnesia (induction of sleepiness or drowsiness and relief of apprehension and to impair memory of perioperative events).For intramuscular use, midazolam hydrochloride should be injected deep in a large muscle mass. The recommended premedication dose of midazolam for good risk (ASA Physical Status I & II) adult patients below the age of 60 years is 0.07 to 0.08 mg/kg IM (approximately 5 mg IM) administered up to 1 hour before surgery.The dose must be individualized and reduced when IM midazolam is administered to patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, other higher risk surgical patients, patients 60 or more years of age, and patients who have received concomitant narcotics or other CNS depressants (see ADVERSE REACTIONS). In a study of patients 60 years or older, who did not receive concomitant administration of narcotics, 2 to 3 mg (0.02 to 0.05 mg/kg) of midazolam produced adequate sedation during the preoperative period. The dose of 1 mg IM midazolam may suffice for some older patients if the anticipated intensity and duration of sedation is less critical. As with any potential respiratory depressant, these patients require observation for signs of cardiorespiratory depression after receiving IM midazolam.Onset is within 15 minutes, peaking at 30 to 60 minutes. It can be administered concomitantly with atropine sulfate or scopolamine hydrochloride and reduced doses of narcotics. INTRAVENOUSLYSedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for procedures (See INDICATIONS AND USAGE): Narcotic premedication results in less variability in patient response and a reduction in dosage of midazolam. For peroral procedures, the use of an appropriate topical anesthetic is recommended. For bronchoscopic procedures, the use of narcotic premedication is recommended.Midazolam hydrochloride 1 mg/mL formulation is recommended for sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for procedures to facilitate slower injection. Both the 1 mg/mL and the 5 mg/mL formulations may be diluted with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water. When used for sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for a procedure, dosage must be individualized and titrated. Midazolam hydrochloride should always be titrated slowly; administer over at least 2 minutes and allow an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. Individual response will vary with age, physical status and concomitant medications, but may also vary independent of these factors. (See WARNINGS concerning cardiac/respiratory arrest/airway obstruction/ hypoventilation.) Healthy Adults Below the Age of 60: Titrate slowly to the desired effect, (e.g., the initiation of slurred speech). Some patients may respond to as little as 1 mg. No more than 2.5 mg should be given over a period of at least 2 minutes. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. If further titration is necessary, continue to titrate, using small increments, to the appropriate level of sedation. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes after each increment to fully evaluate the sedative effect. A total dose greater than 5 mg is not usually necessary to reach the desired endpoint.If narcotic premedication or other CNS depressants are used, patients will require approximately 30% less midazolam than unpremedicated patients. Patients Age 60 or Older, and Debilitated or Chronically Ill Patients: Because the danger of hypoventilation, airway obstruction, or apnea is greater in elderly patients and those with chronic disease states or decreased pulmonary reserve, and because the peak effect may take longer in these patients, increments should be smaller and the rate of injection slower. Titrate slowly to the desired effect, (e.g., the initiation of slurred speech). Some patients may respond to as little as 1 mg. No more than 1.5 mg should be given over a period of no less than 2 minutes. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. If additional titration is necessary, it should be given at a rate of no more than 1 mg over a period of 2 minutes, waiting an additional 2 or more minutes each time to fully evaluate the sedative effect. Total doses greater than 3.5 mg are not usually necessary.If concomitant CNS depressant premedications are used in these patients, they will require at least 50% less midazolam than healthy young unpremedicated patients. Maintenance Dose: Additional doses to maintain the desired level of sedation may be given in increments of 25% of the dose used to first reach the sedative endpoint, but again only by slow titration, especially in the elderly and chronically ill or debilitated patient. These additional doses should be given only after a thorough clinical evaluation clearly indicates the need for additional sedation. Induction of Anesthesia:For induction of general anesthesia, before administration of other anesthetic agents. Individual response to the drug is variable, particularly when a narcotic premedication is not used. The dosage should be titrated to the desired effect according to the patient's age and clinical status.When midazolam is used before other intravenous agents for induction of anesthesia, the initial dose of each agent may be significantly reduced, at times to as low as 25% of the usual initial dose of the individual agents.Unpremedicated Patients: In the absence of premedication, an average adult under the age of 55 years will usually require an initial dose of 0.3 to 0.35 mg/kg for induction, administered over 20 to 30 seconds and allowing 2 minutes for effect. If needed to complete induction, increments of approximately 25% of the patient's initial dose may be used; induction may instead be completed with inhalational anesthetics. In resistant cases, up to 0.6 mg/kg total dose may be used for induction, but such larger doses may prolong recovery.Unpremedicated patients over the age of 55 years usually require less midazolam for induction; an initial dose of 0.3 mg/kg is recommended.Unpremedicated patients with severe systemic disease or other debilitation usually require less midazolam for induction. An initial dose of 0.2 to 0.25 mg/kg will usually suffice; in some cases, as little as 0.15 mg/kg may suffice.Premedicated Patients: When the patient has received sedative or narcotic premedication, particularly narcotic premedication, the range of recommended doses is 0.15 to 0.35 mg/kg.In average adults below the age of 55 years, a dose of 0.25 mg/kg, administered over 20 to 30 seconds and allowing 2 minutes for effect, will usually suffice.The initial dose of 0.2 mg/kg is recommended for good risk (ASA I & II) surgical patients over the age of 55 years.In some patients with severe systemic disease or debilitation, as little as 0.15 mg/kg may suffice.Narcotic premedication frequently used during clinical trials included fentanyl (1.5 to 2 mcg/kg IV, administered 5 minutes before induction), morphine (dosage individualized, up to 0.15 mg/kg IM), and meperidine (dosage individualized, up to 1 mg/kg IM). Sedative premedications were hydroxyzine pamoate (100 mg orally) and sodium secobarbital (200 mg orally). Except for intravenous fentanyl, administered 5 minutes before induction, all other premedications should be administered approximately 1 hour prior to the time anticipated for midazolam induction. Injectable midazolam hydrochloride can also be used during maintenance of anesthesia, for surgical procedures, as a component of balanced anesthesia. Effective narcotic premedication is especially recommended in such cases. Incremental injections of approximately 25% of the induction dose should be given in response to signs of lightening of anesthesia and repeated as necessary. CONTINUOUS INFUSION For continuous infusion, midazolam hydrochloride 5 mg/mL formulation is recommended diluted to a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water. Usual Adult Dose: If a loading dose is necessary to rapidly initiate sedation, 0.01 to 0.05 mg/kg (approximately 0.5 to 4 mg for a typical adult) may be given slowly or infused over several minutes. This dose may be repeated at 10 to 15 minute intervals until adequate sedation is achieved. For maintenance of sedation, the usual initial infusion rate is 0.02 to 0.1 mg/kg/hr (1 to 7 mg/hr). Higher loading or maintenance infusion rates may occasionally be required in some patients. The lowest recommended doses should be used in patients with residual effects from anesthetic drugs, or in those concurrently receiving other sedatives or opioids.Individual response to midazolam is variable. The infusion rate should be titrated to the desired level of sedation, taking into account the patient's age, clinical status and current medications. In general, midazolam should be infused at the lowest rate that produces the desired level of sedation.Assessment of sedation should be performed at regular intervals and the midazolam infusion rate adjusted up or down by 25% to 50% of the initial infusion rate so as to assure adequate titration of sedation level. Larger adjustments or even a small incremental dose may be necessary if rapid changes in the level of sedation are indicated. In addition, the infusion rate should be decreased by 10% to 25% every few hours to find the minimum effective infusion rate. Finding the minimum effective infusion rate decreases the potential accumulation of midazolam and provides for the most rapid recovery once the infusion is terminated. Patients who exhibit agitation, hypertension, or tachycardia in response to noxious stimulation, but who are otherwise adequately sedated, may benefit from concurrent administration of an opioid analgesic. Addition of an opioid will generally reduce the minimum effective midazolam hydrochloride infusion rate. PEDIATRIC PATIENTS UNLIKE ADULT PATIENTS, PEDIATRIC PATIENTS GENERALLY RECEIVE INCREMENTS OF MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE ON A MG/KG BASIS.As a group, pediatric patients generally require higher dosages of midazolam hydrochloride (mg/kg) than do adults. Younger (less than six years) pediatric patients may require higher dosages (mg/kg) than older pediatric patients, and may require close monitoring (see tables below). In obese PEDIATRIC PATIENTS, the dose should be calculated based on ideal body weight. When midazolam is given in conjunction with opioids or other sedatives, the potential for respiratory depression, airway obstruction, or hypoventilation is increased. For appropriate patient monitoring, see Boxed WARNING, WARNINGS, and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION, Monitoring. The health care practitioner who uses this medication in pediatric patients should be aware of and follow accepted professional guidelines for pediatric sedation appropriate to their situation. OBSERVER'S ASSESSMENT OF ALERTNESS/SEDATION (OAA/S) Assessment Categories Responsiveness Speech Facial Expression Eyes Composite Score Responds readily to name spoken in normal tone normal normal clear, no ptosis 5 (alert) Lethargic response to name spoken in normal tone mild slowingor thickening mild relaxation glazed or mild ptosis (less than half the eye) 4 Responds only after name is called loudly and/or repeatedly slurring orprominent slowing marked relaxation (slack jaw) glazed and marked ptosis (half the eye or more) 3 Responds only after mild prodding or shaking Few recognizablewords − − 2 Does not respond to mild prodding or shaking − − − 1 (deep sleep) FREQUENCY OF OBSERVER'S ASSESSMENT OFALERTNESS/SEDATION COMPOSITE SCORES IN ONE STUDY OFPEDIATRICPATIENTS UNDERGOING PROCEDURES WITH INTRAVENOUSMIDAZOLAM FOR SEDATION Age Range (years) n OAA/S Score 1 (deep sleep) 2 3 4 5 (alert) 1-2 16 6 (38%) 4 (25%) 3 (19%) 3 (19%) 0 >2-5 22 9 (41%) 5(23%) 8 (36%) 0 0 >5-12 34 1 (3%) 6 (18%) 22 (65%) 5 (15%) 0 >12-17 18 0 4 (22%) 14 (78%) 0 0 Total (1-17) 90 16 (18%) 19 (21%) 47 (52%) 8 (9%) 0 INTRAMUSCULARLYFor sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia prior to anesthesia or for procedures, intramuscular midazolam can be used to sedate pediatric patients to facilitate less traumatic insertion of an intravenous catheter for titration of additional medication. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL)Sedation after intramuscular midazolam is age and dose dependent: higher doses may result in deeper and more prolonged sedation. Doses of 0.1 to 0.15 mg/kg are usually effective and do not prolong emergence from general anesthesia. For more anxious patients, doses up to 0.5 mg/kg have been used. Although not systematically studied, the total dose usually does not exceed 10 mg. If midazolam is given with an opioid, the initial dose of each must be reduced. INTRAVENOUSLY BYINTERMITTENT INJECTIONFor sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia prior to and during procedures or prior to anesthesia. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL) It should be recognized that the depth of sedation/anxiolysis needed for pediatric patients depends on the type of procedure to be performed. For example, simple light sedation/anxiolysis in the preoperative period is quite different from the deep sedation and analgesia required for an endoscopic procedure in a child. For this reason, there is a broad range of dosage. For all pediatric patients, regardless of the indications for sedation/anxiolysis, it is vital to titrate midazolam hydrochloride and other concomitant medications slowly to the desired clinical effect. The initial dose of midazolam should be administered over 2 to 3 minutes. Since midazolam hydrochloride is water soluble, it takes approximately three times longer than diazepam to achieve peak EEG effects, therefore one must wait an additional 2 to 3 minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect before initiating a procedure or repeating a dose. If further sedation is necessary, continue to titrate with small increments until the appropriate level of sedation is achieved. If other medications capable of depressing the CNS are coadministered, the peak effect of those concomitant medications must be considered and the dose of midazolam adjusted. The importance of drug titration to effect is vital to the safe sedation/anxiolysis of the pediatric patient. The total dose of midazolam will depend on patient response, the type and duration of the procedure, as well as the type and dose of concomitant medications. Pediatric patients less than 6 months of age: Limited information is available in non-intubated pediatric patients less than 6 months of age. It is uncertain when the patient transfers from neonatal physiology to pediatric physiology, therefore the dosing recommendations are unclear. Pediatric patients less than 6 months of age are particularly vulnerable to airway obstruction and hypoventilation, therefore titration with small increments to clinical effect and careful monitoring are essential. Pediatric patients 6 months to 5 years of age: Initial dose 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg. A total dose up to 0.6 mg/kg may be necessary to reach the desired endpoint but usually does not exceed 6 mg. Prolonged sedation and risk of hypoventilation may be associated with the higher doses. Pediatric patients 6 to 12 years of age: Initial dose 0.025 to 0.05 mg/kg; total dose up to 0.4 mg/kg may be needed to reach the desired endpoint but usually does not exceed 10 mg. Prolonged sedation and risk of hypoventilation may be associated with the higher doses. Pediatric patients 12 to 16 years of age: Should be dosed as adults. Prolonged sedation may be associated with higher doses; some patients in this age range will require higher than recommended adult doses but the total dose usually does not exceed 10 mg. The dose of midazolam hydrochloride must be reduced in patients premedicated with opioid or other sedative agents including midazolam.Higher risk or debilitated patients may require lower dosages whether or not concomitant sedating medications have been administered (see WARNINGS). CONTINUOUS INTRAVENOUS INFUSIONFor sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia in critical care settings. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL)To initiate sedation, an intravenous loading dose of 0.05 to 0.2 mg/kg administered over at least 2 to 3 minutes can be used to establish the desired clinical effect IN PATIENTS WHOSE TRACHEA IS INTUBATED. (Midazolam should not be administered as a rapid intravenous dose.) This loading dose may be followed by a continuous intravenous infusion to maintain the effect. An infusion of midazolam hydrochloride injection has been used in patients whose trachea was intubated but who were allowed to breathe spontaneously. Assisted ventilation is recommended for pediatric patients who are receiving other central nervous system depressant medications such as opioids. Based on pharmacokinetic parameters and reported clinical experience, continuous intravenous infusions of midazolam should be initiated at a rate of 0.06 to 0.12 mg/kg/hr (1 to 2 mcg/kg/min). The rate of infusion can be increased or decreased (generally by 25% of the initial or subsequent infusion rate) as required, or supplemental intravenous doses of midazolam hydrochloride can be administered to increase or maintain the desired effect. Frequent assessment at regular intervals using standard pain/sedation scales is recommended. Drug elimination may be delayed in patients receiving erythromycin and/or other P450-3A4 enzyme inhibitors (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions section) and in patients with liver dysfunction, low cardiac output (especially those requiring inotropic support), and in neonates. Hypotension may be observed in patients who are critically ill, particularly those receiving opioids and/or when midazolam is rapidly administered.When initiating an infusion with midazolam in hemodynamically compromised patients, the usual loading dose of midazolam hydrochloride should be titrated in small increments and the patient monitored for hemodynamic instability, e.g., hypotension. These patients are also vulnerable to the respiratory depressant effects of midazolam and require careful monitoring of respiratory rate and oxygen saturation. CONTINUOUS INTRAVENOUS INFUSIONFor sedation in critical care settings. USUAL NEONATAL DOSEBased on pharmacokinetic parameters and reported clinical experience in preterm and term neonates WHOSE TRACHEA WAS INTUBATED, continuous intravenous infusions of midazolam hydrochloride injection should be initiated at a rate of 0.03 mg/kg/hr (0.5 mcg/kg/min) in neonates <32 weeks and 0.06 mg/kg/hr (1 mcg/kg/min) in neonates >32 weeks. Intravenous loading doses should not be used in neonates, rather the infusion may be run more rapidly for the first several hours to establish therapeutic plasma levels. The rate of infusion should be carefully and frequently reassessed, particularly after the first 24 hours so as to administer the lowest possible effective dose and reduce the potential for drug accumulation. Hypotension may be observed in patients who are critically ill and in preterm and term infants, particularly those receiving fentanyl and/or when midazolam is administered rapidly. Due to an increased risk of apnea, extreme caution is advised when sedating preterm and former preterm patients whose trachea is not intubated. Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Midazolam

Midazolam

Midazolam hydrochloride injection is a potent sedative agent that requires slow administration and individualization of dosage. Clinical experience has shown midazolam hydrochloride to be 3 to 4 times as potent per mg as diazepam. BECAUSE SERIOUS AND LIFE-THREATENING CARDIORESPIRATORY ADVERSE EVENTS HAVE BEEN REPORTED, PROVISION FOR MONITORING, DETECTION AND CORRECTION OF THESE REACTIONS MUST BE MADE FOR EVERY PATIENT T0 WHOM MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE INJECTION IS ADMINISTERED, REGARDLESS OF AGE OR HEALTH STATUS. Excessive single doses or rapid intravenous administration may result in respiratory depression, airway obstruction and/or arrest. The potential for these latter effects is increased in debilitated patients, those receiving concomitant medications capable of depressing the CNS, and patients without an endotracheal tube but undergoing a procedure involving the upper airway such as endoscopy or dental (see Boxed WARNING and WARNINGS).

Reactions such as agitation, involuntary movements, hyperactivity and combativeness have been reported in adult and pediatric patients. Should such reactions occur, caution should be exercised before continuing administration of midazolam hydrochloride (see WARNINGS).

Midazolam hydrochloride injection should only be administered IM or IV (see WARNINGS).

Care should be taken to avoid intra-arterial injection or extravasation (see WARNINGS).

Midazolam Hydrochloride Injection may be mixed in the same syringe with the following frequently used premedications: morphine sulfate, meperidine, atropine sulfate or scopolamine. Midazolam, at a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL, is compatible with 5% dextrose in water and 0.9% sodium chloride for up to 24 hours and with lactated Ringer's solution for up to 4 hours. Both the 1 mg/mL and 5 mg/mL formulations of midazolam may be diluted with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water.

Monitoring: Patient response to sedative agents, and resultant respiratory status, is variable. Regardless of the intended level of sedation or route of administration, sedation is a continuum; a patient may move easily from light to deep sedation, with potential loss of protective reflexes. This is especially true in pediatric patients. Sedative doses should be individually titrated, taking into account patient age, clinical status and concomitant use of other CNS depressants. Continuous monitoring of respiratory and cardiac function is required (i.e., pulse oximetry).

Adults and Pediatrics: Sedation guidelines recommend a careful presedation history to determine how a patient's underlying medical conditions or concomitant medications might affect their response to sedation/analgesia as well as a physical examination including a focused examination of the airway for abnormalities. Further recommendations include appropriate presedation fasting.

Titration to effect with multiple small doses is essential for safe administration. It should be noted that adequate time to achieve peak central nervous system effect (3 to 5 minutes) for midazolam should be allowed between doses to minimize the potential for oversedation. Sufficient time must elapse between doses of concomitant sedative medications to allow the effect of each dose to be assessed before subsequent drug administration. This is an important consideration for all patients who receive intravenous midazolam.

Immediate availability of resuscitative drugs and age- and size-appropriate equipment and personnel trained in their use and skilled in airway management should be assured (see WARNINGS).

Pediatrics: For deeply sedated pediatric patients a dedicated individual, other than the practitioner performing the procedure, should monitor the patient throughout the procedure.

Intravenous access is not thought to be necessary for all pediatric patients sedated for a diagnostic or therapeutic procedure because in some cases the difficulty of gaining IV access would defeat the purpose of sedating the child; rather, emphasis should be placed upon having the intravenous equipment available and a practitioner skilled in establishing vascular access in pediatric patients immediately available.
USUAL ADULT DOSE INTRAMUSCULARLYFor preoperative sedation/anxiolysis/ amnesia (induction of sleepiness or drowsiness and relief of apprehension and to impair memory of perioperative events).For intramuscular use, midazolam hydrochloride should be injected deep in a large muscle mass. The recommended premedication dose of midazolam for good risk (ASA Physical Status I & II) adult patients below the age of 60 years is 0.07 to 0.08 mg/kg IM (approximately 5 mg IM) administered up to 1 hour before surgery.The dose must be individualized and reduced when IM midazolam is administered to patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, other higher risk surgical patients, patients 60 or more years of age, and patients who have received concomitant narcotics or other CNS depressants (see ADVERSE REACTIONS). In a study of patients 60 years or older, who did not receive concomitant administration of narcotics, 2 to 3 mg (0.02 to 0.05 mg/kg) of midazolam produced adequate sedation during the preoperative period. The dose of 1 mg IM midazolam hydrochloride may suffice for some older patients if the anticipated intensity and duration of sedation is less critical. As with any potential respiratory depressant, these patients require observation for signs of cardiorespiratory depression after receiving IM midazolam.Onset is within 15 minutes, peaking at 30 to 60 minutes. It can be administered concomitantly with atropine sulfate or scopolamine hydrochloride and reduced doses of narcotics. INTRAVENOUSLYSedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for procedures (See INDICATIONS AND USAGE): Narcotic premedication results in less variability in patient response and a reduction in dosage of midazolam. For peroral procedures, the use of an appropriate topical anesthetic is recommended. For bronchoscopic procedures, the use of narcotic premedication is recommended.Midazolam hydrochloride 1 mg/mL formulation is recommended for sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for procedures to facilitate slower injection. Both the 1 mg/mL and the 5 mg/mL formulations may be diluted with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water. When used for sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia for a procedure, dosage must be individualized and titrated. Midazolam hydrochloride should always be titrated slowly; administer over at least 2 minutes and allow an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. Individual response will vary with age, physical status and concomitant medications, but may also vary independent of these factors. (See WARNINGS concerning cardiac/respiratory arrest/airway obstruction/ hypoventilation.) Healthy Adults Below the Age of 60: Titrate slowly to the desired effect, (e.g., the initiation of slurred speech). Some patients may respond to as little as 1 mg. No more than 2.5 mg should be given over a period of at least 2 minutes. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. If further titration is necessary, continue to titrate, using small increments, to the appropriate level of sedation. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes after each increment to fully evaluate the sedative effect. A total dose greater than 5 mg is not usually necessary to reach the desired endpoint.If narcotic premedication or other CNS depressants are used, patients will require approximately 30% less midazolam than unpremedicated patients. Patients Age 60 or Older, and Debilitated or Chronically Ill Patients: Because the danger of hypoventilation, airway obstruction, or apnea is greater in elderly patients and those with chronic disease states or decreased pulmonary reserve, and because the peak effect may take longer in these patients, increments should be smaller and the rate of injection slower.Titrate slowly to the desired effect, (e.g., the initiation of slurred speech). Some patients may respond to as little as 1 mg. No more than 1.5 mg should be given over a period of no less than 2 minutes. Wait an additional 2 or more minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect. If additional titration is necessary, it should be given at a rate of no more than 1 mg over a period of 2 minutes, waiting an additional 2 or more minutes each time to fully evaluate the sedative effect. Total doses greater than 3.5 mg are not usually necessary.If concomitant CNS depressant premedications are used in these patients, they will require at least 50% less midazolam than healthy young unpremedicated patients. Maintenance Dose: Additional doses to maintain the desired level of sedation may be given in increments of 25% of the dose used to first reach the sedative endpoint, but again only by slow titration, especially in the elderly and chronically ill or debilitated patient. These additional doses should be given only after a thorough clinical evaluation clearly indicates the need for additional sedation. Induction of Anesthesia:For induction of general anesthesia, before administration of other anesthetic agents. Individual response to the drug is variable, particularly when a narcotic premedication is not used. The dosage should be titrated to the desired effect according to the patient's age and clinical status.When midazolam is used before other intravenous agents for induction of anesthesia, the initial dose of each agent may be significantly reduced, at times to as low as 25% of the usual initial dose of the individual agents.Unpremedicated Patients: In the absence of premedication, an average adult under the age of 55 years will usually require an initial dose of 0.3 to 0.35 mg/kg for induction, administered over 20 to 30 seconds and allowing 2 minutes for effect. If needed to complete induction, increments of approximately 25% of the patient's initial dose may be used; induction may instead be completed with inhalational anesthetics. In resistant cases, up to 0.6 mg/kg total dose may be used for induction, but such larger doses may prolong recovery.Unpremedicated patients over the age of 55 years usually require less midazolam for induction; an initial dose of 0.3 mg/kg is recommended.Unpremedicated patients with severe systemic disease or other debilitation usually require less midazolam for induction. An initial dose of 0.2 to 0.25 mg/kg will usually suffice; in some cases, as little as 0.15 mg/kg may suffice.Premedicated Patients: When the patient has received sedative or narcotic premedication, particularly narcotic premedication, the range of recommended doses is 0.15 to 0.35 mg/kg.In average adults below the age of 55 years, a dose of 0.25 mg/kg, administered over 20 to 30 seconds and allowing 2 minutes for effect, will usually suffice.The initial dose of 0.2 mg/kg is recommended for good risk (ASA I & II) surgical patients over the age of 55 years.In some patients with severe systemic disease or debilitation, as little as 0.15 mg/kg may suffice.Narcotic premedication frequently used during clinical trials included fentanyl (1.5 to 2 mcg/kg IV, administered 5 minutes before induction), morphine (dosage individualized, up to 0.15 mg/kg IM), and meperidine (dosage individualized, up to 1 mg/kg IM). Sedative premedications were hydroxyzine pamoate (100 mg orally) and sodium secobarbital (200 mg orally). Except for intravenous fentanyl, administered 5 minutes before induction, all other premedications should be administered approximately 1 hour prior to the time anticipated for midazolam induction. Injectable midazolam hydrochloride can also be used during maintenance of anesthesia, for surgical procedures, as a component of balanced anesthesia. Effective narcotic premedication is especially recommended in such cases. Incremental injections of approximately 25% of the induction dose should be given in response to signs of lightening of anesthesia and repeated as necessary. CONTINUOUS INFUSION For continuous infusion, midazolam hydrochloride 5 mg/mL formulation is recommended diluted to a concentration of 0.5 mg/mL with 0.9% sodium chloride or 5% dextrose in water. Usual Adult Dose: If a loading dose is necessary to rapidly initiate sedation, 0.01 to 0.05 mg/kg (approximately 0.5 to 4 mg for a typical adult) may be given slowly or infused over several minutes. This dose may be repeated at 10 to 15 minute intervals until adequate sedation is achieved. For maintenance of sedation, the usual initial infusion rate is 0.02 to 0.1 mg/kg/hr (1 to 7 mg/hr). Higher loading or maintenance infusion rates may occasionally be required in some patients. The lowest recommended doses should be used in patients with residual effects from anesthetic drugs, or in those concurrently receiving other sedatives or opioids.Individual response to midazolam is variable. The infusion rate should be titrated to the desired level of sedation, taking into account the patient's age, clinical status and current medications. In general, midazolam should be infused at the lowest rate that produces the desired level of sedation.Assessment of sedation should be performed at regular intervals and the midazolam infusion rate adjusted up or down by 25% to 50% of the initial infusion rate so as to assure adequate titration of sedation level. Larger adjustments or even a small incremental dose may be necessary if rapid changes in the level of sedation are indicated. In addition, the infusion rate should be decreased by 10% to 25% every few hours to find the minimum effective infusion rate. Finding the minimum effective infusion rate decreases the potential accumulation of midazolam and provides for the most rapid recovery once the infusion is terminated. Patients who exhibit agitation, hypertension, or tachycardia in response to noxious stimulation, but who are otherwise adequately sedated, may benefit from concurrent administration of an opioid analgesic. Addition of an opioid will generally reduce the minimum effective midazolam hydrochloride infusion rate. PEDIATRIC PATIENTS UNLIKE ADULT PATIENTS, PEDIATRIC PATIENTS GENERALLY RECEIVE INCREMENTS OF MIDAZOLAM HYDROCHLORIDE ON A MG/KG BASIS.As a group, pediatric patients generally require higher dosages of midazolam hydrochloride (mg/kg) than do adults. Younger (less than six years) pediatric patients may require higher dosages (mg/kg) than older pediatric patients, and may require close monitoring (see tables below). In obese PEDIATRIC PATIENTS, the dose should be calculated based on ideal body weight. When midazolam is given in conjunction with opioids or other sedatives, the potential for respiratory depression, airway obstruction, or hypoventilation is increased. For appropriate patient monitoring, see Boxed WARNING, WARNINGS, and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION, Monitoring. The health care practitioner who uses this medication in pediatric patients should be aware of and follow accepted professional guidelines for pediatric sedation appropriate to their situation. OBSERVER'S ASSESSMENT OF ALERTNESS/SEDATION (OAA/S) Assessment Categories Responsiveness Speech Facial Expression Eyes Composite Score Responds readily to name spoken in normal tone normal normal clear, no ptosis 5 (alert) Lethargic response to name spoken in normal tone mild slowingor thickening mild relaxation glazed or mild ptosis (less than half the eye) 4 Responds only after name is called loudly and/or repeatedly slurring orprominent slowing marked relaxation (slack jaw) glazed and marked ptosis (half the eye or more) 3 Responds only after mild prodding or shaking Few recognizablewords − − 2 Does not respond to mild prodding or shaking − − − 1 (deep sleep) FREQUENCY OF OBSERVER'S ASSESSMENT OFALERTNESS/SEDATION COMPOSITE SCORES IN ONE STUDY OFCHILDREN UNDERGOING PROCEDURES WITH INTRAVENOUSMIDAZOLAM FOR SEDATION Age Range(years) n OAA/S Score 1 (deep sleep) 2 3 4 5 (alert) 1-2 16 6 (38%) 4 (25%) 3 (19%) 3 (19%) 0 >2-5 22 9 (41%) 5(23%) 8 (36%) 0 0 >5-12 34 1 (3%) 6 (18%) 22 (65%) 5 (15%) 0 >12-17 18 0 4 (22%) 14 (78%) 0 0 Total (1-17) 90 16 (18%) 19 (21%) 47 (52%) 8 (9%) 0
Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
INTRAMUSCULARLYFor sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia prior to anesthesia or for procedures, intramuscular midazolam can be used to sedate pediatric patients to facilitate less traumatic insertion of an intravenous catheter for titration of additional medication. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL)Sedation after intramuscular midazolam is age and dose dependent: higher doses may result in deeper and more prolonged sedation. Doses of 0.1 to 0.15 mg/kg are usually effective and do not prolong emergence from general anesthesia. For more anxious patients, doses up to 0.5 mg/kg have been used. Although not systematically studied, the total dose usually does not exceed 10 mg. If midazolam is given with an opioid, the initial dose of each must be reduced. INTRAVENOUSLY BY INTERMITTENT INJECTION For sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia prior to and during procedures or prior to anesthesia. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL) It should be recognized that the depth of sedation/anxiolysis needed for pediatric patients depends on the type of procedure to be performed. For example, simple light sedation/anxiolysis in the preoperative period is quite different from the deep sedation and analgesia required for an endoscopic procedure in a child. For this reason, there is a broad range of dosage. For all pediatric patients, regardless of the indications for sedation/anxiolysis, it is vital to titrate midazolam hydrochloride and other concomitant medications slowly to the desired clinical effect. The initial dose of midazolam should be administered over 2 to 3 minutes. Since midazolam hydrochloride is water soluble, it takes approximately three times longer than diazepam to achieve peak EEG effects, therefore one must wait an additional 2 to 3 minutes to fully evaluate the sedative effect before initiating a procedure or repeating a dose. If further sedation is necessary, continue to titrate with small increments until the appropriate level of sedation is achieved. If other medications capable of depressing the CNS are coadministered, the peak effect of those concomitant medications must be considered and the dose of midazolam adjusted. The importance of drug titration to effect is vital to the safe sedation/anxiolysis of the pediatric patient. The total dose of midazolam will depend on patient response, the type and duration of the procedure, as well as the type and dose of concomitant medications. Pediatric patients less than 6 months of age: Limited information is available in non-intubated pediatric patients less than 6 months of age. It is uncertain when the patient transfers from neonatal physiology to pediatric physiology, therefore the dosing recommendations are unclear. Pediatric patients less than 6 months of age are particularly vulnerable to airway obstruction and hypoventilation, therefore titration with small increments to clinical effect and careful monitoring are essential. Pediatric patients 6 months to 5 years of age: Initial dose 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg. A total dose up to 0.6 mg/kg may be necessary to reach the desired endpoint but usually does not exceed 6 mg. Prolonged sedation and risk of hypoventilation may be associated with the higher doses. Pediatric patients 6 to 12 years of age: Initial dose 0.025 to 0.05 mg/kg; total dose up to 0.4 mg/kg may be needed to reach the desired endpoint but usually does not exceed 10 mg. Prolonged sedation and risk of hypoventilation may be associated with the higher doses. Pediatric patients 12 to 16 years of age: Should be dosed as adults. Prolonged sedation may be associated with higher doses; some patients in this age range will require higher than recommended adult doses but the total dose usually does not exceed 10 mg. The dose of midazolam hydrochloride must be reduced in patients premedicated with opioid or other sedative agents including midazolam.Higher risk or debilitated patients may require lower dosages whether or not concomitant sedating medications have been administered (see WARNINGS). CONTINUOUS INTRAVENOUS INFUSIONFor sedation/anxiolysis/amnesia in critical care settings. USUAL PEDIATRIC DOSE (NON-NEONATAL)To initiate sedation, an intravenous loading dose of 0.05 to 0.2 mg/kg administered over at least 2 to 3 minutes can be used to establish the desired clinical effect IN PATIENTS WHOSE TRACHEA IS INTUBATED. (Midazolam should not be administered as a rapid intravenous dose.) This loading dose may be followed by a continuous intravenous infusion to maintain the effect. An infusion of midazolam hydrochloride injection has been used in patients whose trachea was intubated but who were allowed to breathe spontaneously. Assisted ventilation is recommended for pediatric patients who are receiving other central nervous system depressant medications such as opioids. Based on pharmacokinetic parameters and reported clinical experience, continuous intravenous infusions of midazolam should be initiated at a rate of 0.06 to 0.12 mg/kg/hr (1 to 2 mcg/kg/min). The rate of infusion can be increased or decreased (generally by 25% of the initial or subsequent infusion rate) as required, or supplemental intravenous doses of midazolam hydrochloride can be administered to increase or maintain the desired effect. Frequent assessment at regular intervals using standard pain/sedation scales is recommended. Drug elimination may be delayed in patients receiving erythromycin and/or other P450-3A4 enzyme inhibitors (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions section) and in patients with liver dysfunction, low cardiac output (especially those requiring inotropic support), and in neonates. Hypotension may be observed in patients who are critically ill, particularly those receiving opioids and/or when midazolam is rapidly administered.When initiating an infusion with midazolam in hemodynamically compromised patients, the usual loading dose of midazolam hydrochloride should be titrated in small increments and the patient monitored for hemodynamic instability, e.g., hypotension. These patients are also vulnerable to the respiratory depressant effects of midazolam and require careful monitoring of respiratory rate and oxygen saturation. CONTINUOUS INTRAVENOUS INFUSIONFor sedation in critical care settings. USUAL NEONATAL DOSEBased on pharmacokinetic parameters and reported clinical experience in preterm and term neonates WHOSE TRACHEA WAS INTUBATED, continuous intravenous infusions of midazolam hydrochloride injection should be initiated at a rate of 0.03 mg/kg/hr (0.5 mcg/kg/min) in neonates <32 weeks and 0.06 mg/kg/hr (1 mcg/kg/min) in neonates >32 weeks. Intravenous loading doses should not be used in neonates, rather the infusion may be run more rapidly for the first several hours to establish therapeutic plasma levels. The rate of infusion should be carefully and frequently reassessed, particularly after the first 24 hours so as to administer the lowest possible effective dose and reduce the potential for drug accumulation. This is particularly important because of the potential adverse effects related to metabolism of the benzyl alcohol (see WARNINGS, Usage In preterm Infants And Neonates). Hypotension may be observed in patients who are critically ill and in preterm and term infants, particularly those receiving fentanyl and/or when midazolam is administered rapidly. Due to an increased risk of apnea, extreme caution is advised when sedating preterm and former preterm patients whose trachea is not intubated.
Fungus Relief

Fungus Relief

Important: Colistimethate for injection is supplied in vials containing colistimethate sodium equivalent to 150 mg colistin base activity per vial.

Reconstitution for Intravenous or Intramuscular Administration: The 150 mg vial should be reconstituted with 2 mL Sterile Water for Injection, USP. The reconstituted solution provides colistimethate sodium at a concentration equivalent to 75 mg/mL colistin base activity.

During reconstitution swirl gently to avoid frothing.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit. If these conditions are observed, the product should not be used.

Dosage

Adults and Pediatric Patients—Intravenous or Intramuscular Administration: The dose of colistimethate for injection should be 2.5 to 5 mg/kg per day of colistin base in 2 to 4 divided doses for patients with normal renal function, depending on the severity of the infection.

In obese individuals, dosage should be based on ideal body weight.

The daily dose and frequency should be reduced for the patients with renal impairment. Suggested modifications of dosage schedule for patients with renal impairment are presented in Table 1.
TABLE 1 Suggested Modification of Dosage Schedules of Colistimethate for Injection for Adults with Impaired Renal Function
Note: The suggested total daily dose is calculated from colistin base activity.
Degree of Renal Impairment Normal Mild Moderate Severe Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) ≥80 50-79 30-49 10-29 Dosage Schedule 2.5 – 5 mg/kg, divided into 2 to 4 doses per day 2.5 – 3.8 mg/kg, divided into 2 doses per day 2.5 mg/kg, once daily or divided into 2 doses per day 1.5 mg/kg every 36 hours INTRAVENOUS ADMINISTRATION Direct Intermittent Administration—Slowly inject one-half of the total daily dose over a period of 3 to 5 minutes every 12 hours. Continuous Infusion—Slowly inject one-half of the total daily dose over 3 to 5 minutes. Add the remaining half of the total daily dose of colistimethate for injection to one of the following: 0.9% NaCl 5% dextrose in 0.9% NaCl 5% dextrose in water 5% dextrose in 0.45% NaCl 5% dextrose in 0.225% NaCl Lactated Ringer's solution 10% invert sugar solution
There are not sufficient data to recommend usage of colistimethate for injection with other drugs or other than the above listed infusion solutions.Administer the second half of the total daily dose by slow intravenous infusion, starting 1 to 2 hours after the initial dose, over the next 22 to 23 hours. In the presence of impaired renal function, reduce the infusion rate depending on the degree of renal impairment.The choice of intravenous solution and the volume to be employed are dictated by the requirements of fluid and electrolyte management.Any final intravenous infusion solution containing colistimethate sodium should be freshly prepared and used for no longer than 24 hours.

INTRAMUSCULAR ADMINISTRATION
For Intramuscular Injection, administer by deep intramuscular injection into a large muscle mass (such as the gluteal muscles or lateral part of the thigh).
Store reconstituted solution for intramuscular injection in a refrigerator 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F) or between 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) and use within 7 days.
Polymyxin B

Polymyxin B

PARENTERAL:

Intravenous. Dissolve 500,000 polymyxin B units in 300 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection for continuous intravenous drip.

Adults and children. 15,000 to 25,000 units/kg body weight/day in individuals with normal kidney function. This amount should be reduced from 15,000 units/kg downward for individuals with kidney impairment. Infusions may be given every 12 hours; however, the total daily dose must not exceed 25,000 units/kg/day.

Infants. Infants with normal kidney function may receive up to 40,000 units/kg/day without adverse effects.

Intramuscular. Not recommended routinely because of severe pain at injection sites, particularly in infants and children. Dissolve 500,000 polymyxin B units in 2 mL sterile water for injection or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection or procaine hydrochloride injection 1%.

Adults and children. 25,000 to 30,000 units/kg/day. This should be reduced in the presence of renal impairment. The dosage may be divided and given at either 4 or 6 hour intervals.

Infants. Infants with normal kidney function may receive up to 40,000 units/kg/day without adverse effects.

Note: Doses as high as 45,000 units/kg/day have been used in limited clinical studies in treating prematures and newborn infants for sepsis caused by Ps aeruginosa.

Intrathecal. A treatment of choice for Ps aeruginosa meningitis. Dissolve 500,000 polymyxin B units in 10 mL 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection for 50,000 units per mL dosage unit.

Adults and children over 2 years of age. Dosage is 50,000 units once daily intrathecally for 3 to 4 days, then 50,000 units once every other day for at least 2 weeks after cultures of the cerebrospinal fluid are negative and sugar content has returned to normal.

Children under 2 years of age. 20,000 units once daily, intrathecally for 3 to 4 days or 25,000 units once every other day. Continue with a dose of 25,000 units once every other day for at least 2 weeks after cultures of the cerebrospinal fluid are negative and sugar content has returned to normal.

IN THE INTEREST OF SAFETY, SOLUTIONS OF PARENTERAL USE SHOULD BE STORED UNDER REFRIGERATION, AND ANY UNUSED PORTIONS SHOULD BE DISCARDED AFTER 72 HOURS.

TOPICAL:

Ophthalmic. Dissolve 500,000 polymyxin B units in 20 to 50 mL sterile water for injection or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection for a 10,000 to 25,000 units per mL concentration.

For the treatment of Ps aeruginosa infections of the eye, a concentration of 0.1 percent to 0.25 percent (10,000 units to 25,000 units per mL) is administered 1 to 3 drops every hour, increasing the intervals as response indicates.

Subconjunctival injection of up to 100,000 units per day may be used for the treatment of Ps aeruginosa infections of the cornea and conjunctiva.

Note: Avoid total systemic and ophthalmic instillation over 25,000 units/kg/day.
Labetalol

Labetalol

Labetalol hydrochloride injection is intended for IV use in hospitalized patients. DOSAGE MUST BE INDIVIDUALIZED depending upon the severity of hypertension and the response of the patient during dosing.

Patients should always be kept in a supine position during the period of IV drug administration. A substantial fall in blood pressure on standing should be expected in these patients. The patient's ability to tolerate an upright position should be established before permitting any ambulation, such as using toilet facilities.

Either of two methods of administration of labetalol hydrochloride injection may be used: a) repeated IV injection, or b) slow continuous infusion.

Repeated Intravenous Injection

Initially, labetalol hydrochloride injection should be given in a 20 mg dose (which corresponds to 0.25 mg/kg for an 80 kg patient) by slow IV injection over a 2-minute period.

Immediately before the injection and at 5 and 10 minutes after injection, supine blood pressure should be measured to evaluate response. Additional injections of 40 or 80 mg can be given at 10-minute intervals until a desired supine blood pressure is achieved or a total of 300 mg of labetalol HCl has been injected. The maximum effect usually occurs within 5 minutes of each injection.

Slow Continuous Infusion

Labetalol hydrochloride injection is prepared for continuous IV infusion by diluting the vial contents with commonly used IV fluids (see below). Examples of two methods of preparing the infusion solution are:

Add 40 mL of labetalol hydrochloride injection to 160 mL of a commonly used IV fluid such that the resultant 200 mL of solution contains 200 mg of labetalol HCl, 1 mg/mL. The diluted solution should be administered at a rate of 2 mL/min to deliver 2 mg/min.

Alternatively, add 40 mL of labetalol hydrochloride injection to 250 mL of a commonly used IV fluid. The resultant solution will contain 200 mg of labetalol HCl, approximately 2 mg/3 mL. The diluted solution should be administered at a rate of 3 mL/min to deliver approximately 2 mg/min.

The rate of infusion of the diluted solution may be adjusted according to the blood pressure response, at the discretion of the physician. To facilitate a desired rate of infusion, the diluted solution can be infused using a controlled administration mechanism, e.g., graduated burette or mechanically driven infusion pump.

Since the half-life of labetalol is 5 to 8 hours, steady-state blood levels (in the face of a constant rate of infusion) would not be reached during the usual infusion time period. The infusion should be continued until a satisfactory response is obtained and should then be stopped and oral labetalol HCl started (see below). The effective IV dose is usually in the range of 50 to 200 mg. A total dose of up to 300 mg may be required in some patients.

Blood Pressure Monitoring

The blood pressure should be monitored during and after completion of the infusion or IV injection. Rapid or excessive falls in either systolic or diastolic blood pressure during IV treatment should be avoided. In patients with excessive systolic hypertension, the decrease in systolic pressure should be used as an indicator of effectiveness in addition to the response of the diastolic pressure.

Initiation of Dosing with Labetalol Tablets

Subsequent oral dosing with labetalol tablets should begin when it has been established that the supine diastolic blood pressure has begun to rise. The recommended initial dose is 200 mg, followed in 6 to 12 hours by an additional dose of 200 or 400 mg, depending on the blood pressure response. Thereafter, inpatient titration with labetalol tablets may proceed as follows:

Inpatient Titration Instructions

*If needed, the total daily dose may be given in three divided doses.
Regimen Daily Dose* 200 mg b.i.d. 400 mg 400 mg b.i.d. 800 mg 800 mg b.i.d. 1600 mg 1200 mg b.i.d. 2400 mg
The dosage of labetalol tablets used in the hospital may be increased at 1-day intervals to achieve the desired blood pressure reduction.

For subsequent outpatient titration or maintenance dosing, see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION in the labetalol tablets Product Information for additional recommendations.

Compatibility with commonly used intravenous fluids

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

Labetalol hydrochloride injection was tested for compatibility with commonly used IV fluids at final concentrations of 1.25 to 3.75 mg of labetalol HCl per milliliter of the mixture. Labetalol hydrochloride injection was found to be compatible with and stable (for 24 hours refrigerated or at room temperature) in mixtures with the following solutions:

Ringer's Injection, USP

Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP

5% Dextrose and Ringer's Injection

5% Lactated Ringer's and 5% Dextrose Injection

5% Dextrose Injection, USP

0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP

5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP

2.5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP

5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP

5% Dextrose and 0.33% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP.

Labetalol hydrochloride injection was NOT compatible with 5% sodium bicarbonate injection, USP.

Care should be taken when administering alkaline drugs, including furosemide, in combination with labetalol. Compatibility should be assured prior to administering these drugs together.
Acetazolamide

Acetazolamide

Preparation and Storage of Parenteral Solution

Each 500 mg vial containing sterile acetazolamide sodium should be reconstituted with at least 5 mL of Sterile Water for Injection prior to use. Store drug product at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F). [See USP Controlled Room Temperature.] Reconstituted solutions retain their physical and chemical properties for 3 days under refrigeration at 2° - 8°C (36° - 46°F), or 12 hours at room temperature 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F). CONTAINS NO PRESERVATIVE. The direct intravenous route of administration is preferred.

Intramuscular administration is not recommended.

Glaucoma

Acetazolamide should be used as an adjunct to the usual therapy. The dosage employed in the treatment of chronic simple (open-angle) glaucoma ranges from 250 mg to 1 g of acetazolamide per 24 hours, usually in divided doses for amounts over 250 mg. It has usually been found that a dosage in excess of 1 g per 24 hours does not produce an increased effect. In all cases, the dosage should be adjusted with careful individual attention both to symptomatology and ocular tension. Continuous supervision by a physician is advisable.

In treatment of secondary glaucoma and in the preoperative treatment of some cases of acute congestive (closed-angle) glaucoma, the preferred dosage is 250 mg every four hours, although some cases have responded to 250 mg twice daily on short-term therapy. In some acute cases, it may be more satisfactory to administer an initial dose of 500 mg followed by 125 or 250 mg every four hours depending on the individual case. Intravenous therapy may be used for rapid relief of ocular tension in acute cases. A complementary effect has been noted when acetazolamide has been used in conjunction with miotics or mydriatics as the case demanded.

Epilepsy

It is not clearly known whether the beneficial effects observed in epilepsy are due to direct inhibition of carbonic anhydrase in the central nervous system or whether they are due to the slight degree of acidosis produced by the divided dosage. The best results to date have been seen in petit mal in children. Good results, however, have been seen in patients, both children and adult, in other types of seizures such as grand mal, mixed seizure patterns, myoclonic jerk patterns, etc. The suggested total daily dose is 8 to 30 mg per kg in divided doses. Although some patients respond to a low dose, the optimum range appears to be from 375 to 1000 mg daily. However, some investigators feel that daily doses in excess of 1 g do not produce any better results than a 1 g dose. When acetazolamide is given in combination with other anticonvulsants, it is suggested that the starting dose should be 250 mg once daily in addition to the existing medications. This can be increased to levels as indicated above.

The change from other medications to acetazolamide should be gradual and in accordance with usual practice in epilepsy therapy.

Congestive Heart Failure

For diuresis in congestive heart failure, the starting dose is usually 250 to 375 mg once daily in the morning (5 mg per kg). If, after an initial response, the patient fails to continue to lose edema fluid, do not increase the dose but allow for kidney recovery by skipping medication for a day.

Acetazolamide yields best diuretic results when given on alternate days, or for two days alternating with a day of rest.

Failures in therapy may be due to overdosage or too frequent dosage. The use of acetazolamide does not eliminate the need for other therapy such as digitalis, bed rest, and salt restriction.

Drug-Induced Edema

Recommended dosage is 250 to 375 mg of acetazolamide once a day for one or two days, alternating with a day of rest.

Note: The dosage recommendations for glaucoma and epilepsy differ considerably from those for congestive heart failure, since the first two conditions are not dependent upon carbonic anhydrase inhibition in the kidney which requires intermittent dosage if it is to recover from inhibitory effect of the therapeutic agent.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Azithromycin

Azithromycin

2.1 Dosing Information

The maximum single recommended adult dose of sumatriptan injection for the acute treatment of migraine or cluster headache is 6 mg injected subcutaneously. For the treatment of migraine, if side effects are dose limiting, lower doses (1 mg to 5 mg) may be used [see Clinical Studies (14.1)]. For the treatment of cluster headache, the efficacy of lower doses has not been established.

The maximum cumulative dose that may be given in 24 hours is 12 mg, two 6-mg injections separated by at least 1 hour. A second 6-mg dose should only be considered if some response to a first injection was observed.

2.2 Administration Using the Sumatriptan Injection Prefilled Syringe

Sumatriptan Injection is available for use in 6-mg prefilled syringes. The injection is intended to be given subcutaneously, and intramuscular or intravascular delivery must be avoided. Instruct patients on the proper use of sumatriptan injection prefilled syringe and direct them to use injection sites with an adequate skin and subcutaneous thickness to accommodate the length of the needle.

2.3 Administration of Doses of Sumatriptan Succinate Other than 6 mg

In patients receiving doses other than 6 mg, use the 6-mg single-dose vial; do not use the sumatriptan injection prefilled syringe. Visually inspect the vial for particulate matter and discoloration before administration. Do not use if particulates and discolorations are noted.
Heparin Sodium

Heparin Sodium

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Confirm the choice of the correct Heparin Sodium Injection vial prior to administration of the drug to a patient (see WARNINGS, Fatal Medication Errors). The 1 mL vial must not be confused with a “catheter lock flush” vial or other 1 mL vial of inappropriate strength. Confirm that you have selected the correct medication and strength prior to administration of the drug.

When heparin is added to an infusion solution for continuous intravenous administration, the container should be inverted at least six times to ensure adequate mixing and prevent pooling of the heparin in the solution.

Heparin sodium is not effective by oral administration and should be given by intermittent intravenous injection, intravenous infusion, or deep subcutaneous (intrafat, i.e., above the iliac crest or abdominal fat layer) injection. The intramuscular route of administration should be avoided because of the frequent occurrence of hematoma at the injection site.

The dosage of heparin sodium should be adjusted according to the patient's coagulation test results. When heparin is given by continuous intravenous infusion, the coagulation time should be determined approximately every four hours in the early stages of treatment. When the drug is administered intermittently by intravenous injection, coagulation tests should be performed before each injection during the early stages of treatment and at appropriate intervals thereafter. Dosage is considered adequate when the activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT) is 1.5 to 2 times normal or when the whole blood clotting time is elevated approximately 2.5 to 3 times the control value. After deep subcutaneous (intrafat) injections, tests for adequacy of dosage are best performed on samples drawn four to six hours after the injection.

Periodic platelet counts, hematocrits and tests for occult blood in stool are recommended during the entire course of heparin therapy, regardless of the route of administration.

Converting to Oral Anticoagulant

When an oral anticoagulant of the coumarin or similar type is to be begun in patients already receiving heparin sodium, baseline and subsequent tests of prothrombin activity must be determined at a time when heparin activity is too low to affect the prothrombin time. This is about five hours after the last IV bolus and 24 hours after the last subcutaneous dose. If continuous IV heparin infusion is used, prothrombin time can usually be measured at any time.

In converting from heparin to an oral anticoagulant, the dose of the oral anticoagulant should be the usual initial amount and thereafter prothrombin time should be determined at the usual intervals. To ensure continuous anticoagulation, it is advisable to continue full heparin therapy for several days after the prothrombin time has reached the therapeutic range. Heparin therapy may then be discontinued without tapering.

Therapeutic Anticoagulant Effect with Full-Dose Heparin

Although dosage must be adjusted for the individual patient according to the results of suitable laboratory tests, the following dosage schedules may be used as guidelines:
METHOD OF ADMINISTRATION FREQUENCY RECOMMENDED DOSE[based on 150 lb (68 kg) patient] Deep Subcutaneous (Intrafat) Injection Initial Dose 5,000 units by IV injection, followed by 10,000 to 20,000 units of a concentrated solution, subcutaneously A different site should be used for each injection to prevent the development of massive hematoma Every 8 hoursor 8,000 to 10,000 units of a concentrated solution Every 12 hours 15,000 to 20,000 units of a concentrated solution Intermittent Intravenous Injection Initial DoseEvery 4 to 6 hours 10,000 units, either undiluted or in 50 to 100 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP5,000 to 10,000 units, either undiluted or in 50 to 100 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Intravenous Infusion Initial DoseContinuous 5,000 units by IV injection20,000 to 40,000 units/24 hours in 1,000 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP (or in any compatible solution) for infusion
Pediatric Use

Use preservative-free Heparin Sodium Injection in neonates and infants (see WARNINGS, Benzyl Alcohol Toxicity and PRECAUTIONS, Pediatric Use).

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies on heparin use in pediatric patients. Pediatric dosing recommendations are based on clinical experience. In general, the following dosage schedule may be used as a guideline in pediatric patients:
Initial Dose 75 to 100 units/kg (IV bolus over 10 minutes) Maintenance Dose Infants: 25 to 30 units/kg/hour;Infants < 2 months have the highest requirements (average 28 units/kg/hour) Children > 1 year of age: 18 to 20 units/kg/hour;Older children may require less heparin, similar to weight-adjusted adult dosage Monitoring Adjust heparin to maintain aPTT of 60 to 85 seconds, assuming this reflects an anti‑Factor Xa level of 0.35 to 0.70.
Geriatric Use

Patients over 60 years of age may require lower doses of heparin.

Surgery of the Heart and Blood Vessels

Patients undergoing total body perfusion for open-heart surgery should receive an initial dose of not less than 150 units of heparin sodium per kilogram of body weight. Frequently, a dose of 300 units of heparin sodium per kilogram of body weight is used for procedures estimated to last less than 60 minutes, or 400 units per kilogram for those estimated to last longer than 60 minutes.

Low-Dose Prophylaxis of Postoperative Thromboembolism

A number of well-controlled clinical trials have demonstrated that low-dose heparin prophylaxis, given just prior to and after surgery, will reduce the incidence of postoperative deep vein thrombosis in the legs (as measured by the I-125 fibrinogen technique and venography) and of clinical pulmonary embolism. The most widely used dosage has been 5,000 units 2 hours before surgery and 5,000 units every 8 to 12 hours thereafter for seven days or until the patient is fully ambulatory, whichever is longer. The heparin is given by deep subcutaneous injection in the arm or abdomen with a fine needle (25 to 26 gauge) to minimize tissue trauma. A concentrated solution of heparin sodium is recommended. Such prophylaxis should be reserved for patients over the age of 40 who are undergoing major surgery. Patients with bleeding disorders and those having neurosurgery, spinal anesthesia, eye surgery or potentially sanguineous operations should be excluded, as well as patients receiving oral anticoagulants or platelet-active drugs (see WARNINGS). The value of such prophylaxis in hip surgery has not been established. The possibility of increased bleeding during surgery or postoperatively should be borne in mind. If such bleeding occurs, discontinuance of heparin and neutralization with protamine sulfate are advisable. If clinical evidence of thromboembolism develops despite low-dose prophylaxis, full therapeutic doses of anticoagulants should be given unless contraindicated. All patients should be screened prior to heparinization to rule out bleeding disorders, and monitoring should be performed with appropriate coagulation tests just prior to surgery. Coagulation test values should be normal or only slightly elevated. There is usually no need for daily monitoring of the effect of low-dose heparin in patients with normal coagulation parameters.

Extracorporeal Dialysis

Follow equipment manufacturers' operating directions carefully.

Blood Transfusion

Addition of 400 to 600 USP units per 100 mL of whole blood is usually employed to prevent coagulation. Usually, 7,500 USP units of heparin sodium are added to 100 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP (or 75,000 USP units/1,000 mL of 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP) and mixed; from this sterile solution, 6 to 8 mL are added per 100 mL of whole blood.

Laboratory Samples

Addition of 70 to 150 units of heparin sodium per 10 to 20 mL sample of whole blood is usually employed to prevent coagulation of the sample. Leukocyte counts should be performed on heparinized blood within two hours after addition of the heparin. Heparinized blood should not be used for isoagglutinin, complement, or erythrocyte fragility tests or platelet counts.
Azithromycin

Azithromycin

[See Indications and Usage (1) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3).]

2.1 Community-Acquired Pneumonia

The recommended dose of azithromycin for injection for the treatment of adult patients with community-acquired pneumonia due to the indicated organisms is 500 mg as a single daily dose by the intravenous route for at least two days. Intravenous therapy should be followed by azithromycin by the oral route at a single, daily dose of 500 mg, administered as two 250-mg tablets to complete a 7- to 10-day course of therapy. The timing of the switch to oral therapy should be done at the discretion of the physician and in accordance with clinical response.

2.2 Pelvic Inflammatory Disease

The recommended dose of azithromycin for injection for the treatment of adult patients with pelvic inflammatory disease due to the indicated organisms is 500 mg as a single daily dose by the intravenous route for one or two days. Intravenous therapy should be followed by azithromycin by the oral route at a single, daily dose of 250 mg to complete a 7-day course of therapy. The timing of the switch to oral therapy should be done at the discretion of the physician and in accordance with clinical response.

2.3 Preparation of the Solution for Intravenous Administration

The infusate concentration and rate of infusion for azithromycin for injection should be either 1 mg per mL over 3 hours or 2 mg per mL over 1 hour. Azithromycin for injection should not be given as a bolus or as an intramuscular injection.

Reconstitution

Prepare the initial solution of azithromycin for injection by adding 4.8 mL of Sterile Water for Injection to the 500 mg vial, and shaking the vial until all of the drug is dissolved. Since azithromycin for injection is supplied under vacuum, it is recommended that a standard 5 mL (non-automated) syringe be used to ensure that the exact amount of 4.8 mL of Sterile Water is dispensed. Each mL of reconstituted solution contains 100 mg azithromycin. Reconstituted solution is stable for 24 hours when stored below 30°C (86°F).

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. If particulate matter is evident in reconstituted fluids, the drug solution should be discarded.

Dilute this solution further prior to administration as instructed below.

Dilution

To provide azithromycin for injection over a concentration range of 1 to 2 mg per mL, transfer 5 mL of the 100 mg per mL azithromycin for injection solution into the appropriate amount of any of the diluents listed below:

Normal Saline (0.9% sodium chloride)

1/2 Normal Saline (0.45% sodium chloride)

5% Dextrose in Water

Lactated Ringer's Solution

5% Dextrose in 1/2 Normal Saline (0.45% sodium chloride) with 20 mEq KCl

5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Solution

5% Dextrose in 1/3 Normal Saline (0.3% sodium chloride)

5% Dextrose in 1/2 Normal Saline (0.45% sodium chloride)

Normosol®-M in 5% Dextrose

Normosol®-R in 5% Dextrose
Final Infusion Solution Concentration (mg per mL) Amount of Diluent (mL) 1 mg per mL 500 mL 2 mg per mL 250 mL
Other intravenous substances, additives, or medications should not be added to azithromycin for injection, or infused simultaneously through the same intravenous line.

Storage

When diluted according to the instructions (1 mg per mL to 2 mg per mL), azithromycin for injection is stable for 24 hours at or below room temperature 30°C (86°F), or for 7 days if stored under refrigeration 5°C (41°F).
Amiodarone Hydrochlorid...

Amiodarone Hydrochloride

Amiodarone shows considerable interindividual variation in response. Although a starting dose adequate to suppress life-threatening arrhythmias is needed, close monitoring with adjustment of dose is essential. The recommended starting dose of amiodarone is about 1000 mg over the first 24 hours of therapy, delivered by the following infusion regimen:
Table 1: AMIODARONE DOSE RECOMMENDATIONS: FIRST 24 HOURS Loading infusions First Rapid: 150 mg over the FIRST 10 minutes (15 mg/min). Add 3 mL of amiodarone (150 mg) to 100 mL D5W (concentration = 1.5 mg/mL). Infuse 100 mL over 10 minutes. Followed by Slow: 360 mg over the NEXT 6 hours (1 mg/min). Add 18 mL of amiodarone (900 mg) to 500 mL D5W (concentration = 1.8 mg/mL) Maintenance infusion 540 mg over the REMAINING 18 hours (0.5 mg/min).Decrease the rate of the slow loading infusion to 0.5 mg/min.
After the first 24 hours, continue the maintenance infusion rate of 0.5 mg/min (720 mg per 24 hours) utilizing a concentration of 1 to 6 mg/mL (Use a central venous catheter for amiodarone concentrations greater than 2 mg/mL). The rate of the maintenance infusion may be increased to achieve effective arrhythmia suppression.

In the event of breakthrough episodes of VF or hemodynamically unstable VT, use 150 mg supplemental infusions of amiodarone (mixed in 100 mL of D5W and infused over 10 minutes to minimize the potential for hypotension).

The first 24-hour dose may be individualized for each patient; however, in controlled clinical trials, mean daily doses above 2100 mg were associated with an increased risk of hypotension. Do not exceed an initial infusion rate of 30 mg/min.

Based on the experience from clinical studies of intravenous amiodarone, a maintenance infusion of up to 0.5 mg/min can be continued for 2 to 3 weeks regardless of the patient's age, renal function, or left ventricular function. There has been limited experience in patients receiving intravenous amiodarone for longer than 3 weeks.

The surface properties of solutions containing injectable amiodarone are altered such that the drop size may be reduced. This reduction may lead to underdosage of the patient by up to 30% if drop counter infusion sets are used. Amiodarone must be delivered by a volumetric infusion pump.

Administer amiodarone, whenever possible, through a central venous catheter dedicated to that purpose. Use an in-line filter during administration.

Intravenous amiodarone loading infusions at much higher concentrations and rates of infusion much faster than recommended have resulted in hepatocellular necrosis and acute renal failure, leading to death [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)].

Intravenous amiodarone concentrations greater than 3 mg/mL in D5W have been associated with a high incidence of peripheral vein phlebitis; however, concentrations of 2.5 mg/mL or less appear to be less irritating. Therefore, for infusions longer than 1 hour, do not exceed amiodarone concentrations of 2 mg/mL, unless a central venous catheter is used [see Adverse Reactions (6.2)].

Amiodarone infusions exceeding 2 hours must be administered in glass or polyolefin bottles containing D5W. Do not use evacuated glass containers for admixing, as incompatibility with a buffer in the container may cause precipitation.

Amiodarone adsorbs to polyvinyl chloride (PVC) tubing, but all of the clinical experience has been with PVC tubing and the concentrations and rates of infusion provided in DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION reflect dosing in these studies.

Amiodarone has been found to leach out plasticizers, including DEHP [di-(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate] from intravenous tubing (including PVC tubing). The degree of leaching increases when infusing amiodarone at higher concentrations and lower flow rates than provided in DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION. Polysorbate 80, a component of amiodarone injection, is also known to leach DEHP from PVC [see Description (11)].

Amiodarone does not need to be protected from light during administration.

NOTE: Inspect parenteral drug products for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Table 2: AMIODARONE HCl SOLUTION STABILITY Concentration Solution (mg/mL) Container Comments 5% Dextrose in Water (D5W) 1 to 6 PVC Physically compatible,with amiodarone loss<10% at 2 hours at room temperature. 5% Dextrose in Water (D5W) 1 to 6 Polyolefin, Physically compatible,with no amiodaroneloss at 24 hours at room Glass temperature.
Admixture Incompatibility

Amiodarone in D5W is incompatible with the drugs shown in Table 3.
Table 3: Y-SITE INJECTION INCOMPATIBILITY Drug Vehicle AmiodaroneConcentration Comments Aminophylline D5W 4 mg/mL Precipitate Cefamandole Nafate D5W 4 mg/mL Precipitate Cefazolin Sodium D5W 4 mg/mL Precipitate Mezlocillin Sodium D5W 4 mg/mL Precipitate Heparin Sodium D5W -- Precipitate Sodium Bicarbonate D5W 3 mg/mL Precipitate
Intravenous to Oral Transition

Patients whose arrhythmias have been suppressed by amiodarone may be switched to oral amiodarone. When changing to oral amiodarone therapy, clinical monitoring is recommended, particularly for elderly patients. See package insert for oral amiodarone.

Since grapefruit juice is known to inhibit CYP3A-mediated metabolism of oral amiodarone in the intestinal mucosa, resulting in increased plasma levels of amiodarone, do not drink grapefruit juice during treatment with oral amiodarone [see Drug Interactions (7)].

Table 4 provides suggested doses of oral amiodarone to be initiated after varying durations of amiodarone administration. These recommendations are made on the basis of a similar total body amount of amiodarone delivered by the intravenous and oral routes, based on 50% bioavailability of oral amiodarone.
Table 4: RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ORAL DOSAGE AFTER INTRAVENOUS INFUSION
# Assuming a 720 mg/day infusion (0.5 mg/min).

* Intravenous amiodarone is not intended for maintenance treatment.
Duration of Amiodarone Infusion# Initial Daily Dose ofOral Amiodarone < 1 week 800 to 1600 mg 1-3 weeks 600 to 800 mg > 3 weeks* 400 mg
Metoprolol

Metoprolol

Myocardial Infarction

Early Treatment: During the early phase of definite or suspected acute myocardial infarction, initiate treatment with metoprolol as soon as possible after the patient's arrival in the hospital. Such treatment should be initiated in a coronary care or similar unit immediately after the patient's hemodynamic condition has stabilized.

Begin treatment in this early phase with the intravenous administration of three bolus injections of 5 mg of metoprolol each; give the injections at approximately 2-minute intervals. During the intravenous administration of metoprolol, monitor blood pressure, heart rate, and electrocardiogram.

In patients who tolerate the full intravenous dose (15 mg), initiate metoprolol tablets, 50 mg every 6 hours, 15 minutes after the last intravenous dose and continue for 48 hours. Thereafter, the maintenance dosage is 100 mg orally twice daily.

Start patients who appear not to tolerate the full intravenous dose on metoprolol tablets either 25 mg or 50 mg every 6 hours (depending on the degree of intolerance) 15 minutes after the last intravenous dose or as soon as their clinical condition allows. In patients with severe intolerance, discontinue metoprolol (see WARNINGS).

Special populations

Pediatric patients: No pediatric studies have been performed. The safety and efficacy of metoprolol in pediatric patients have not been established.

Renal impairment: No dose adjustment of metoprolol is required in patients with renal impairment.

Hepatic impairment: Metoprolol blood levels are likely to increase substantially in patients with hepatic impairment. Therefore, metoprolol should be initiated at low doses with cautious gradual dose titration according to clinical response.

Geriatric patients (>65 years): In general, use a low initial starting dose in elderly patients given their greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

Method of administration:

Parenteral administration of metoprolol (vial) should be done in a setting with intensive monitoring.

Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Oxacillin

Oxacillin

The penicillinase-resistant penicillins are available for oral administration and for intramuscular and intravenous injection. The sodium salts of methicillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin may be administered parenterally and the sodium salts of cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin are available for oral use.

Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to oxacillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type of severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient; therefore, it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with oxacillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. Treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of oxacillin and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreases the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Penicillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of penicillin are necessary.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious, life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS-General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants. For intramuscular gluteal injections, care should be taken to avoid sciatic nerve injury.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.
RECOMMENDED DOSAGES FOR OXACILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Drug Adults Infants and Children <40 kg (88 lbs) Other Recommendations Oxacillin 250 to 500 mg IM orIV every 4 to 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) 50 mg/kg/day IM orIV in equally divideddoses every 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) Oxacillin 1 gram IM or IVevery 4 to 6 hours(severe infections) 100 mg/kg/day IMor IV in equallydivided doses every4 to 6 hours(severe infections) Premature andNeonates 25 mg/kg/dayIM or IV
Directions for Use

For Intramuscular Use

Use Sterile Water for Injection, USP. Add 5.7 mL to the 1 gram vial and 11.5 mL to the 2 gram vial. Shake well until a clear solution is obtained. After reconstitution, vials will contain 250 mg of active drug per 1.5 mL of solution. The reconstituted solution is stable for 3 days at 70°F or for one week under refrigeration (40°F).

For Direct Intravenous Use

Use Sterile Water for Injection, USP or Sodium Chloride Injection, USP. Add 10 mL to the 1 gram vial and 20 mL to the 2 gram vial. Withdraw the entire contents and administer slowly over a period of approximately 10 minutes.

For Administration by Intravenous Drip

Reconstitute as directed above (For Direct Intravenous Use) prior to diluting with Intravenous Solution.
STABILITY PERIODS FOR OXACILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Concentration mg/mL Sterile Water for Injection Sodium Chloride Injection 0.9% M/6 Molar Sodium Lactate Injection Dextrose Injection 5% 5% Dextrose in 0.45% NaCI 10% Invert Sugar Lactated Ringers Solution ROOM TEMPERATURE (25º C) 10-100 4 Days 4 Days 10-30 24 Hrs 24 Hrs 0.5-2 6 Hrs 6 Hrs 6 Hrs REFRIGERATION (4º C) 10-100 7 Days 7 Days 10-30 4 Days 4 Days 4 Days 4 Days 4 Days FROZEN (-15º C) 50-100 30 Days 250/1.5 mL 30 Days 100 30 Days 10-100 30 Days 30 Days 30 Days 30 Days 30 Days
Stability studies on Oxacillin Sodium at concentrations of 0.5 mg/mL and 2 mg/mL in various intravenous solutions listed below indicate the drug will lose less than 10% activity at room temperature (70° F) during a 6-hour period.

IV Solution

5% Dextrose in Normal Saline

10% D-Fructose in Water

10% D-Fructose in Normal Saline

10% Invert Sugar in Normal Saline

10% Invert Sugar Plus 0.3% Potassium Chloride in Water

Only those solutions listed above should be used for the intravenous infusion of Oxacillin Sodium. The concentration of the antibiotic should fall within the range specified. The drug concentration and the rate and volume of the infusion should be adjusted so that the total dose of oxacillin is administered before the drug loses its stability in the solution in use.

If another agent is used in conjunction with oxacillin therapy, it should not be physically mixed with oxacillin but should be administered separately.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Do not add supplementary medication to Oxacillin for Injection, USP.
Oxacillin

Oxacillin

The intent of the pharmacy bulk package for this product is for preparation of solutions for IV infusion only.

Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to oxacillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type of severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient; therefore, it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with oxacillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. Treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of oxacillin and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreases the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Penicillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of penicillin are necessary.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious, life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS - General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.
RECOMMENDED DOSAGES FOR OXACILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Drug Adults Infants and Children <40 kg (88 lbs) Other Recommendations Oxacillin 250 to 500 mg IVevery 4 to 6 hours (mild to moderate infections) 50 mg/kg/day IV in equally divideddoses every 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) Oxacillin 1 gram IV every 4 to 6 hours (severe infections) 100 mg/kg/day IV in equally divided doses every 4 to 6 hours(severe infections) Premature andNeonates 25 mg/kg/day IV
Ceftazidime

Ceftazidime

Dosage

The usual adult dosage is 1 gram administered intravenously or intramuscularly every 8 to 12 hours. The dosage and route should be determined by the susceptibility of the causative organisms, the severity of infection, and the condition and renal function of the patient.

The guidelines for dosage of ceftazidime for injection are listed in Table 5. The following dosage schedule is recommended.
Table 5. Recommended Dosage Schedule
*Although clinical improvement has been shown, bacteriologic cures cannot be expected in patients with chronic respiratory disease and cystic fibrosis.

**The higher dose should be reserved for immunocompromised pediatric patients or pediatric patients with cystic fibrosis or meningitis.
Dose Frequency Adults Usual recommended dosage 1 gram IV or IM q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated urinary tract infections 250 mg IV or IM q12hr Bone and joint infections 2 grams IV q12hr Complicated urinary tract infections 500 mg IV or IM q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated pneumonia; mild skin and skin-structure infections 500 mg to 1 gramIV or IM q8hr Serious gynecologic and intra-abdominal infections 2 grams IV q8hr Meningitis 2 grams IV q8hr Very severe life-threatening infections, especially in immunocompromised patients 2 grams IV q8hr Lung infections caused by Pseudomonas spp. in patients with cystic fibrosis with normal renal function* 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to a maximum of 6 grams per day q8hr Neonates (0 to 4 weeks) 30 mg/kg IV q12hr Infants and children (1 month to 12 years) 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to amaximum of 6 grams per day** q8hr
Impaired Hepatic Function

No adjustment in dosage is required for patients with hepatic dysfunction.

Impaired Renal Function

Ceftazidime is excreted by the kidneys, almost exclusively by glomerular filtration. Therefore, in patients with impaired renal function (glomerular filtration rate [GFR] <50 mL/min), it is recommended that the dosage of ceftazidime be reduced to compensate for its slower excretion. In patients with suspected renal insufficiency, an initial loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime may be given. An estimate of GFR should be made to determine the appropriate maintenance dosage. The recommended dosage is presented in Table 6.
Table 6. Recommended Maintenance Dosages of Ceftazidime for Injection in Renal Insufficiency NOTE: IF THE DOSE RECOMMENDED IN TABLE 5 ABOVE IS LOWER THAN THAT RECOMMENDED FOR PATIENTS WITH RENAL INSUFFICIENCY AS OUTLINED IN TABLE 6, THE LOWER DOSE SHOULD BE USED. Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Recommended Unit Dose of Ceftazidime for Injection Frequency of Dosing 50 to 31 1 gram q12hr 30 to 16 1 gram q24hr 15 to 6 500 mg q24hr <5 500 mg q48hr
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (Cockcroft's equation)5 may be used to estimate creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function:

Males: Creatinine clearance (mL/min) = Weight (kg) x (140 - age) 72 x serum creatinine (mg/dL)

Females: 0.85 x male value

In patients with severe infections who would normally receive 6 grams of ceftazidime for injection daily were it not for renal insufficiency, the unit dose given in the table above may be increased by 50% or the dosing frequency may be increased appropriately. Further dosing should be determined by therapeutic monitoring, severity of the infection, and susceptibility of the causative organism.

In pediatric patients as for adults, the creatinine clearance should be adjusted for body surface area or lean body mass, and the dosing frequency should be reduced in cases of renal insufficiency.

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, a loading dose of 1 gram is recommended, followed by 1 gram after each hemodialysis period.

Ceftazidime for injection can also be used in patients undergoing intraperitoneal dialysis and continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. In such patients, a loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime for injection may be given, followed by 500 mg every 24 hours. In addition to IV use, ceftazidime for injection can be incorporated in the dialysis fluid at a concentration of 250 mg for 2 L of dialysis fluid.

Note: Generally ceftazidime for injection should be continued for 2 days after the signs and symptoms of infection have disappeared, but in complicated infections longer therapy may be required.

Administration

Ceftazidime for injection may be given intravenously or by deep IM injection into a large muscle mass such as the upper outer quadrant of the gluteus maximus or lateral part of the thigh. Intra-arterial administration should be avoided (see PRECAUTIONS).

Intramuscular Administration

For IM administration, ceftazidime for injection should be constituted with one of the following diluents: Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, or 0.5% or 1% Lidocaine Hydrochloride Injection. Refer to Table 7.

Intravenous Administration

The IV route is preferable for patients with bacterial septicemia, bacterial meningitis, peritonitis, or other severe or life-threatening infections, or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance resulting from such debilitating conditions as malnutrition, trauma, surgery, diabetes, heart failure, or malignancy, particularly if shock is present or pending.

For direct intermittent IV administration, constitute ceftazidime for injection as directed in Table 7 with Sterile Water for Injection. Slowly inject directly into the vein over a period of 3 to 5 minutes or give through the tubing of an administration set while the patient is also receiving one of the compatible IV fluids (see COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY).

For IV infusion, constitute the 1 gram, or 2 gram vial and add an appropriate quantity of the resulting solution to an IV container with one of the compatible IV fluids listed under the COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY section.

Intermittent IV infusion with a Y-type administration set can be accomplished with compatible solutions. However, during infusion of a solution containing ceftazidime, it is desirable to discontinue the other solution.

Freezing solutions of ceftazidime for injection is not recommended.
Table 7. Preparation of Solutions of Ceftazidime for Injection
* To obtain a dose of 1 g, withdraw 10 mL from the vial following reconstitution.

** To obtain a dose of 2 g, withdraw 11.5 mL from the vial following reconstitution.
Size Amount of Diluent to be Added (mL) Approximate Available Volume (mL) Approximate Ceftazidime Concentration (mg/mL) Intramuscular 1 gram vial 3 3.6 280 Intravenous 1 gram vial 10 10.8* 100 2 gram vial 10 11.5** 170
All vials of ceftazidime for injection as supplied are under reduced pressure. When ceftazidime for injection is dissolved, carbon dioxide is released and a positive pressure develops. For ease of use please follow the recommended techniques of constitution described on the detachable Instructions for Constitution section of this insert.

Solutions of ceftazidime for injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction.

However, if concurrent therapy with ceftazidime for injection and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.
Ceftazidime

Ceftazidime

Dosage

The usual adult dosage is 1 gram administered intravenously every 8 to 12 hours. The dosage should be determined by the susceptibility of the causative organisms, the severity of infection, and the condition and renal function of the patient.

The guidelines for dosage of ceftazidime for injection are listed in Table 5. The following dosage schedule is recommended.
Table 5. Recommended Dosage Schedule
*Although clinical improvement has been shown, bacteriologic cures cannot be expected in patients with chronic respiratory disease and cystic fibrosis.

**The higher dose should be reserved for immunocompromised pediatric patients or pediatric patients with cystic fibrosis or meningitis.
Dose Frequency Adults Usual recommended dosage 1 gram IV q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated urinary tract infections 250 mg IV q12hr Bone and joint infections 2 grams IV q12hr Complicated urinary tract infections 500 mg IV q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated pneumonia; mild skin and skin-structure infections 500 mg to 1 gram IV q8hr Serious gynecologic and intra-abdominal infections 2 grams IV q8hr Meningitis 2 grams IV q8hr Very severe life-threatening infections, especially in immunocompromised patients 2 grams IV q8hr Lung infections caused by Pseudomonas spp. in patients with cystic fibrosis with normal renal function* 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to a maximum of 6 gramsper day q8hr Neonates (0 to 4 weeks) 30 mg/kg IV q12hr Infants and children (1 month to 12 years) 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to amaximum of 6 gramsper day** q8hr
Impaired Hepatic Function

No adjustment in dosage is required for patients with hepatic dysfunction.

Impaired Renal Function

Ceftazidime is excreted by the kidneys, almost exclusively by glomerular filtration. Therefore, in patients with impaired renal function (glomerular filtration rate [GFR] <50 mL/min), it is recommended that the dosage of ceftazidime be reduced to compensate for its slower excretion. In patients with suspected renal insufficiency, an initial loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime may be given. An estimate of GFR should be made to determine the appropriate maintenance dosage. The recommended dosage is presented in Table 6.
Table 6. Recommended Maintenance Dosages of Ceftazidime for Injection in Renal Insufficiency NOTE: IF THE DOSE RECOMMENDED IN TABLE 5 ABOVE IS LOWER THAN THAT RECOMMENDED FOR PATIENTS WITH RENAL INSUFFICIENCY AS OUTLINED IN TABLE 6, THE LOWER DOSE SHOULD BE USED. Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Recommended Unit Dose of Ceftazidime for Injection Frequency of Dosing 50 to 31 1 gram q12hr 30 to 16 1 gram q24hr 15 to 6 500 mg q24hr <5 500 mg q48hr
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (Cockcroft's equation)5 may be used to estimate creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function:

Males: Creatinine clearance (mL/min) = Weight (kg) x (140 - age) 72 x serum creatinine (mg/dL)

Females: 0.85 x male value

In patients with severe infections who would normally receive 6 grams of ceftazidime for injection daily were it not for renal insufficiency, the unit dose given in the table above may be increased by 50% or the dosing frequency may be increased appropriately. Further dosing should be determined by therapeutic monitoring, severity of the infection, and susceptibility of the causative organism.

In pediatric patients as for adults, the creatinine clearance should be adjusted for body surface area or lean body mass, and the dosing frequency should be reduced in cases of renal insufficiency.

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, a loading dose of 1 gram is recommended, followed by 1 gram after each hemodialysis period.

Ceftazidime for injection can also be used in patients undergoing intraperitoneal dialysis and continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. In such patients, a loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime for injection may be given, followed by 500 mg every 24 hours. In addition to IV use, ceftazidime for injection can be incorporated in the dialysis fluid at a concentration of 250 mg for 2 L of dialysis fluid.

Note: Generally ceftazidime for injection should be continued for 2 days after the signs and symptoms of infection have disappeared, but in complicated infections longer therapy may be required.

Administration

Ceftazidime for injection may be given intravenously. Intra-arterial administration should be avoided (see PRECAUTIONS).

Intravenous Administration

The IV route is preferable for patients with bacterial septicemia, bacterial meningitis, peritonitis, or other severe or life-threatening infections, or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance resulting from such debilitating conditions as malnutrition, trauma, surgery, diabetes, heart failure, or malignancy, particularly if shock is present or pending.

Directions for Proper Use of a Pharmacy Bulk Package

Not for direct infusion. This Pharmacy Bulk Package is for use in a hospital pharmacy admixture service, only in a suitable work area, such as a laminar flow hood. Using aseptic technique, the container closure may be penetrated only one time using a suitable sterile dispensing set or transfer device that allows measured dispensing of the contents. Use of a syringe and needle is not recommended as it may cause leakage. The withdrawal of container contents should be accomplished without delay. However, should this not be possible, a maximum time of 4 HOURS from initial closure entry is permitted to complete fluid transfer operations. This time limit should begin with the introduction of the solvent or diluent into the Pharmacy Bulk Package. DISCARD ANY UNUSED PORTION AFTER 4 HOURS. NOT FOR DIRECT INFUSION. THIS PHARMACY BULK PACKAGE IS NOT INTENDED TO BE DISPENSED AS A UNIT.

For IV infusion, constitute the 6 g Pharmacy Bulk Package bottle with Sterile Water for Injection and add an appropriate quantity of the resulting solution to an IV container with one of the compatible IV fluids listed under the COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY section.

Intermittent IV infusion with a Y-type administration set can be accomplished with compatible solutions. However, during infusion of a solution containing ceftazidime, it is desirable to discontinue the other solution.

Freezing solutions of ceftazidime for injection is not recommended.
Table 7. Preparation of Solutions of Ceftazidime for Injection Size Amount of Diluent to be Added (mL) Approximate Available Volume (mL) Approximate Ceftazidime Concentration (mg/mL) Pharmacy bulk package bottle6 grams 26 30 200
All Pharmacy Bulk Package bottles of ceftazidime for injection as supplied are under reduced pressure. When ceftazidime for injection is dissolved, carbon dioxide is released and a positive pressure develops. For ease of use please follow the recommended techniques of constitution described on the detachable Instructions for Constitution section of this insert.

Solutions of ceftazidime for injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction.

However, if concurrent therapy with ceftazidime for injection and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.
Gemcitabine

Gemcitabine

2.1 Ovarian Cancer

Recommended Dose and Schedule

The recommended dose of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is 1000 mg/m2 as an intravenous infusion over 30 minutes on Days 1 and 8 of each 21-day cycle, in combination with carboplatin AUC 4 intravenously after Gemcitabine for Injection, USP administration on Day 1 of each 21-day cycle. Refer to carboplatin prescribing information for additional information.

Dose Modifications

Recommended Gemcitabine for Injection, USP dose modifications for myelosuppression are described Table 1 and Table 2 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Refer to Dosage and Administration (2.5) for recommendations for non-hematologic adverse reactions.
Table 1: Dosage Reduction Guidelines for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for Myelosuppression on Day of Treatment in Ovarian Cancer Treatment Absolute granulocyte count Platelet count % of full dose Day (x 106/L) (x 106/L) Day 1 ≥1500 and ≥100,000 100% <1500 or <100,000 Delay Treatment Cycle Day 8 ≥1500 and ≥100,000 100 1000 to 1499 or 75,000 to 99,999 50 <1000 or <75,000 Hold Table 2: Gemcitabine for Injection, USP Dose Modification for Myelosuppression in Previous Cycle In Ovarian Cancer Occurrence Myelosuppression During Treatment Cycle Dose Modification Initial Occurrence Absolute granulocyte count less than 500 x 106/L for more than 5 daysAbsolute granulocyte count less than 100 x 106/L for more than 3 daysFebrile neutropeniaPlatelets less than 25,000x106/LCycle delay of more than one week due to toxicity Permanently reduce Gemcitabine for Injection, USP to 800 mg/m2 on Days 1 and 8 Subsequent Occurrence If any of the above toxicities occur after the initial dose reduction Permanently reduce Gemcitabine for Injection, USP dose to 800 mg/m2 on Day 1 only
2.2 Breast Cancer

Recommended Dose and Schedule

The recommended dose of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is 1250 mg/m2 intravenously over 30 minutes on Days 1 and 8 of each 21-day cycle that includes paclitaxel. Paclitaxel should be administered at 175 mg/m2 on Day 1 as a 3 hour intravenous infusion before Gemcitabine for Injection, USP administration.

Dose Modifications

Recommended dose modifications for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for myelosuppression are described in Table 3 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Refer to Dosage and Administration (2.5) for recommendations for non-hematologic adverse reactions.
Table 3: Recommended Dose Reductions for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for Myelosuppression on Day of Treatment in Breast Cancer Treatment Day Absolute granulocyte count(x 106/L) Platelet count(x 106/L) % of full dose Day 1 ≥1500 and ≥100,000 100% less than 1500 or less than 100,000 Hold Day 8 ≥1200 and >75,000 100% 1000 to 1199 or 50,000 to 75,000 75% 700 to 999 and ≥50,000 50% <700 or <50,000 Hold
2.3 Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer

Recommended Dose and Schedule

Every 4-week schedule

The recommended dose of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is 1000 mg/m2 intravenously over 30 minutes on Days 1, 8, and 15 in combination with cisplatin therapy. Administer cisplatin intravenously at 100 mg/m2 on Day 1 after the infusion of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP.

Every 3-week schedule

The recommended dose of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is 1250 mg/m2 intravenously over 30 minutes on Days 1 and 8 in combination with cisplatin therapy. Administer cisplatin intravenously at 100 mg/m2 on Day 1 after the infusion of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP.

Dose Modifications

Recommended dose modifications for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP myelosuppression are described in Table 4 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Refer to Dosage and Administration (2.5) for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP recommendations for non-hematologic adverse reactions.

2.4 Pancreatic Cancer

Recommended Dose and Schedule

The recommended dose of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is 1000 mg/m2 over 30 minutes intravenously. The recommended treatment schedule
Weeks 1 to 8: weekly dosing for the first 7 weeks followed by one week rest. After week 8: weekly dosing on Days 1, 8, and 15 of 28-day cycles.
Dose Modifications

Recommended dose modifications for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for myelosuppression are described in Table 4 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Refer to Dosage and Administration (2.5) for recommendations for non-hematologic adverse reactions.

Patients receiving Gemcitabine for Injection, USP should be monitored prior to each dose with a complete blood count (CBC), including differential and platelet count. If marrow suppression is detected, therapy should be modified or suspended according to the guidelines in Table 4.
Table 4: Recommended Dose Reductions for Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for Myelosuppression in Pancreatic Cancer and Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer Absolute granulocyte count Platelet count % of full dose (x 106/L) (x 106/L) ≥1000 And ≥100,000 100 500 to 999 Or 50,000 to 99,999 75 <500 Or <50,000 Hold
2.5 Dose Modifications for Non-Hematologic Adverse Reactions

Permanently discontinue Gemcitabine for Injection, USP for any of the following
Unexplained dyspnea or other evidence of severe pulmonary toxicity Severe hepatic toxicity Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome Capillary Leak Syndrome
Withhold Gemcitabine for Injection, USP or reduce dose by 50% for other severe (Grade 3 or 4) non-hematological toxicity until resolved. No dose modifications are recommended for alopecia, nausea, or vomiting.

2.6 Preparation and Administration Precautions

Exercise caution and wear gloves when preparing Gemcitabine for Injection, USP solutions. Immediately wash the skin thoroughly or rinse the mucosa with copious amounts of water if Gemcitabine for Injection, USP contacts the skin or mucus membranes. Death has occurred in animal studies due to dermal absorption. For further guidance on handling Gemcitabine for Injection, USP go to “OSHA Hazardous Drugs” (refer to antineoplastic weblinks including OSHA Technical Manual) at OSHA. http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/hazardousdrugs/index.html

2.7 Preparation for Intravenous Infusion Administration

Reconstitute the vials with 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection without preservatives.

Add 5 mL to the 200-mg vial or 25 mL to the 1-g vial. These dilutions each yield a Gemcitabine for Injection, USP concentration of 38 mg/mL. Complete withdrawal of the vial contents will provide 200 mg or 1 g of Gemcitabine for Injection, USP. Prior to administration the appropriate amount of drug must be diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection. Final concentrations may be as low as 0.1 mg/mL.

Reconstituted Gemcitabine for Injection, USP is a clear, colorless to light straw-colored solution. Inspect visually prior to administration and discard for particulate matter or discoloration. Gemcitabine for Injection, USP solutions are stable for 24 hours at controlled room temperature of 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F). Do not refrigerate as crystallization can occur.

No incompatibilities have been observed with infusion bottles or polyvinyl chloride bags and administration sets.
Dextrose And Sodium Chl...

Dextrose And Sodium Chloride

Ampicillin and sulbactam for injection may be used for parenteral administration. THE INTENT OF THIS PHARMACY BULK PACKAGE IS FOR PREPARATION OF SOLUTIONS FOR IV INFUSION ONLY.

Ampicillin and sulbactam for injection should be administered by slow intravenous injection over at least 10-15 minutes or can also be delivered in greater dilutions with 50-100 mL of a compatible diluent as an intravenous infusion over 15-30 minutes.

The recommended adult dosage of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection is 1.5 g (1 g ampicillin as the sodium salt plus 0.5 g sulbactam as the sodium salt) to 3 g (2 g ampicillin as the sodium salt plus 1 g sulbactam as the sodium salt) every six hours. This 1.5 to 3 g range represents the total of ampicillin content plus the sulbactam content of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection, and corresponds to a range of 1 g ampicillin/0.5 g sulbactam to 2 g ampicillin/1 g sulbactam. The total dose of sulbactam should not exceed 4 grams per day.

Pediatric Patients 1 Year of Age or Older: The recommended daily dose of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection in pediatric patients is 300 mg per kg of body weight administered via intravenous infusion in equally divided doses every 6 hours. This 300 mg/kg/day dosage represents the total ampicillin content plus the sulbactam content of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection, and corresponds to 200 mg ampicillin/100 mg sulbactam per kg per day. The safety and efficacy of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection administered via intramuscular injection in pediatric patients have not been established. Pediatric patients weighing 40 kg or more should be dosed according to adult recommendations, and the total dose of sulbactam should not exceed 4 grams per day. The course of intravenous therapy should not routinely exceed 14 days. In clinical trials, most children received a course of oral antimicrobials following initial treatment with intravenous ampicillin and sulbactam for injection. (See CLINICAL STUDIES section.)

Impaired Renal Function

In patients with impairment of renal function the elimination kinetics of ampicillin and sulbactam are similarly affected, hence the ratio of one to the other will remain constant whatever the renal function. The dose of ampicillin and sulbactam for injection in such patients should be administered less frequently in accordance with the usual practice for ampicillin and according to the following recommendations:
TABLE 5 Ampicillin And Sulbactam For Injection Dosage Guide for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance (mL/min/1.73m2) Ampicillin/Sulbactam Half-Life (Hours) Recommended Ampicillin And Sulbactam For Injection Dosage ≥ 30 1 1.5 to 3 g q 6 h to q 8 h 15 to 29 5 1.5 to 3 g q 12 h 5 to 14 9 1.5 to 3 g q 24 h
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) may be used to convert this value into creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.
Males weight (kg) × (140 - age) 72 × serum creatinine Females 0.85 × above value
Cefepime

Cefepime

The recommended adult and pediatric dosages and routes of administration are outlined in the following Table 10. Cefepime for injection should be administered intravenously over approximately 30 minutes.
Table 10: Recommended Dosage Schedule for Cefepime for Injection in Patients with CrCL Greater Than 60 mL/min†
†Adjust dose in patients with CrCL less than or equal to 60 mL/min

*including cases associated with concurrent bacteremia.

**or until resolution of neutropenia. In patients whose fever resolves but who remain neutropenic for more than 7 days, the need for continued antimicrobial therapy should be re-evaluated frequently.

***Intramuscular route of administration is indicated only for mild to moderate, uncomplicated or complicated UTIs due to E. coli when the intramuscular route is considered to be a more appropriate route of drug administration.

§For Pseudomonas aeruginosa, use 2 g IV every 8 hours (50 mg per kg per dose in pediatric patients 2 months up to 16 years)
Site and Type of Infection Dose Frequency Duration (days) Adults Moderate to Severe Pneumonia due to S. pneumoniae*, P. aeruginosa§, K. pneumoniae, or Enterobacter species 1 to 2 g IV Every 8 to 12 hours 10 Empiric therapy for febrile neutropenic patients (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE and CLINICAL STUDIES.) 2 g IV Every 8 hours 7** Mild to Moderate Uncomplicated or Complicated Urinary Tract Infections, including pyelonephritis, due to E. coli, K. pneumoniae, or P. mirabilis* 0.5 to 1 g IV/IM*** Every 12 hours 7 to 10 Severe Uncomplicated or Complicated Urinary Tract Infections,including pyelonephritis, due to E. coli or K. pneumoniae* 2 g IV Every 12 hours 10 Moderate to Severe Uncomplicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections due to S. aureus or S. pyogenes 2 g IV Every 12 hours 10 Complicated Intra-abdominal Infections (used in combination with metronidazole) caused by E. coli, viridans group streptococci,P. aeruginosa§, K. pneumoniae, Enterobacter species, or B. fragilis (see CLINICAL STUDIES.) 2 g IV Every 8 to 12 hours 7 to 10 Pediatric Patients (2 months up to 16 years) The maximum dose for pediatric patients should not exceed the recommended adult dose. The usual recommended dosage in pediatric patients up to 40 kg in weight for uncomplicated and complicated urinary tract infections (including pyelonephritis), uncomplicated skin and skin structure infections, and pneumonia is 50 mg per kg per dose, administered every 12 hours (50 mg per kg per dose, every 8 hours for febrile neutropenic patients), for durations as given above.
Patients with Hepatic Impairment

No adjustment is necessary for patients with hepatic impairment.

Patients with Renal Impairment

In patients with creatinine clearance less than or equal to 60 mL/min, the dose of cefepime for injection should be adjusted to compensate for the slower rate of renal elimination. The recommended initial dose of cefepime for injection should be the same as in patients with normal renal function except in patients undergoing hemodialysis. The recommended doses of cefepime for injection in patients with renal impairment are presented in Table 11.

When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (Cockcroft and Gault equation)4 may be used to estimate creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function:

Table 11: Recommended Dosing Schedule for Cefepime for Injection in Adult Patients (Normal Renal Function, Renal Impairment, and Hemodialysis)
*On hemodialysis days, cefepime should be administered following hemodialysis. Whenever possible, cefepime should be administered at the same time each day.
Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Recommended Maintenance Schedule Greater than 60 Normal recommended dosing schedule 500 mgevery 12 hours 1 gevery 12 hours 2 gevery 12 hours 2 gevery 8 hours 30 to 60 500 mgevery 24 hours 1 gevery 24 hours 2 gevery 24 hours 2 gevery 12 hours 11 to 29 500 mgevery 24 hours 500 mgevery 24 hours 1 gevery 24 hours 2 gevery 24 hours Less than 11 250 mgevery 24 hours 250 mgevery 24 hours 500 mgevery 24 hours 1 gevery 24 hours CAPD 500 mgevery 48 hours 1 gevery 48 hours 2 gevery 48 hours 2 gevery 48 hours Hemodialysis* 1 g on day 1, then 500 mg every 24 hours thereafter 1 gevery 24 hours
In patients undergoing continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis, cefepime for injection may be administered at normally recommended doses at a dosage interval of every 48 hours (see Table 11).

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, approximately 68% of the total amount of cefepime present in the body at the start of dialysis will be removed during a 3-hour dialysis period. The dosage of cefepime for injection for hemodialysis patients is 1 g on Day 1 followed by 500 mg every 24 hours for the treatment of all infections except febrile neutropenia, which is 1 g every 24 hours.

Cefepime for injection should be administered at the same time each day and following the completion of hemodialysis on hemodialysis days (see Table 11).

Data in pediatric patients with impaired renal function are not available; however, since cefepime pharmacokinetics are similar in adults and pediatric patients (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY), changes in the dosing regimen proportional to those in adults (see Tables 10 and 11) are recommended for pediatric patients.

Administration

For Intravenous Infusion, Dilute with a suitable parenteral vehicle prior to intravenous infusion. Constitute the 1 g, or 2 g vial, and add an appropriate quantity of the resulting solution to an intravenous container with one of the compatible intravenous fluids listed in the Compatibility and Stability subsection. THE RESULTING SOLUTION SHOULD BE ADMINISTERED OVER APPROXIMATELY 30 MINUTES.

Intermittent intravenous infusion with a Y-type administration set can be accomplished with compatible solutions. However, during infusion of a solution containing cefepime, it is desirable to discontinue the other solution.

Intramuscular Administration: For intramuscular administration, cefepime for injection should be constituted with one of the following diluents: Sterile Water for Injection, 0.9% Sodium Chloride, 5% Dextrose Injection, 0.5% or 1% Lidocaine Hydrochloride, or Sterile Bacteriostatic Water for Injection with Parabens or Benzyl Alcohol (refer to Table 12).

Preparation of cefepime for injection solutions is summarized in Table 12.
Table 12: Preparation of Solutions of Cefepime for Injection Single-Dose Vials for Intravenous/Intramuscular Administration Amount of Diluent to be added (mL) Approximate Available Volume (mL) Approximate Cefepime Concentration (mg/mL) cefepime vial content 1 g (IV) 10 11.3 100 1 g (IM) 2.4 3.6 280 2 g (IV) 10 12.5 160
Compatibility and Stability

Intravenous: Cefepime for injection is compatible at concentrations between 1 mg per mL and 40 mg per mL with the following intravenous infusion fluids: 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, 5% and 10% Dextrose Injection, M/6 Sodium Lactate Injection, 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, Lactated Ringers and 5% Dextrose Injection, NormosolTM-R, and NormosolTM-M in 5% Dextrose Injection. These solutions may be stored up to 24 hours at controlled room temperature 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F) or 7 days in a refrigerator 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F).

Cefepime for injection admixture compatibility information is summarized in Table 13.
Table 13: Cefepime Admixture Stability
NS = 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection

D5W = 5% Dextrose Injection

na = not applicable

RT/L = Ambient room temperature and light
Stability Time for Cefepime for Injection Concentration Admixture and Concentration IV Infusion Solutions RT/L (20º to 25ºC) Refrigeration (2º to 8ºC) 40 mg/mL Amikacin6 mg/mL NS or D5W 24 hours 7 days 40 mg/mL Ampicillin1 mg/mL D5W 8 hours 8 hours 40 mg/mL Ampicillin10 mg/mL D5W 2 hours 8 hours 40 mg/mL Ampicillin1 mg/mL NS 24 hours 48 hours 40 mg/mL Ampicillin10 mg/mL NS 8 hours 48 hours 4 mg/mL Ampicillin40 mg/mL NS 8 hours 8 hours 4 to 40 mg/mL Clindamycin Phosphate 0.25 to 6 mg/mL NS or D5W 24 hours 7 days 4 mg/mL Heparin10 to 50 units/mL NS or D5W 24 hours 7 days 4 mg/mL Potassium Chloride10 to 40 mEq/L NS or D5W 24 hours 7 days 4 mg/mL Theophylline 0.8 mg/mL D5W 24 hours 7 days 1 to 4 mg/mL na AminosynTM II 4.25% with electrolytes and calcium 8 hours 3 days 0.125 to 0.25 mg/mL na InpersolTM with 4.25% dextrose 24 hours 7 days
Solutions of cefepime for injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of ampicillin at a concentration greater than 40 mg per mL, and should not be added to metronidazole, vancomycin, gentamicin, tobramycin, netilmicin sulfate, or aminophylline because of potential interaction. However, if concurrent therapy with cefepime for injection is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately.

Intramuscular: Cefepime for injection constituted as directed is stable for 24 hours at controlled room temperature 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F) or for 7 days in a refrigerator 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F) with the following diluents: Sterile Water for Injection, 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, 5% Dextrose Injection, Sterile Bacteriostatic Water for Injection with Parabens or Benzyl Alcohol, or 0.5% or 1% Lidocaine Hydrochloride.

NOTE: PARENTERAL DRUGS SHOULD BE INSPECTED VISUALLY FOR PARTICULATE MATTER BEFORE ADMINISTRATION. IF PARTICULATE MATTER IS EVIDENT IN RECONSTITUTED FLUIDS, THE DRUG SOLUTION SHOULD BE DISCARDED.

As with other cephalosporins, the color of cefepime for injection powder, as well as its solutions, tend to darken depending on storage conditions; however, when stored as recommended, the product potency is not adversely affected.
Amlodipine And Benazepr...

Amlodipine And Benazepril Hydrochloride

2.1 Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function

The usual dose of Levofloxacin Injection is 250 mg or 500 mg administered by slow infusion over 60 minutes every 24 hours or 750 mg administered by slow infusion over 90 minutes every 24 hours, as indicated by infection and described in Table 1.

These recommendations apply to patients with creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min. For patients with creatinine clearance <50 mL/min, adjustments to the dosing regimen are required [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].
Table 1: Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function (creatinine clearance ≥ 50mL/min)
1 Due to the designated pathogens [see Indications and Usage (1)].

2 Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

3 Due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.2)].

4 Due to Streptococcus pneumoniae (excluding multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, or Chlamydophila pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.3)].

5 This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis and AP due to E. coli, including cases with concurrent bacteremia.

6 This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa; and for AP due to E. coli.

7 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)].

8 The safety of levofloxacin in adults for durations of therapy beyond 28 days or in pediatric patients for durations beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

9 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis. Higher doses of levofloxacin typically used for treatment of pneumonia can be used for treatment of plague, if clinically indicated.
Type of Infection1 Dosed Every 24 hours Duration (days)2 Nosocomial Pneumonia 750 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia3 500 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia4 750 mg 5 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis 750 mg 5 500 mg 10-14 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis 500 mg 7 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections (SSSI) 750 mg 7-14 Uncomplicated SSSI 500 mg 7-10 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis 500 mg 28 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) orAcute Pyelonephritis (AP)5 750 mg 5 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) orAcute Pyelonephritis (AP)6 250 mg 10 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection 250 mg 3 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure), adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg7,8 Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age7,8 500 mgSee Table 2 below (2.2) 608 608 Plague, adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg9 Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 500 mgsee Table 2 below (2.2) 10 to 1410 to 14
2.2 Dosage in Pediatric Patients

The dosage in pediatric patients ≥ 6 months of age is described below in Table 2.
Table 2: Dosage in Pediatric Patients ≥ 6 months of age
1 Due to Bacillus anthracis [see Indications and Usage (1.13)] and Yersinia pestis [see Indications and Usage (1.14)].

2 Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

3 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)]

4 The safety of levofloxacin in pediatric patients for durations of therapy beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

5 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis.
Type of Infection1 Dose Freq. Once every Duration2 Inhalational Anthrax (post-exposure)3,4 Pediatric Patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24hr 60 days4 Pediatric Patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed250 mg per dose) 12hr 60 days4 Plague5 Pediatric Patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24hr 10 to 14 days Pediatric Patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed250 mg per dose) 12hr 10 to 14 days
2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Adults with Renal Impairment

Administer levofloxacin with caution in the presence of renal insufficiency. Careful clinical observation and appropriate laboratory studies should be performed prior to and during therapy since elimination of levofloxacin may be reduced.

No adjustment is necessary for patients with a creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min.

In patients with impaired renal function (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min), adjustment of the dosage regimen is necessary to avoid the accumulation of levofloxacin due to decreased clearance [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6)].

Table 3 shows how to adjust dose based on creatinine clearance.
Table 3: Dosage Adjustment in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min) Dosage in Normal Renal Function Every 24 hours Creatinine Clearance 20 to 49 mL/min Creatinine Clearance 10 to 19 mL/min Hemodialysis or Chronic Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis (CAPD) 750 mg 750 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then500 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then500 mg every 48 hours 500 mg 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 24 hours 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 48 hours 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 48 hours 250 mg No dosage adjustmentrequired 250 mg every 48 hours. Iftreating uncomplicatedUTI, then no dosageadjustment is required No information on dosingadjustment is available
2.4 Drug Interaction With Chelation Agents: Antacids, Sucralfate, Metal Cations, Multivitamins

Levofloxacin Injection

Levofloxacin Injection should not be co-administered with any solution containing multivalent cations, e.g., magnesium, through the same intravenous line [see Dosage and Administration (2.6)].

2.5 Administration Instructions

Levofloxacin Injection

Caution: Rapid or bolus intravenous infusion of levofloxacin has been associated with hypotension and must be avoided. Levofloxacin Injection should be infused intravenously slowly over a period of not less than 60 or 90 minutes, depending on the dosage. Levofloxacin Injection should be administered only by intravenous infusion. It is not for intramuscular, intrathecal, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.

Hydration for Patients Receiving Levofloxacin Injection

Adequate hydration of patients receiving intravenous levofloxacin should be maintained to prevent the formation of highly concentrated urine. Crystalluria and cylindruria have been reported with quinolones [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) and Patient Counseling Information (17.2)].

2.6 Preparation of Intravenous Product

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Because only limited data are available on the compatibility of Levofloxacin Injection with other intravenous substances, additives or other medications should not be added to Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Single-Use Flexible Containers, or infused simultaneously through the same intravenous line. If the same intravenous line is used for sequential infusion of several different drugs, the line should be flushed before and after infusion of Levofloxacin Injection with an infusion solution compatible with Levofloxacin Injection and with any other drug(s) administered via this common line.

Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Single-Use Flexible Containers (5 mg/mL)

Levofloxacin Injection is supplied in flexible containers within a foil overwrap. These contain a premixed, ready to use levofloxacin solution in 5% dextrose (D5W) for single-use. The 100 mL premixed flexible containers contain either 250 mg/50 mL or 500 mg/100 mL of levofloxacin solution. The 150 mL flexible container contains 750 mg/150 mL of levofloxacin solution. The concentration of each container is 5 mg/mL. No further dilution of these preparations is necessary. Because the premix flexible containers are for single-use only, any unused portion should be discarded.

Instructions for the Use of Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Flexible Containers:
Tear outer wrap at the notch and remove solution container. Check the container for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, or if the seal is not intact, discard the solution, as the sterility may be compromised. Do not use if the solution is cloudy or a precipitate is present. Use sterile equipment. WARNING: Do not use flexible containers in series connections. Such use could result in air embolism due to residual air being drawn from the primary container before administration of the fluid from the secondary container is complete.
Preparation for Administration:
Close flow control clamp of administration set. Remove cover from port at bottom of container. Insert piercing pin of administration set into port with a twisting motion until the pin is firmly seated. NOTE: See full directions on administration set carton. Suspend container from hanger. Squeeze and release drip chamber to establish proper fluid level in chamber during infusion of Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Flexible Containers. Open flow control clamp to expel air from set. Close clamp. Regulate rate of administration with flow control clamp.
Carboplatin

Carboplatin

NOTE: Aluminum reacts with carboplatin causing precipitate formation and loss of potency, therefore, needles or intravenous sets containing aluminum parts that may come in contact with the drug must not be used for the preparation or administration of carboplatin.

Single-Agent Therapy

Carboplatin Injection, as a single agent, has been shown to be effective in patients with recurrent ovarian carcinoma at a dosage of 360 mg/m2 IV on day 1 every 4 weeks (alternatively see Formula Dosing). In general, however, single intermittent courses of carboplatin should not be repeated until the neutrophil count is at least 2,000 and the platelet count is at least 100,000.

Combination Therapy with Cyclophosphamide

In the chemotherapy of advanced ovarian cancer, an effective combination for previously untreated patients consists of:

Carboplatin - 300 mg/m2 IV on day 1 every 4 weeks for 6 cycles (alternatively see Formula Dosing).

Cyclophosphamide - 600 mg/m2 IV on day 1 every 4 weeks for 6 cycles. For directions regarding the use and administration of cyclophosphamide please refer to its package insert. (See CLINICAL STUDIES.)

Intermittent courses of carboplatin in combination with cyclophosphamide should not be repeated until the neutrophil count is at least 2,000 and the platelet count is at least 100,000.

Dose Adjustment Recommendations

Pretreatment platelet count and performance status are important prognostic factors for severity of myelosuppression in previously treated patients.

The suggested dose adjustments for single agent or combination therapy shown in the table below are modified from controlled trials in previously treated and untreated patients with ovarian carcinoma. Blood counts were done weekly, and the recommendations are based on the lowest post-treatment platelet or neutrophil value.

* Percentages apply to Carboplatin Injection as a single agent or to both carboplatin and cyclophosphamide in combination. In the controlled studies, dosages were also adjusted at a lower level (50% to 60%) for severe myelosuppression. Escalations above 125% were not recommended for these studies.
Platelets Neutrophils Adjusted Dose* (From Prior Course) >100,000 >2,000 125% 50-100,000 500-2,000 No Adjustment <50,000 <500 75%
Carboplatin is usually administered by an infusion lasting 15 minutes or longer. No pre- or post-treatment hydration or forced diuresis is required.

Patients with Impaired Kidney Function

Patients with creatinine clearance values below 60 mL/min are at increased risk of severe bone marrow suppression. In renally-impaired patients who received single-agent carboplatin therapy, the incidence of severe leukopenia, neutropenia, or thrombocytopenia has been about 25% when the dosage modifications in the table below have been used.
Baseline Creatinine Clearance Recommended Dose on Day 1 41 mL/min - 59 mL/min 250 mg/m2 16 mL/min - 40 mL/min 200 mg/m2
The data available for patients with severely impaired kidney function (creatinine clearance below 15 mL/min) are too limited to permit a recommendation for treatment.

These dosing recommendations apply to the initial course of treatment. Subsequent dosages should be adjusted according to the patient's tolerance based on the degree of bone marrow suppression.

Formula Dosing

Another approach for determining the initial dose of carboplatin is the use of mathematical formulae, which are based on a patient's pre-existing renal function or renal function and desired platelet nadir. Renal excretion is the major route of elimination for carboplatin. (See CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY.) The use of dosing formulae, as compared to empirical dose calculation based on body surface area, allows compensation for patient variations in pretreatment renal function that might otherwise result in either underdosing (in patients with above average renal function) or overdosing (in patients with impaired renal function).

A simple formula for calculating dosage, based upon a patient's glomerular filtration rate (GFR in mL/min) and carboplatin target area under the concentration versus time curve (AUC in mg/mL•min), has been proposed by Calvert. In these studies, GFR was measured by 51Cr-EDTA clearance.
CALVERT FORMULA FOR CARBOPLATIN DOSING Total Dose (mg) = (target AUC) x (GFR + 25) Note: With the Calvert formula, the total dose of Carboplatin is calculated in mg, not mg/m2.
The target AUC of 4 mg/mL•min to 6 mg/mL•min using single-agent carboplatin appears to provide the most appropriate dose range in previously treated patients. This study also showed a trend between the AUC of single-agent carboplatin administered to previously treated patients and the likelihood of developing toxicity.
% Actual Toxicity in Previously Treated Patients AUC (mg/mL•min) Gr 3 or Gr 4Thrombocytopenia Gr 3 or Gr 4Leukopenia 4 to 56 to 7 16%33% 13%34%
Geriatric Dosing

Because renal function is often decreased in elderly patients, formula dosing of carboplatin based on estimates of GFR should be used in elderly patients to provide predictable plasma carboplatin AUCs and thereby minimize the risk of toxicity.
Oxaliplatin

Oxaliplatin

Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP should be administered under the supervision of a qualified physician experienced in the use of cancer chemotherapeutic agents. Appropriate management of therapy and complications is possible only when adequate diagnostic and treatment facilities are readily available.

2.1 Dosage

Administer Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP in combination with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin every 2 weeks. For advanced disease, treatment is recommended until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. For adjuvant use, treatment is recommended for a total of 6 months (12 cycles):

Day 1: Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP 85 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 250 to 500 mL 5% Dextrose injection, USP and leucovorin 200 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP both given over 120 minutes at the same time in separate bags using a Y-line, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection, USP (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Day 2: Leucovorin 200 mg/m2 intravenous infusion over 120 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection, USP (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Figure 1

The administration of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP does not require prehydration. Premedication with antiemetics, including 5-HT3 blockers with or without dexamethasone, is recommended.

For information on 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin, see the respective package inserts.

2.2 Dose Modification Recommendations

Prior to subsequent therapy cycles, patients should be evaluated for clinical toxicities and recommended laboratory tests [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6)]. Prolongation of infusion time for Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP from 2 hours to 6 hours may mitigate acute toxicities. The infusion times for 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin do not need to be changed.

Adjuvant Therapy in Patients with Stage III Colon Cancer

Neuropathy and other toxicities were graded using the NCI CTC scale version 1 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP to 75 mg/m2 should be considered. For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered. The infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP to 75 mg/m2 and infusional 5-fluorouracil to 300 mg/m2 bolus and 500 mg/m2 22 hour infusion is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment) or grade 4 neutropenia or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia. The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥1.5 x 109/L and platelets ≥75 x 109/L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy in Previously Untreated and Previously Treated Patients with Advanced Colorectal Cancer

Neuropathy was graded using a study-specific neurotoxicity scale [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Other toxicities were graded by the NCI CTC, Version 2.0.

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP to 65 mg/m2 should be considered. For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered. The 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP to 65 mg/m2 and 5-fluorouracil by 20% (300 mg/m2 bolus and 500 mg/m2 22-hour infusion) is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment) or grade 4 neutropenia or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia. The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥1.5 x 109/L and platelets ≥75 x 109/L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy for Patients with Renal Impairment

In patients with normal renal function or mild to moderate renal impairment, the recommended dose of Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP is 85 mg/m2. In patients with severe renal impairment, the initial recommended Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP dose should be reduced to 65 mg/m2 [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.3 Preparation of Infusion Solution

Powder for solution for infusion

Reconstitution or final dilution must never be performed with a sodium chloride solution or other chloride containing solutions.

The lyophilized powder is reconstituted by adding 10 mL (for the 50 mg vial) or 20 mL (for the 100 mg vial) of Water for Injection, USP or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP. Do not administer the reconstituted solution without further dilution. The reconstituted solution must be further diluted in an infusion solution of 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP. After reconstitution in the original vial, the solution may be stored up to 24 hours under refrigeration [2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F)]. After final dilution with 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, the shelf life is 6 hours at room temperature [20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F)] or up to 24 hours under refrigeration [2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F)].

Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP is not light sensitive.

Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP is incompatible in solution with alkaline medications or media (such as basic solutions of 5-fluorouracil) and must not be mixed with these or administered simultaneously through the same infusion line. The infusion line should be flushed with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP prior to administration of any concomitant medication.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration and discarded if present.

Needles or intravenous administration sets containing aluminum parts that may come in contact with Oxaliplatin for Injection, USP should not be used for the preparation or mixing of the drug. Aluminum has been reported to cause degradation of platinum compounds.
Ceftriaxone

Ceftriaxone

Ceftriaxone may be administered intravenously or intramuscularly. However, the intent of this Pharmacy Bulk Package is for the preparation of solutions for intravenous infusion only. Ceftriaxone should be administered intravenously by infusion over a period of 30 minutes.

Do not use diluents containing calcium, such as Ringer's solution or Hartmann's solution, to reconstitute ceftriaxone bottles or to further dilute a reconstituted bottle for IV administration because a precipitate can form. Precipitation of ceftriaxone-calcium can also occur when ceftriaxone is mixed with calcium-containing solutions in the same IV administration line. Ceftriaxone must not be administered simultaneously with calcium-containing IV solutions, including continuous calcium-containing infusions such as parenteral nutrition via a Y-site. However, in patients other than neonates, ceftriaxone and calcium-containing solutions may be administered sequentially of one another if the infusion lines are thoroughly flushed between infusions with a compatible fluid (see WARNINGS).

There have been no reports of an interaction between ceftriaxone and oral calcium-containing products or interaction between intramuscular ceftriaxone and calcium-containing products (IV or oral).

NEONATES: Hyperbilirubinemic neonates, especially prematures, should not be treated with ceftriaxone (see CONTRAINDICATIONS).

Ceftriaxone is contraindicated in neonates if they require (or are expected to require) treatment with calcium-containing IV solutions, including continuous calcium-containing infusions such as parenteral nutrition because of the risk of precipitation of ceftriaxone-calcium (see CONTRAINDICATIONS).

PEDIATRIC PATIENTS: For the treatment of skin and skin structure infections, the recommended total daily dose is 50 to 75 mg/kg given once a day (or in equally divided doses twice a day). The total daily dose should not exceed 2 grams.

For the treatment of serious miscellaneous infections other than meningitis, the recommended total daily dose is 50 to 75 mg/kg, given in divided doses every 12 hours. The total daily dose should not exceed 2 grams.

In the treatment of meningitis, it is recommended that the initial therapeutic dose be 100 mg/kg (not to exceed 4 grams). Thereafter, a total daily dose of 100 mg/kg/day (not to exceed 4 grams daily) is recommended. The daily dose may be administered once a day (or in equally divided doses every 12 hours). The usual duration of therapy is 7 to 14 days.

ADULTS: The usual adult daily dose is 1 to 2 grams given once a day (or in equally divided doses twice a day) depending on the type and severity of infection. For infections caused by Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA), the recommended daily dose is 2 to 4 grams, in order to achieve >90% target attainment. The total daily dose should not exceed 4 grams.

If Chlamydia trachomatis is a suspected pathogen, appropriate antichlamydial coverage should be added, because ceftriaxone sodium has no activity against this organism.

For preoperative use (surgical prophylaxis), a single dose of 1 gram administered intravenously 1/2 to 2 hours before surgery is recommended.

Generally, ceftriaxone therapy should be continued for at least 2 days after the signs and symptoms of infection have disappeared. The usual duration of therapy is 4 to 14 days; in complicated infections, longer therapy may be required.

When treating infections caused by Streptococcus pyogenes, therapy should be continued for at least 10 days.

No dosage adjustment is necessary for patients with impairment of renal or hepatic function.

DIRECTIONS FOR PROPER USE OF PHARMACY BULK PACKAGE: The 10 gram bottle should be reconstituted with 95 mL of an appropriate IV diluent in a suitable work area such as a laminar flow hood. The resulting solution will contain approximately 100 mg/mL of ceftriaxone. This closure may be penetrated only one time after reconstitution, using a suitable sterile transfer device or dispensing set which allows measured dispensing of the contents.

The withdrawal of container contents should be accomplished without delay. However, should this not be possible, a maximum time of 4 HOURS from initial closure entry is permitted to complete fluid transfer operations. Unused portions of solution held longer than the recommended time periods should be discarded.
Reconstituted Bulk Solutions Should Not Be Used For Direct Infusion.
Transfer individual dose to appropriate intravenous solutions as soon as possible following reconstitution of the bulk package. The stability of the solution that has been transferred into a container varies according to diluent, concentration and temperature (see COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY). Concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL are recommended; however, lower concentrations may be used if desired.

COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY: Ceftriaxone has been shown to be compatible with Flagyl® IV (metronidazole hydrochloride). The concentration should not exceed 5 to 7.5 mg/mL metronidazole hydrochloride with ceftriaxone 10 mg/mL as an admixture. The admixture is stable for 24 hours at room temperature only in 0.9% sodium chloride injection or 5% dextrose in water (D5W). No compatibility studies have been conducted with the Flagyl® IV RTU® (metronidazole) formulation or using other diluents. Metronidazole at concentrations greater than 8 mg/mL will precipitate. Do not refrigerate the admixture as precipitation will occur.

Vancomycin, amsacrine, aminoglycosides, and fluconazole are physically incompatible with ceftriaxone in admixtures. When any of these drugs are to be administered concomitantly with ceftriaxone by intermittent intravenous infusion, it is recommended that they be given sequentially, with thorough flushing of the intravenous lines (with one of the compatible fluids) between the administrations.

Do not use diluents containing calcium, such as Ringer's solution or Hartmann's solution, to reconstitute ceftriaxone bottles or to further dilute a reconstituted bottle for IV administration. Particulate formation can result.

Ceftriaxone for injection solutions should not be physically mixed with or piggybacked into solutions containing other antimicrobial drugs or into diluent solutions other than those listed above, due to possible incompatibility (see WARNINGS).

Ceftriaxone for injection sterile powder should be stored at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature] and protected from light. After reconstitution, protection from normal light is not necessary. The color of solutions ranges from light yellow to amber, depending on the length of storage, concentration and diluent used.

Ceftriaxone for injection intravenous solutions, at concentrations of 10, 20 and 40 mg/mL, remain stable (loss of potency less than 10%) for the following time periods stored in glass or PVC containers:

*Data available for 10 to 40 mg/mL concentrations in this diluent in PVC containers only.
Diluent Storage Room Temp. (25 °C) Refrigerated (4 °C) Sterile Water 2 days 10 days 0.9% Sodium Chloride Solution 2 days 10 days 5% Dextrose Solution 2 days 10 days 10% Dextrose Solution 2 days 10 days 5% Dextrose + 0.9% Sodium Chloride Solution* 2 days Incompatible 5% Dextrose + 0.45% Sodium Chloride Solution 2 days Incompatible
The following intravenous ceftriaxone solutions are stable at room temperature (25 °C) for 24 hours, at concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL: Sodium Lactate (PVC container), 10% Invert Sugar (glass container), 5% Sodium Bicarbonate (glass container), Freamine III (glass container), Normosol-M in 5% Dextrose (glass and PVC containers), Ionosol-B in 5% Dextrose (glass container), 5% Mannitol (glass container), 10% Mannitol (glass container).

After the indicated stability time periods, unused portions of solutions should be discarded.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter before administration.

Ceftriaxone reconstituted with 5% Dextrose or 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution at concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL, and then stored in frozen state (-20°C) in PVC or polyolefin containers, remains stable for 26 weeks.

Frozen solutions of ceftriaxone should be thawed at room temperature before use. After thawing, unused portions should be discarded. DO NOT REFREEZE.
Merrem Iv

Merrem Iv

2.1 Prevention of Chemotherapy-Induced Nausea and Vomiting

Adult Patients

The recommended dosage for granisetron hydrochloride injection is 10 mcg/kg administered intravenously within 30 minutes before initiation of chemotherapy, and only on the day(s) chemotherapy is given.

Infusion Preparation

Granisetron hydrochloride injection may be administered intravenously either undiluted over 30 seconds, or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and infused over 5 minutes.

Stability

Intravenous infusion of granisetron hydrochloride injection should be prepared at the time of administration. However, granisetron hydrochloride injection has been shown to be stable for at least 24 hours when diluted in 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and stored at room temperature under normal lighting conditions.

As a general precaution, granisetron hydrochloride injection should not be mixed in solution with other drugs. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

Pediatric Patients

The recommended dose in pediatric patients 2 to 16 years of age is 10 mcg/kg [see Clinical Studies (14)]. Pediatric patients under 2 years of age have not been studied.
Docetaxel Solution

Docetaxel Solution

For all indications, toxicities may warrant dosage adjustments [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].

Administer in a facility equipped to manage possible complications (e.g. anaphylaxis).

2.1 Breast Cancer
For locally advanced or metastatic breast cancer after failure of prior chemotherapy, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 60 mg/m2 to 100 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 1 hour every 3 weeks. For the adjuvant treatment of operable node-positive breast cancer, the recommended docetaxel injection concentrate dose is 75 mg/m2 administered 1 hour after doxorubicin 50 mg/m2 and cyclophosphamide 500 mg/m2 every 3 weeks for 6 courses. Prophylactic G-CSF may be used to mitigate the risk of hematological toxicities [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].
2.2 Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer
For treatment after failure of prior platinum-based chemotherapy, docetaxel injection concentrate was evaluated as monotherapy, and the recommended dose is 75 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 1 hour every 3 weeks. A dose of 100 mg/m2 in patients previously treated with chemotherapy was associated with increased hematologic toxicity, infection, and treatment-related mortality in randomized, controlled trials [see Boxed Warning, Dosage and Administration (2.7), Warnings and Precautions (5), Clinical Studies (14)]. For chemotherapy-naïve patients, docetaxel injection concentrate was evaluated in combination with cisplatin. The recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 75 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 1 hour immediately followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m2 over 30 to 60 minutes every 3 weeks [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].
2.3 Prostate Cancer
For hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 75 mg/m2 every 3 weeks as a 1 hour intravenous infusion. Prednisone 5 mg orally twice daily is administered continuously [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].
2.4 Gastric Adenocarcinoma
For gastric adenocarcinoma, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 75 mg/m2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion, followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m2, as a 1 to 3 hour intravenous infusion (both on day 1 only), followed by fluorouracil 750 mg/m2 per day given as a 24-hour continuous intravenous infusion for 5 days, starting at the end of the cisplatin infusion. Treatment is repeated every three weeks. Patients must receive premedication with antiemetics and appropriate hydration for cisplatin administration [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].
2.5 Head and Neck Cancer

Patients must receive premedication with antiemetics, and appropriate hydration (prior to and after cisplatin administration). Prophylaxis for neutropenic infections should be administered. All patients treated on the docetaxel injection concentrate containing arms of the TAX323 and TAX324 studies received prophylactic antibiotics.
Induction chemotherapy followed by radiotherapy (TAX323)For the induction treatment of locally advanced inoperable SCCHN, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 75 mg/m2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion followed by cisplatin 75 mg/m2 intravenously over 1 hour, on day one, followed by fluorouracil as a continuous intravenous infusion at 750 mg/m2 per day for five days. This regimen is administered every 3 weeks for 4 cycles. Following chemotherapy, patients should receive radiotherapy. [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)]. Induction chemotherapy followed by chemoradiotherapy (TAX324) For the induction treatment of patients with locally advanced (unresectable, low surgical cure, or organ preservation) SCCHN, the recommended dose of docetaxel injection concentrate is 75 mg/m2 as a 1 hour intravenous infusion on day 1, followed by cisplatin 100 mg/m2 administered as a 30-minute to 3 hour infusion, followed by fluorouracil 1000 mg/m2/day as a continuous infusion from day 1 to day 4. This regimen is administered every 3 weeks for 3 cycles. Following chemotherapy, patients should receive chemoradiotherapy [see Dosage and Administration (2.7)].
2.6 Premedication Regimen

All patients should be premedicated with oral corticosteroids (see below for prostate cancer) such as dexamethasone 16 mg per day (e.g., 8 mg twice daily) for 3 days starting 1 day prior to docetaxel injection concentrate administration in order to reduce the incidence and severity of fluid retention as well as the severity of hypersensitivity reactions [see Boxed Warning, Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

For hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer, given the concurrent use of prednisone, the recommended premedication regimen is oral dexamethasone 8 mg, at 12 hours, 3 hours and 1 hour before the docetaxel injection concentrate infusion [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].

2.7 Dosage Adjustments During Treatment

Breast Cancer

Patients who are dosed initially at 100 mg/m2 and who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils <500 cells/mm3 for more than 1 week, or severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions during docetaxel injection concentrate therapy should have the dosage adjusted from 100 mg/m2 to 75 mg/m2. If the patient continues to experience these reactions, the dosage should either be decreased from 75 mg/m2 to 55 mg/m2 or the treatment should be discontinued. Conversely, patients who are dosed initially at 60 mg/m2 and who do not experience febrile neutropenia, neutrophils <500 cells/mm3 for more than 1 week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions, or severe peripheral neuropathy during docetaxel injection concentrate therapy may tolerate higher doses. Patients who develop ≥grade 3 peripheral neuropathy should have docetaxel injection concentrate treatment discontinued entirely.

Combination Therapy with Docetaxel Injection Concentrate in the Adjuvant Treatment of Breast Cancer

Docetaxel injection concentrate in combination with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide should be administered when the neutrophil count is ≥1,500 cells/mm3. Patients who experience febrile neutropenia should receive G-CSF in all subsequent cycles. Patients who continue to experience this reaction should remain on G-CSF and have their docetaxel injection concentrate dose reduced to 60 mg/m2. Patients who experience grade 3 or 4 stomatitis should have their docetaxel injection concentrate dose decreased to 60 mg/m2. Patients who experience severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions or moderate neurosensory signs and/or symptoms during docetaxel injection concentrate therapy should have their dosage of docetaxel injection concentrate reduced from 75 mg/m2 to 60 mg/m2. If the patient continues to experience these reactions at 60 mg/m2, treatment should be discontinued.

Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer

Monotherapy with docetaxel injection concentrate for NSCLC treatment after failure of prior platinum-based chemotherapy

Patients who are dosed initially at 75 mg/m2 and who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils <500 cells/mm3 for more than one week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions, or other grade 3/4 non-hematological toxicities during docetaxel injection concentrate treatment should have treatment withheld until resolution of the toxicity and then resumed at 55 mg/m2. Patients who develop ≥grade 3 peripheral neuropathy should have docetaxel injection concentrate treatment discontinued entirely.

Combination therapy with docetaxel injection concentrate for chemotherapy-naïve NSCLC

For patients who are dosed initially at docetaxel injection concentrate 75 mg/m2 in combination with cisplatin, and whose nadir of platelet count during the previous course of therapy is <25,000 cells/mm3, in patients who experience febrile neutropenia, and in patients with serious non-hematologic toxicities, the docetaxel injection concentrate dosage in subsequent cycles should be reduced to 65 mg/m2. In patients who require a further dose reduction, a dose of 50 mg/m2 is recommended. For cisplatin dosage adjustments, see manufacturers' prescribing information.

Prostate Cancer

Combination therapy with docetaxel injection concentrate for hormone-refractory metastatic prostate cancer

Docetaxel injection concentrate should be administered when the neutrophil count is ≥1,500 cells/mm3. Patients who experience either febrile neutropenia, neutrophils <500 cells/mm3 for more than one week, severe or cumulative cutaneous reactions or moderate neurosensory signs and/or symptoms during docetaxel injection concentrate therapy should have the dosage of docetaxel injection concentrate reduced from 75 mg/m2 to 60 mg/m2. If the patient continues to experience these reactions at 60 mg/m2, the treatment should be discontinued.

Gastric or Head and Neck Cancer

Docetaxel injection concentrate in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil in gastric cancer or head and neck cancer

Patients treated with docetaxel injection concentrate in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil must receive antiemetics and appropriate hydration according to current institutional guidelines. In both studies, G-CSF was recommended during the second and/or subsequent cycles in case of febrile neutropenia, or documented infection with neutropenia, or neutropenia lasting more than 7 days. If an episode of febrile neutropenia, prolonged neutropenia or neutropenic infection occurs despite G-CSF use, the docetaxel injection concentrate dose should be reduced from 75 mg/m2 to 60 mg/m2. If subsequent episodes of complicated neutropenia occur the docetaxel injection concentrate dose should be reduced from 60 mg/m2 to 45 mg/m2. In case of grade 4 thrombocytopenia the docetaxel injection concentrate dose should be reduced from 75 mg/m2 to 60 mg/m2. Patients should not be retreated with subsequent cycles of docetaxel injection concentrate until neutrophils recover to a level >1,500 cells/mm3 and platelets recover to a level >100,000 cells/mm3. Discontinue treatment if these toxicities persist. [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)].

Recommended dose modifications for toxicities in patients treated with docetaxel injection concentrate in combination with cisplatin and fluorouracil are shown in Table 1.
Table 1 - Recommended Dose Modifications for Toxicities in Patients Treated with Docetaxel Injection Concentrate in Combination with Cisplatin and Fluorouracil Toxicity Dosage adjustment Diarrhea grade 3 First episode: reduce fluorouracil dose by 20%. Second episode: then reduce docetaxel injection concentrate dose by 20%. Diarrhea grade 4 First episode: reduce docetaxel injection concentrate and fluorouracil doses by 20%. Second episode: discontinue treatment. Stomatitis/mucositis grade 3 First episode: reduce fluorouracil dose by 20%. Second episode: stop fluorouracil only, at all subsequent cycles. Third episode: reduce docetaxel injection concentrate dose by 20%. Stomatitis/mucositis grade 4 First episode: stop fluorouracil only, at all subsequent cycles. Second episode: reduce docetaxel injection concentrate dose by 20%.
Liver dysfunction:

In case of AST/ALT >2.5 to ≤5 x ULN and AP ≤2.5 x ULN, or AST/ALT >1.5 to ≤5 x ULN and AP >2.5 to ≤5 x ULN, docetaxel injection concentrate should be reduced by 20%.

In case of AST/ALT >5 x ULN and/or AP >5 x ULN docetaxel injection concentrate should be stopped.

The dose modifications for cisplatin and fluorouracil in the gastric cancer study are provided

below:

Cisplatin dose modifications and delays

Peripheral neuropathy: A neurological examination should be performed before entry into the study, and then at least every 2 cycles and at the end of treatment. In the case of neurological signs or symptoms, more frequent examinations should be performed and the following dose modifications can be made according to NCIC-CTC grade:
Grade 2: Reduce cisplatin dose by 20%. Grade 3: Discontinue treatment.
Ototoxicity: In the case of grade 3 toxicity, discontinue treatment.

Nephrotoxicity: In the event of a rise in serum creatinine ≥grade 2 (>1.5 x normal value) despite adequate rehydration, CrCl should be determined before each subsequent cycle and the following dose reductions should be considered (see Table 2).

For other cisplatin dosage adjustments, also refer to the manufacturers' prescribing information.
Table 2 – Dose Reductions for Evaluation of Creatinine Clearance
CrCl = Creatinine clearance
Creatinine clearance result before next cycle Cisplatin dose next cycle CrCl ≥60 mL/min Full dose of cisplatin was given. CrCl was to be repeated before each treatment cycle. CrCl between 40 and 59 mL/min Dose of cisplatin was reduced by 50% at subsequent cycle. If CrCl was >60 mL/min at end of cycle, full cisplatin dose was reinstituted at the next cycle.If no recovery was observed, then cisplatin was omitted from the next treatment cycle. CrCl <40 mL/min Dose of cisplatin was omitted in that treatment cycle only.If CrCl was still <40 mL/min at the end of cycle, cisplatin was discontinued.If CrCl was >40 and <60 mL/min at end of cycle, a 50% cisplatin dose was given at the next cycle.If CrCl was >60 mL/min at end of cycle, full cisplatin dose was given at next cycle.
Fluorouracil dose modifications and treatment delays

For diarrhea and stomatitis, see Table 1.

In the event of grade 2 or greater plantar-palmar toxicity, fluorouracil should be stopped until recovery. The fluorouracil dosage should be reduced by 20%.

For other greater than grade 3 toxicities, except alopecia and anemia, chemotherapy should be delayed (for a maximum of 2 weeks from the planned date of infusion) until resolution to grade ≤1 and then recommenced, if medically appropriate.

For other fluorouracil dosage adjustments, also refer to the manufacturers' prescribing information.

Combination Therapy with Strong CYP3A4 inhibitors:

Avoid using concomitant strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., ketoconazole, itraconazole, clarithromycin, atazanavir, indinavir, nefazodone, nelfinavir, ritonavir, saquinavir, telithromycin and voriconazole). There are no clinical data with a dose adjustment in patients receiving strong CYP3A4 inhibitors. Based on extrapolation from a pharmacokinetic study with ketoconazole in 7 patients, consider a 50% docetaxel dose reduction if patients require co-administration of a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor [see Drug Interactions (7), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.8 Administration Precautions

Docetaxel injection concentrate is a cytotoxic anticancer drug and, as with other potentially toxic compounds, caution should be exercised when handling and preparing docetaxel injection concentrate solutions. The use of gloves is recommended. Please refer to [see How Supplied/ Storage and Handling (16.3)].

If docetaxel injection concentrate, or diluted infusion solution should come into contact with the skin or mucosa, wash immediately and thoroughly with soap and water.

Do not use plasticized PVC equipment or devices that comes in direct contact with docetaxel injection solution during preparation and administration of docetaxel injection solutions for infusion. In order to minimize patient exposure to the plasticizer DEHP (di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate), which may leach from PVC infusion bags or sets, the diluted docetaxel infusion solution should be stored in bottles made of glass, polypropylene or plastic bags made with polypropylene, polyolefin and administered through polyethylene-lined administration sets.

One-vial Docetaxel Injection Concentrate

Docetaxel injection concentrate requires no prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to be added to the infusion solution.

Please follow the preparation instructions provided below.

2.9 Preparation and Administration

Do not use the two-vial formulation (Injection Concentrate and diluent) with the one-vial formulation.

One-vial Docetaxel Injection Concentrate

Docetaxel injection concentrate (20 mg/mL) requires no prior dilution with a diluent and is ready to add to the infusion solution. Use only a 21 gauge needle to withdraw docetaxel injection concentrate from the vial because larger bore needles (e.g., 18 and 19 gauge) may result in stopper coring and rubber particulates.
Docetaxel injection concentrate vials should be stored at 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted to 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F) protected from light. Using only a 21 gauge needle, aseptically withdraw the required amount of docetaxel injection concentrate (20 mg docetaxel/mL) with a calibrated syringe and inject into a 250 mL infusion bag or bottle of either 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution or 5% Dextrose solution to produce a final concentration of 0.3 mg/mL to 0.74 mg/mL. If a dose greater than 200 mg of docetaxel injection concentrate is required, use a larger volume of the infusion vehicle so that a concentration of 0.74 mg/mL docetaxel injection concentrate is not exceeded. Thoroughly mix the infusion solution by gentle manual rotation. As with all parenteral products, docetaxel injection concentrate should be inspected visually for particulate matter or discoloration prior to administration whenever the solution and container permit. If the docetaxel injection concentrate dilution for intravenous infusion is not clear or appears to have precipitation, it should be discarded.
The docetaxel injection concentrate dilution for infusion should be administered intravenously as a 1-hour infusion under ambient room temperature (below 25°C) and lighting conditions.

2.10 Stability

Docetaxel injection concentrate dilution for infusion is stable for 4 hours, if stored between 2°C and 25°C (36°F and 77°F). Docetaxel injection concentrate dilution for infusion (in either 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution or 5% Dextrose solution) should be used within 4 hours (including the 1 hour intravenous administration).
Ciprofloxacin

Ciprofloxacin

Adults

CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION, USP should be administered to adults by intravenous infusion over a period of 60 minutes at dosages described in the Dosage Guidelines table. Slow infusion of a dilute solution into a larger vein will minimize patient discomfort and reduce the risk of venous irritation. (See Preparation of CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION, USP for Administration section.)

The determination of dosage for any particular patient must take into consideration the severity and nature of the infection, the susceptibility of the causative microorganism, the integrity of the patient's host-defense mechanisms, and the status of renal and hepatic function.

*Used in conjunction with metronidazole. (See product labeling for prescribing information.)

†DUE TO THE DESIGNATED PATHOGENS (See INDICATIONS AND USAGE.)

**Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint, ciprofloxacin serum concentrations achieved in humans, reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit.4 For a discussion of ciprofloxacin serum concentrations in various human populations, see Inhalational Anthrax, Additional Information. Total duration of ciprofloxacin administration (IV or oral) for inhalational anthrax (post-exposure) is 60 days.
ADULT DOSAGE GUIDELINES Infection† Severity Dose Frequency Usual Duration Urinary Tract Mild/Moderate 200 mg q12h 7-14 Days Severe/Complicated 400 mg q12h (or q 8h) 7-14 Days LowerRespiratory Tract Mild/ModerateSevere/Complicated 400 mg400 mg q12hq8h 7-14 Days7-14 Days Nosocomial Pneumonia Mild/Moderate/Severe 400 mg q8h 10-14 Days Skin andSkin Structure Mild/ModerateSevere/Complicated 400 mg400 mg q12hq8h 7-14 Days7-14 Days Bone and Joint Mild/Moderate Severe/Complicated 400 mg 400 mg q12h q8h ≥4-6 Weeks ≥4-6 Weeks Intra-Abdominal* Complicated 400 mg q12h 7-14 Days Acute Sinusitis Mild/Moderate 400 mg q12h 10 Days Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis Mild/Moderate 400 mg q12h 28 Days Empirical Therapy in Severe Febrile Neutropenic Ciprofloxacin 400 mg q8h Patients + 7-14 Days Piperacillin 50 mg/kg Not to exceed 24 g/day q4h Inhalational anthrax (post-exposure)** 400 mg q12h 60 Days
CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION, USP should be administered by intravenous infusion over a period of 60 minutes.

Conversion of IV to Oral Dosing in Adults

CIPROFLOXACIN is also available for oral administration. Parenteral therapy may be switched to oral therapy when the condition warrants, at the discretion of the physician. (See CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY and table below for the equivalent dosing regimens.)
Equivalent AUC Dosing Regimens CIPROFLOXACIN Oral Dosage Equivalent CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION Dosage 250 mg Tablet q 12 h 200 mg IV q 12 h 500 mg Tablet q 12 h 400 mg IV q 12 h 750 mg Tablet q 12 h 400 mg IV q 8 h
Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration.

Adults with Impaired Renal Function

Ciprofloxacin is eliminated primarily by renal excretion; however, the drug is also metabolized and partially cleared through the biliary system of the liver and through the intestine. These alternative pathways of drug elimination appear to compensate for the reduced renal excretion in patients with renal impairment. Nonetheless, some modification of dosage is recommended for patients with severe renal dysfunction. The following table provides dosage guidelines for use in patients with renal impairment:
RECOMMENDED STARTING AND MAINTENANCE DOSES FOR PATIENTS WITH IMPAIRED RENAL FUNCTION Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Dosage > 30 See usual dosage. 5-29 200-400 mg q 18-24 hr
When only the serum creatinine concentration is known, the following formula may be used to estimate creatinine clearance:
Men: Creatinine clearance (mL/min) = Weight (kg) × (140 - age) 72 × serum creatinine (mg/dL) Women: 0.85 × the value calculated for men.
The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.

For patients with changing renal function or for patients with renal impairment and hepatic insufficiency, careful monitoring is suggested.

Pediatrics

CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION, USP should be administered as described in the Dosage Guidelines table. An increased incidence of adverse events compared to controls, including events related to joints and/or surrounding tissues, has been observed. (See ADVERSE REACTIONS and CLINICAL STUDIES.)

Dosing and initial route of therapy (i.e., IV or oral) for complicated urinary tract infection or pyelonephritis should be determined by the severity of the infection. In the clinical trial, pediatric patients with moderate to severe infection were initiated on 6 to 10 mg/kg IV every 8 hours and allowed to switch to oral therapy (10 to 20 mg/kg every 12 hours), at the discretion of the physician.

*The total duration of therapy for complicated urinary tract infection and pyelonephritis in the clinical trial was determined by the physician. The mean duration of treatment was 11 days (range 10 to 21 days).

**Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Bacillus anthracis spores. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint, ciprofloxacin serum concentrations achieved in humans, reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit.6 For a discussion of ciprofloxacin serum concentrations in various human populations, see INHALATIONAL ANTHRAX - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
PEDIATRIC DOSAGE GUIDELINES Infection Route of Administration Dose (mg/kg) Frequency Total Duration ComplicatedUrinary Tractor Pyelonephritis Intravenous 6 to 10 mg/kg (maximum 400 mg per dose; not to be exceeded even in patients weighing> 51 kg) Every 8 hours 10-21 days* (patients from 1 to 17 years of age) Oral 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg (maximum 750 mg per dose; not to be exceeded even in patients weighing> 51 kg) Every 12 hours Inhalational Anthrax(Post-exposure) ** Intravenous 10 mg/kg (maximum 400 mg per dose) Every 12 hours 60 days Oral 15 mg/kg (maximum 500 mg per dose) Every 12 hours
Pediatric patients with moderate to severe renal insufficiency were excluded from the clinical trial of complicated urinary tract infection and pyelonephritis. No information is available on dosing adjustments necessary for pediatric patients with moderate to severe renal insufficiency (i.e., creatinine clearance of < 50 mL/min/1.73m2).

Preparation of CIPROFLOXACIN INJECTION, USP for Administration

Flexible Containers

Ciprofloxacin injection is available as a 0.2% premixed solution in 5% dextrose in flexible containers of 100 mL or 200 mL. The solutions in flexible containers do not need to be diluted and should be infused over a period of 60 minutes by direct infusion or through a Y-type intravenous infusion set which may already be in place.

If the Y-type or “piggyback” method of administration is used, it is advisable to discontinue temporarily the administration of any other solutions during the infusion of ciprofloxacin injection. If the concomitant use of ciprofloxacin injection and another drug is necessary, each drug should be given separately in accordance with the recommended dosage and route of administration for each drug.
Cefazolin

Cefazolin

2.1 Adult Population

The recommended adult dosages are outlined in Table 1. Cefazolin for Injection should be administered intravenously (IV) over approximately 30 minutes.

After constitution, cefazolin can be administered by parenteral administration. However, the intent of this pharmacy bulk package is for the preparation of the solutions for intravenous infusion only.
Table 1: Recommended Dosing Schedule in Adult Patients with CrCl Greater Than or Equal To 55 mL/min.
* In rare instances, doses of up to 12 grams of cefazolin per day have been used.
Site and Type of Infection Dose Frequency Moderate to severe infections 500 mg to 1 gram every 6 to 8 hours Mild infections caused by susceptible gram-positive cocci 250 mg to 500 mg every 8 hours Acute, uncomplicated urinary tract infections 1 gram every 12 hours Pneumococcal pneumonia 500 mg every 12 hours Severe, life-threatening infections (e.g., endocarditis, septicemia)* 1 gram to 1.5 grams every 6 hours
2.2 Perioperative Prophylactic Use

To prevent postoperative infection in contaminated or potentially contaminated surgery, recommended doses are:
1 gram IV administered ½ hour to 1 hour prior to the start of surgery. For lengthy operative procedures (e.g., 2 hours or more), 500 mg to 1 gram IV during surgery (administration modified depending on the duration of the operative procedure). 500 mg to 1 gram IV every 6 to 8 hours for 24 hours postoperatively.
It is important that (i) the preoperative dose be given just prior (1/2 hour to 1 hour) to the start of surgery so that adequate antibacterial concentrations are present in the serum and tissues at the time of initial surgical incision; and (ii) cefazolin be administered, if necessary, at appropriate intervals during surgery to provide sufficient concentrations of the antibacterial drug at the anticipated moments of greatest exposure to infective organisms.

The prophylactic administration of cefazolin should usually be discontinued within a 24-hour period after the surgical procedure. In surgery where the occurrence of infection may be particularly devastating (e.g., open-heart surgery and prosthetic arthroplasty), the prophylactic administration of cefazolin may be continued for 3 to 5 days following the completion of surgery.

2.3 Patients with Renal Impairment

Cefazolin may be used in patients with renal impairment with the dosage adjustments outlined in Table 2. All reduced dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose appropriate to the severity of the infection.
Table 2: Dosage Adjustment for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance Dose Frequency 55 mL/min. or greater full dose normal frequency 35 to 54 mL/min. full dose every 8 hours or longer 11 to 34 mL/min. 1/2 usual dose every 12 hours 10 mL/min. or less 1/2 usual dose every 18 to 24 hours
2.4 Pediatric Dosage

In pediatric patients, a total daily dosage of 25 to 50 mg per kg (approximately 10 to 20 mg per pound) of body weight, divided into 3 or 4 equal doses, is effective for most mild to moderately severe infections. Total daily dosage may be increased to 100 mg per kg (45 mg per pound) of body weight for severe infections. Since safety for use in premature infants and in neonates has not been established, the use of Cefazolin for Injection in these patients is not recommended.

In pediatric patients with mild to moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 70 to 40 mL/min.), 60 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be sufficient. In patients with moderate impairment (creatinine clearance of 40 to 20 mL/min.), 25 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be adequate. Pediatric patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 20 to 5 mL/min.) may be given 10 percent of the normal daily dose every 24 hours. All dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose.

2.5 Preparation for Use of Cefazolin for Injection

Reconstitution

Preparation of Parenteral Solution

Parenteral drug products should be SHAKEN WELL when reconstituted, and inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. If particulate matter is evident in reconstituted fluids, the drug solutions should be discarded.

Reconstituted solutions may range in color from pale yellow to yellow without a change in potency.

Directions for Proper Use of a Pharmacy Bulk Package

Not for direct infusion. The Pharmacy Bulk Package is for use in the hospital pharmacy admixture service only in a suitable work area, such as a laminar flow hood. Using aseptic technique, the closure may be penetrated only one time using a suitable sterile dispensing set that allows measured dispensing of the contents. Use of a syringe and needle is not recommended as it may cause leakage. After entry, use entire contents of Pharmacy Bulk Package promptly. The entire contents of the Pharmacy Bulk Package should be dispensed within 4 hours of initial entry. This time limit should begin with the introduction of the solvent or diluent into the Pharmacy Bulk Package. Discard Pharmacy Bulk Package within 4 hours after initial entry.

Pharmacy Bulk Packages

Add Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection or Sodium Chloride Injection according to the table below. SHAKE WELL.
Pharmacy Bulk Package Size Amount of Diluent Approximate Concentration Approximate Available Volume 10 grams 45 mL 1 gram/5 mL 51 mL 10 grams 96 mL 1 gram/10 mL 102 mL
Administration

Intermittent or continuous infusion: Dilute reconstituted Cefazolin for Injection in 50 to 100 mL of one of the following solutions:
Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% or 10% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP Invert Sugar 5% or 10% in Sterile Water for Injection Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Sodium Bicarbonate Injection, USP
When diluted according to the instructions above, Cefazolin for Injection is stable for 24 hours at room temperature or for 10 days if stored under refrigeration (5°C or 41°F).

Prior to administration parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration whenever solution and container permit.
Clean And Clear Blackhe...

Clean And Clear Blackhead Eraser Cleansing Mask

2.1 Colorectal Single Agent Regimens 1 and 2

Administer Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP as a 90-minute intravenous infusion. The currently recommended regimens are shown in Table 1.

A reduction in the starting dose by one dose level of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP may be considered for patients with any of the following conditions: prior pelvic/abdominal radiotherapy, performance status of 2, or increased bilirubin levels. Dosing for patients with bilirubin >2 mg/dL cannot be recommended because there is insufficient information to recommend a dose in these patients.
Table 1. Single-Agent Regimens of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP and Dose Modifications
* Subsequent doses may be adjusted as high as 150 mg/m2 or to as low as 50 mg/m2 in 25 to 50 mg/m2 decrements depending upon individual patient tolerance.

† Provided intolerable toxicity does not develop, treatment with additional cycles may be continued indefinitely as long as patients continue to experience clinical benefit.

‡ Subsequent doses may be adjusted as low as 200 mg/m2 in 50 mg/m2 decrements depending upon individual patient tolerance.
Regimen 1 (weekly)* 125 mg/m2 intravenous infusion over 90 minutes, days 1,8,15,22 then 2-week rest Starting Dose and Modified Dose Levels† (mg/m2) Starting Dose Dose Level -1 Dose Level -2 125 100 75 Regimen 2 (every 3 weeks)‡ 350 mg/m2 intravenous infusion over 90 minutes, once every 3 weeks† Starting Dose and Modified Dose Levels (mg/m2) Starting Dose Dose Level -1 Dose Level -2 350 300 250
Dose Modifications

Based on recommended dose-levels described in Table 1, Single-Agent Regimens of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP and Dose Modifications, subsequent doses should be adjusted as suggested in Table 2, Recommended Dose Modifications for Single-Agent Schedules. All dose modifications should be based on the worst preceding toxicity.
Table 2: Recommended Dose Modifications For Single-Agent Schedules*
* All dose modifications should be based on the worst preceding toxicity

† National Cancer Institute Common Toxicity Criteria (version 1.0)

‡ Pretreatment

§ Excludes alopecia, anorexia, asthenia
A new cycle of therapy should not begin until the granulocyte count has recovered to ≥1500/mm3, and the platelet count has recovered to ≥100,000/mm3, and treatment-related diarrhea is fully resolved. Treatment should be delayed 1 to 2 weeks to allow for recovery from treatment-related toxicities. If the patient has not recovered after a 2-week delay, consideration should be given to discontinuing Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP. Worst ToxicityNCI Grade† (Value) During a Cycle of Therapy At the Start of the Next Cycles of Therapy (After Adequate Recovery), Compared with the Starting Dose in the Previous Cycle* Weekly Weekly Once Every 3 Weeks No toxicity Maintain dose level ↑ 25 mg/m2 up to a maximum dose of 150 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Neutropenia 1 (1500 to 1999/mm3) Maintain dose level Maintain dose level Maintain dose level 2 (1000 to 1499/mm3) ↓ 25 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Maintain dose level 3 (500 to 999/mm3) Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 4 (<500/mm3) Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Neutropenic fever Omit dose until resolved, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 when resolved ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Other hematologic toxicities Dose modifications for leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, and anemia during a cycle of therapy and at the start of subsequent cycles of therapy are also based on NCI toxicity criteria and are the same as recommended for neutropenia above. Diarrhea 1 (2–3 stools/day > pretx‡) Maintain dose level Maintain dose level Maintain dose level 2 (4–6 stools/day > pretx) ↓ 25 mg/m2 Maintain dose level Maintain dose level 3 (7–9 stools/day > pretx) Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 4 (≥10 stools/day > pretx) Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2 then ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 Other nonhematologic§ toxicities 1 Maintain dose level Maintain dose level Maintain dose level 2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 3 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 25 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 4 Omit dose until resolved to ≤ grade 2, then ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2 ↓ 50 mg/m2
2.2 Dosage in Patients with Reduced UGT1A1 Activity

When administered in combination with other agents, or as a single-agent, a reduction in the starting dose by at least one level of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP should be considered for patients known to be homozygous for the UGT1A1*28 allele [see Dosage and Administration (2.1) and Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. However, the precise dose reduction in this patient population is not known, and subsequent dose modifications should be considered based on individual patient tolerance to treatment (see Tables 1–2).

2.3 Premedication

It is recommended that patients receive premedication with antiemetic agents. In clinical studies of the weekly dosage schedule, the majority of patients received 10 mg of dexamethasone given in conjunction with another type of antiemetic agent, such as a 5-HT3 blocker (e.g., ondansetron or granisetron). Antiemetic agents should be given on the day of treatment, starting at least 30 minutes before administration of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP. Physicians should also consider providing patients with an antiemetic regimen (e.g., prochlorperazine) for subsequent use as needed.

Prophylactic or therapeutic administration of atropine should be considered in patients experiencing cholinergic symptoms.

2.4 Preparation of Infusion Solution

Inspect vial contents for particulate matter and discoloration and repeat inspection when drug product is withdrawn from vial into syringe.

Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP 20 mg/mL is intended for single use only and any unused portion should be discarded.

Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP must be diluted prior to infusion. Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP should be diluted in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, (preferred) or 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, to a final concentration range of 0.12 mg/mL to 2.8 mg/mL. Other drugs should not be added to the infusion solution.

The solution is physically and chemically stable for up to 24 hours at room temperature and in ambient fluorescent lighting. Solutions diluted in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, and stored at refrigerated temperatures (approximately 2° to 8°C, 36° to 46°F), and protected from light are physically and chemically stable for 48 hours. Refrigeration of admixtures using 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, is not recommended due to a low and sporadic incidence of visible particulates. Freezing Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP and admixtures of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP may result in precipitation of the drug and should be avoided.

The Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP solution should be used immediately after reconstitution as it contains no antibacterial preservative. Because of possible microbial contamination during dilution, it is advisable to use the admixture prepared with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, within 24 hours if refrigerated (2° to 8°C, 36° to 46°F). In the case of admixtures prepared with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, or Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, the solutions should be used within 4 hours if kept at room temperature. If reconstitution and dilution are performed under strict aseptic conditions (e.g., on Laminar Air Flow bench), Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP solution should be used (infusion completed) within 12 hours at room temperature or 24 hours if refrigerated (2° to 8°C, 36° to 46°F).

2.5 Safe Handling

Care should be exercised in the handling and preparation of infusion solutions prepared from Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP. The use of gloves is recommended. If a solution of Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP contacts the skin, wash the skin immediately and thoroughly with soap and water. If Irinotecan Hydrochloride Injection, USP contacts the mucous membranes, flush thoroughly with water. Several published guidelines for handling and disposal of anticancer agents are available.

2.6 Extravasation

Care should be taken to avoid extravasation, and the infusion site should be monitored for signs of inflammation. Should extravasation occur, flushing the site with sterile water and applications of ice are recommended.
Piperacillin

Piperacillin

Piperacillin and tazobactam for injection should be administered by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes.

2.1 Adult Patients

The usual total daily dose of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection for adults is 3.375 g every six hours totaling 13.5 g (12 g piperacillin/1.5 g tazobactam). The usual duration of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection treatment is from 7 to 10 days.

Piperacillin and tazobactam for injection should be administered by intravenous infusion over 30 minutes.

2.2 Nosocomial Pneumonia

Initial presumptive treatment of patients with nosocomial pneumonia should start with piperacillin and tazobactam for injection at a dosage of 4.5 g every six hours plus an aminoglycoside, totaling 18 g (16 g piperacillin/2 g tazobactam). The recommended duration of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection treatment for nosocomial pneumonia is 7 to 14 days. Treatment with the aminoglycoside should be continued in patients from whom P. aeruginosa is isolated.

2.3 Renal Impairment

In patients with renal impairment (creatinine clearance ≤ 40 mL/min) and dialysis patients (hemodialysis and CAPD), the intravenous dose of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection should be reduced to the degree of actual renal function impairment. The recommended daily doses of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection for patients with renal impairment are as follows:
Table 1: Recommended Dosing of Piperacillin and Tazobactam for Injection in Patients with Normal Renal Function and Renal Impairment (As total grams piperacillin/tazobactam)
* Creatinine clearance for patients not receiving hemodialysis

** 0.75 g (0.67 g piperacillin/0.08 g tazobactam) should be administered following each hemodialysis session on hemodialysis days
Renal Function (creatinine clearance, mL/min) All Indications (except nosocomial pneumonia) Nosocomial Pneumonia >40 mL/min 3.375 q 6 h 4.5 q 6 h 20 to 40 mL/min* 2.25 q 6 h 3.375 q 6 h <20 mL/min* 2.25 q 8 h 2.25 q 6 h Hemodialysis** 2.25 q 12 h 2.25 q 8 h CAPD 2.25 q 12 h 2.25 q 8 h
For patients on hemodialysis, the maximum dose is 2.25 g every twelve hours for all indications other than nosocomial pneumonia and 2.25 g every eight hours for nosocomial pneumonia. Since hemodialysis removes 30% to 40% of the administered dose, an additional dose of 0.75 g piperacillin and tazobactam for injection (0.67 g piperacillin/0.08 g tazobactam) should be administered following each dialysis period on hemodialysis days. No additional dosage of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection is necessary for CAPD patients.

2.4 Pediatric Patients

For children with appendicitis and/or peritonitis 9 months of age or older, weighing up to 40 kg, and with normal renal function, the recommended piperacillin and tazobactam for injection dosage is 100 mg piperacillin/12.5 mg tazobactam per kilogram of body weight, every 8 hours. For pediatric patients between 2 months and 9 months of age, the recommended piperacillin and tazobactam for injection dosage based on pharmacokinetic modeling, is 80 mg piperacillin/10 mg tazobactam per kilogram of body weight, every 8 hours [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)]. Pediatric patients weighing over 40 kg and with normal renal function should receive the adult dose. It has not been determined how to adjust piperacillin and tazobactam for injection dosage in pediatric patients with renal impairment.

2.5 Reconstitution and Dilution of Powder Formulations

Single dose vials

Reconstitute piperacillin and tazobactam for injection vials with a compatible reconstitution diluent from the list provided below.

2.25 g, 3.375 g, and 4.5 g piperacillin and tazobactam for injection should be reconstituted with 10 mL, 15 mL, and 20 mL, respectively. Swirl until dissolved.

Compatible Reconstitution Diluents for Single Dose Vials

0.9% sodium chloride for injectionSterile water for injectionDextrose 5%Bacteriostatic saline/parabensBacteriostatic water/parabensBacteriostatic saline/benzyl alcoholBacteriostatic water/benzyl alcohol

Reconstituted piperacillin and tazobactam for injection solutions for single dose vials should be further diluted (recommended volume per dose of 50 mL to 150 mL) in a compatible intravenous solution listed below. Administer by infusion over a period of at least 30 minutes. During the infusion it is desirable to discontinue the primary infusion solution.

Compatible Intravenous Solutions for Single Dose Vials

0.9% sodium chloride for injectionsterile water for injection‡ Dextran 6% in salineDextrose 5%

LACTATED RINGER'S SOLUTION IS NOT COMPATIBLE WITH PIPERACILLIN AND TAZOBACTAM FOR INJECTION.

‡ Maximum recommended volume per dose of sterile water for injection is 50 mL.

Piperacillin and tazobactam should not be mixed with other drugs in a syringe or infusion bottle since compatibility has not been established.

Piperacillin and tazobactam is not chemically stable in solutions that contain only sodium bicarbonate and solutions that significantly alter the pH.

Piperacillin and tazobactam should not be added to blood products or albumin hydrolysates. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter or discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Stability of Piperacillin and Tazobactam Powder Formulations Following Reconstitution

Piperacillin and tazobactam for injection reconstituted from single vials is stable in glass and plastic containers (plastic syringes, I.V. bags and tubing) when used with compatible diluents.

Single dose vials should be used immediately after reconstitution. Discard any unused portion after 24 hours if stored at room temperature (20° to 25°C [68° to 77°F]), or after 48 hours if stored at refrigerated temperature (2° to 8°C [36° to 46°F]). Vials should not be frozen after reconstitution.

Stability studies in the I.V. bags have demonstrated chemical stability (potency, pH of reconstituted solution and clarity of solution) for up to 24 hours at room temperature and up to one week at refrigerated temperature. Piperacillin and tazobactam for injection contains no preservatives. Appropriate consideration of aseptic technique should be used.

Piperacillin and tazobactam for injection reconstituted from single vials can be used in ambulatory intravenous infusion pumps. Stability of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection in an ambulatory intravenous infusion pump has been demonstrated for a period of 12 hours at room temperature. Each dose was reconstituted and diluted to a volume of 37.5 mL or 25 mL. One-day supplies of dosing solution were aseptically transferred into the medication reservoir (I.V. bags or cartridge). The reservoir was fitted to a preprogrammed ambulatory intravenous infusion pump per the manufacturer's instructions. Stability of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection is not affected when administered using an ambulatory intravenous infusion pump.

2.7 Compatibility with Aminoglycosides

Due to the in vitro inactivation of aminoglycosides by piperacillin, piperacillin and tazobactam and aminoglycosides are recommended for separate administration. Piperacillin and tazobactam and aminoglycosides should be reconstituted, diluted, and administered separately when concomitant therapy with aminoglycosides is indicated [see Drug Interactions (7.1)].

In circumstances where co-administration via Y-site is necessary, piperacillin and tazobactam is compatible for simultaneous coadministration via Y-site infusion only with the following aminoglycosides under the following conditions:
Table 2: Compatibility with Aminoglycosides
a Diluent volumes apply only to single vials

b The concentration ranges in Table 2 are based on administration of the aminoglycoside in divided doses (10 to 15 mg/kg/day in two daily doses for amikacin and 3 to 5 mg/kg/day in three daily doses for gentamicin). Administration of amikacin or gentamicin in a single daily dose or in doses exceeding those stated above via Y-site with piperacillin and tazobactam has not been evaluated. See package insert for each aminoglycoside for complete Dosage and Administration instructions.
Aminoglycoside Piperacillin and Tazobactam Dose (grams) Piperacillin and Tazobactam Diluent Volumea (mL) Aminoglycoside Concentration Rangeb (mg/mL) Acceptable Diluents Amikacin 2.25, 3.375, 4.5 50, 100, 150 1.75 to 7.5 0.9% sodium chlorideor 5% dextrose Gentamicin 2.253.3754.5 50,100150 0.7 to 3.32 0.9% sodium chlorideor 5% dextrose
Only the concentration and diluents for amikacin or gentamicin with the dosages of piperacillin and tazobactam listed above have been established as compatible for coadministration via Y-site infusion. Simultaneous coadministration via Y-site infusion in any manner other than listed above may result in inactivation of the aminoglycoside by piperacillin and tazobactam.

Piperacillin and tazobactam is not compatible with tobramycin for simultaneous coadministration via Y-site infusion. Compatibility of piperacillin and tazobactam for injection with other aminoglycosides has not been established.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Adenosine Solution

Adenosine Solution

For intravenous infusion only.

Adenosine injection should be given as a continuous peripheral intravenous infusion.

The recommended intravenous dose for adults is 140 mcg/kg/min infused for six minutes (total dose of 0.84 mg/kg).

The required dose of thallium-201 should be injected at the midpoint of the adenosine infusion (i.e., after the first three minutes of adenosine injection). Thallium-201 is physically compatible with adenosine and may be injected directly into the adenosine infusion set.

The injection should be as close to the venous access as possible to prevent an inadvertent increase in the dose of adenosine (the contents of the IV tubing) being administered.

There are no data on the safety or efficacy of alternative adenosine infusion protocols.

The safety and efficacy of adenosine injection administered by the intracoronary route have not been established.

The following adenosine infusion nomogram may be used to determine the appropriate infusion rate corrected for total body weight:
Patient Weight Infusion Rate kg lbs mL/min 45 99 2.1 50 110 2.3 55 121 2.6 60 132 2.8 65 143 3.0 70 154 3.3 75 165 3.5 80 176 3.8 85 187 4.0 90 198 4.2
This nomogram was derived from the following general formula:

0.140 (mg/kg/min) X total body weight (kg)-------------------------------------------------------- = Infusion rate (mL/min)Adenosine concentration (3 mg/mL)

Note: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration.
Granisetron Hydrochlori...

Granisetron Hydrochloride

2.1 Prevention of Chemotherapy-Induced Nausea and Vomiting

Adult Patients

The recommended dosage for granisetron hydrochloride injection is 10 mcg/kg administered intravenously within 30 minutes before initiation of chemotherapy, and only on the day(s) chemotherapy is given.

Infusion Preparation

Granisetron hydrochloride injection may be administered intravenously either undiluted over 30 seconds, or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and infused over 5 minutes.

Stability

Intravenous infusion of granisetron hydrochloride injection should be prepared at the time of administration. However, granisetron hydrochloride injection has been shown to be stable for at least 24 hours when diluted in 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and stored at room temperature under normal lighting conditions.

As a general precaution, granisetron hydrochloride injection should not be mixed in solution with other drugs. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

Pediatric Patients

The recommended dose in pediatric patients 2 to 16 years of age is 10 mcg/kg [see Clinical Studies (14)]. Pediatric patients under 2 years of age have not been studied.
Montelukast

Montelukast

Infections of the respiratory tract and soft tissues.

Patients weighing 40 kg (88 lbs) or more: 250 to 500 mg every 6 hours.

Patients weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs): 25 to 50 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses at 6- to 8-hour intervals.

Infections of the gastrointestinal and genitourinary tracts (including those caused by Neisseria gonorrhoeae in females).

Patients weighing 40 kg (88 lbs) or more: 500 mg every 6 hours.

Patients weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs): 50 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses at 6- to 8- hour intervals.

In the treatment of chronic urinary tract and intestinal infections, frequent bacteriological and clinical appraisal is necessary. Smaller doses than those recommended above should not be used. Higher doses should be used for stubborn or severe infections. In stubborn infections, therapy may be required for several weeks. It may be necessary to continue clinical and/or bacteriological follow-up for several months after cessation of therapy.

Urethritis in males due to N. gonorrhoeae.

Adults - Two doses of 500 mg each at an interval of 8 to 12 hours. Treatment may be repeated if necessary or extended if required.

In the treatment of complications of gonorrheal urethritis, such as prostatitis and epididymitis, prolonged and intensive therapy is recommended. Cases of gonorrhea with a suspected primary lesion of syphilis should have darkfield examinations before receiving treatment. In all other cases where concomitant syphilis is suspected, monthly serological tests should be made for a minimum of four months.

The doses for the preceding infections may be given by either the intramuscular or intravenous route. A change to oral ampicillin may be made when appropriate.

Bacterial Meningitis

Adults and children - 150 to 200 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses every 3 to 4 hours. (Treatment may be initiated with intravenous drip therapy and continued with intramuscular injections.) The doses for other infections may be given by either the intravenous or intramuscular route.

Septicemia

Adults and children - 150 to 200 mg/kg/day. Start with intravenous administration for at least three days and continue with the intramuscular route every 3 to 4 hours.

Treatment of all infections should be continued for a minimum of 48 to 72 hours beyond the time that the patient becomes asymptomatic or evidence of bacterial eradication has been obtained. A minimum of 10-days treatment is recommended for any infection caused by Group A beta-hemolytic streptococci to help prevent the occurrence of acute rheumatic fever or acute glomerulonephritis.
Adenosine

Adenosine

For rapid bolus intravenous use only.

Adenosine injection should be given as a rapid bolus by the peripheral intravenous route. To be certain the solution reaches the systemic circulation, it should be administered either directly into a vein or, if given into an intravenous line, it should be given as close to the patient as possible and followed by a rapid saline flush.

Adult Patients

The dose recommendation is based on clinical studies with peripheral venous bolus dosing. Central venous (CVP or other) administration of adenosine has not been systematically studied.

The recommended intravenous doses for adults are as follows:

Initial dose: 6 mg given as a rapid intravenous bolus (administered over a 1 to 2 second period).

Repeat administration: If the first dose does not result in elimination of the supraventricular tachycardia within 1 to 2 minutes, 12 mg should be given as a rapid intravenous bolus. This 12 mg dose may be repeated a second time if required.

Pediatric Patients

The dosages used in neonates, infants, children and adolescents were equivalent to those administered to adults on a weight basis.

Pediatric Patients with a Body Weight <50 kg

Initial dose: Give 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg as a rapid intravenous bolus given either centrally or peripherally. A saline flush should follow.

Repeat administration: If conversion of PSVT does not occur within 1 to 2 minutes, additional bolus injections of adenosine can be administered at incrementally higher doses, increasing the amount given by 0.05 to 0.1 mg/kg. Follow each bolus with a saline flush. This process should continue until sinus rhythm is established or a maximum single dose of 0.3 mg/kg is used.

Pediatric Patients with a Body Weight ≥ 50 kg

Administer the adult dose.

Doses greater than 12 mg are not recommended for adult and pediatric patients.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration.
Nitetime Cold And Flu

Nitetime Cold And Flu

2.1 Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function

The usual dose of Levofloxacin Injection is 250 mg or 500 mg administered by slow infusion over 60 minutes every 24 hours or 750 mg administered by slow infusion over 90 minutes every 24 hours, as indicated by infection and described in Table 1.

These recommendations apply to patients with creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min. For patients with creatinine clearance <50 mL/min, adjustments to the dosing regimen are required [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].
Table 1: Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function (creatinine clearance ≥ 50mL/min)
1 Due to the designated pathogens [see Indications and Usage (1)].

2 Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

3 Due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.2)].

4 Due to Streptococcus pneumoniae (excluding multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, or Chlamydophila pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.3)].

5 This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis and AP due to E. coli, including cases with concurrent bacteremia.

6 This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa; and for AP due to E. coli.

7 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)].

8 The safety of levofloxacin in adults for durations of therapy beyond 28 days or in pediatric patients for durations beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

9 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis. Higher doses of levofloxacin typically used for treatment of pneumonia can be used for treatment of plague, if clinically indicated.
Type of Infection1 Dosed Every 24 hours Duration (days)2 Nosocomial Pneumonia 750 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia3 500 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia4 750 mg 5 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis 750 mg 5 500 mg 10-14 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis 500 mg 7 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections (SSSI) 750 mg 7-14 Uncomplicated SSSI 500 mg 7-10 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis 500 mg 28 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) orAcute Pyelonephritis (AP)5 750 mg 5 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) orAcute Pyelonephritis (AP)6 250 mg 10 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection 250 mg 3 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure), adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg7,8 Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age7,8 500 mgSee Table 2 below (2.2) 608 608 Plague, adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg9 Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 500 mgsee Table 2 below (2.2) 10 to 1410 to 14
2.2 Dosage in Pediatric Patients

The dosage in pediatric patients ≥ 6 months of age is described below in Table 2.
Table 2: Dosage in Pediatric Patients ≥ 6 months of age
1 Due to Bacillus anthracis [see Indications and Usage (1.13)] and Yersinia pestis [see Indications and Usage (1.14)].

2 Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

3 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)]

4 The safety of levofloxacin in pediatric patients for durations of therapy beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

5 Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis.
Type of Infection1 Dose Freq. Once every Duration2 Inhalational Anthrax (post-exposure)3,4 Pediatric Patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24hr 60 days4 Pediatric Patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed250 mg per dose) 12hr 60 days4 Plague5 Pediatric Patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24hr 10 to 14 days Pediatric Patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed250 mg per dose) 12hr 10 to 14 days
2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Adults with Renal Impairment

Administer levofloxacin with caution in the presence of renal insufficiency. Careful clinical observation and appropriate laboratory studies should be performed prior to and during therapy since elimination of levofloxacin may be reduced.

No adjustment is necessary for patients with a creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min.

In patients with impaired renal function (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min), adjustment of the dosage regimen is necessary to avoid the accumulation of levofloxacin due to decreased clearance [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6)].

Table 3 shows how to adjust dose based on creatinine clearance.
Table 3: Dosage Adjustment in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min) Dosage in Normal Renal Function Every 24 hours Creatinine Clearance 20 to 49 mL/min Creatinine Clearance 10 to 19 mL/min Hemodialysis or Chronic Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis (CAPD) 750 mg 750 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then500 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then500 mg every 48 hours 500 mg 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 24 hours 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 48 hours 500 mg initial dose, then250 mg every 48 hours 250 mg No dosage adjustmentrequired 250 mg every 48 hours. Iftreating uncomplicatedUTI, then no dosageadjustment is required No information on dosingadjustment is available
2.4 Drug Interaction With Chelation Agents: Antacids, Sucralfate, Metal Cations, Multivitamins

Levofloxacin Injection

Levofloxacin Injection should not be co-administered with any solution containing multivalent cations, e.g., magnesium, through the same intravenous line [see Dosage and Administration (2.6)].

2.5 Administration Instructions

Levofloxacin Injection

Caution: Rapid or bolus intravenous infusion of levofloxacin has been associated with hypotension and must be avoided. Levofloxacin Injection should be infused intravenously slowly over a period of not less than 60 or 90 minutes, depending on the dosage. Levofloxacin Injection should be administered only by intravenous infusion. It is not for intramuscular, intrathecal, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.

Hydration for Patients Receiving Levofloxacin Injection

Adequate hydration of patients receiving intravenous levofloxacin should be maintained to prevent the formation of highly concentrated urine. Crystalluria and cylindruria have been reported with quinolones [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) and Patient Counseling Information (17.2)].

2.6 Preparation of Intravenous Product

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Because only limited data are available on the compatibility of Levofloxacin Injection with other intravenous substances, additives or other medications should not be added to Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Single-Use Flexible Containers, or infused simultaneously through the same intravenous line. If the same intravenous line is used for sequential infusion of several different drugs, the line should be flushed before and after infusion of Levofloxacin Injection with an infusion solution compatible with Levofloxacin Injection and with any other drug(s) administered via this common line.

Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Single-Use Flexible Containers (5 mg/mL)

Levofloxacin Injection is supplied in flexible containers within a foil overwrap. These contain a premixed, ready to use levofloxacin solution in 5% dextrose (D5W) for single-use. The 100 mL premixed flexible containers contain either 250 mg/50 mL or 500 mg/100 mL of levofloxacin solution. The 150 mL flexible container contains 750 mg/150 mL of levofloxacin solution. The concentration of each container is 5 mg/mL. No further dilution of these preparations is necessary. Because the premix flexible containers are for single-use only, any unused portion should be discarded.

Instructions for the Use of Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Flexible Containers:
Tear outer wrap at the notch and remove solution container. Check the container for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, or if the seal is not intact, discard the solution, as the sterility may be compromised. Do not use if the solution is cloudy or a precipitate is present. Use sterile equipment. WARNING: Do not use flexible containers in series connections. Such use could result in air embolism due to residual air being drawn from the primary container before administration of the fluid from the secondary container is complete.
Preparation for Administration:
Close flow control clamp of administration set. Remove cover from port at bottom of container. Insert piercing pin of administration set into port with a twisting motion until the pin is firmly seated. NOTE: See full directions on administration set carton. Suspend container from hanger. Squeeze and release drip chamber to establish proper fluid level in chamber during infusion of Levofloxacin Injection Premix in Flexible Containers. Open flow control clamp to expel air from set. Close clamp. Regulate rate of administration with flow control clamp.
Zenzedi

Zenzedi

2.1 Intravenous Dosing

Mesna injection may be given on a fractionated dosing schedule of three bolus intravenous injections as outlined below.

Mesna injection is given as intravenous bolus injections in a dosage equal to 20% of the ifosfamide dosage weight by weight (w/w) at the time of ifosfamide administration and 4 and 8 hours after each dose of ifosfamide. The total daily dose of mesna injection is 60% of the ifosfamide dose. The recommended dosing schedule is outlined below in Table 1.
Table 1. Recommended Intravenous Dosing Schedule
1The dosing schedule should be repeated on each day that ifosfamide is administered. When the dosage of ifosfamide is increased or decreased, the ratio of mesna to ifosfamide should be maintained.
0 Hours 4 Hours 8 Hours Ifosfamide 1.2 g/m2 - - Mesna Injection1 240 mg/m2 240 mg/m2 240 mg/m2
2.3 Monitoring for Hematuria

Maintain adequate hydration and sufficient urinary output, as required for ifosfamide treatment, and monitor urine for the presence of hematuria. If severe hematuria develops when mesna injection is given according to the recommended dosage schedule, dosage reductions or discontinuation of ifosfamide therapy may be required.

2.4 Preparation for Intravenous Administration and Stability

Preparation

Determine the volume of mesna injection for the intended dose.

Dilute the volume of mesna injection for the dose in any of the following fluids to obtain a final concentration of 20 mg/mL:
5% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.33% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP
Stability

The mesna injection multidose vials may be stored and used for up to 8 days after initial puncture.

Store diluted solutions at 25°C (77°F). Use diluted solutions within 24 hours.

Do not mix mesna injection with epirubicin, cyclophosphamide, cisplatin, carboplatin, and nitrogen mustard.

The benzyl alcohol contained in mesna injection vials can reduce the stability of ifosfamide. Ifosfamide and mesna injection may be mixed in the same bag provided the final concentration of ifosfamide does not exceed 50 mg/mL. Higher concentrations of ifosfamide may not be compatible with mesna injection and may reduce the stability of ifosfamide.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. Any solutions which are discolored, hazy, or contain visible particulate matter should not be used.
Lorazepam

Lorazepam

Dosage

The usual adult dosage is 1 gram administered intravenously or intramuscularly every 8 to 12 hours. The dosage and route should be determined by the susceptibility of the causative organisms, the severity of infection, and the condition and renal function of the patient.

The guidelines for dosage of ceftazidime for injection are listed in Table 5. The following dosage schedule is recommended.
Table 5. Recommended Dosage Schedule
*Although clinical improvement has been shown, bacteriologic cures cannot be expected in patients with chronic respiratory disease and cystic fibrosis.

**The higher dose should be reserved for immunocompromised pediatric patients or pediatric patients with cystic fibrosis or meningitis.
Dose Frequency Adults Usual recommended dosage 1 gram IV or IM q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated urinary tract infections 250 mg IV or IM q12hr Bone and joint infections 2 grams IV q12hr Complicated urinary tract infections 500 mg IV or IM q8 to 12hr Uncomplicated pneumonia; mild skin and skin-structure infections 500 mg to 1 gramIV or IM q8hr Serious gynecologic and intra-abdominal infections 2 grams IV q8hr Meningitis 2 grams IV q8hr Very severe life-threatening infections, especially in immunocompromised patients 2 grams IV q8hr Lung infections caused by Pseudomonas spp. in patients with cystic fibrosis with normal renal function* 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to a maximum of 6 grams per day q8hr Neonates (0 to 4 weeks) 30 mg/kg IV q12hr Infants and children (1 month to 12 years) 30 to 50 mg/kg IV to amaximum of 6 grams per day** q8hr
Impaired Hepatic Function

No adjustment in dosage is required for patients with hepatic dysfunction.

Impaired Renal Function

Ceftazidime is excreted by the kidneys, almost exclusively by glomerular filtration. Therefore, in patients with impaired renal function (glomerular filtration rate [GFR] <50 mL/min), it is recommended that the dosage of ceftazidime be reduced to compensate for its slower excretion. In patients with suspected renal insufficiency, an initial loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime may be given. An estimate of GFR should be made to determine the appropriate maintenance dosage. The recommended dosage is presented in Table 6.
Table 6. Recommended Maintenance Dosages of Ceftazidime for Injection in Renal Insufficiency NOTE: IF THE DOSE RECOMMENDED IN TABLE 5 ABOVE IS LOWER THAN THAT RECOMMENDED FOR PATIENTS WITH RENAL INSUFFICIENCY AS OUTLINED IN TABLE 6, THE LOWER DOSE SHOULD BE USED. Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Recommended Unit Dose of Ceftazidime for Injection Frequency of Dosing 50 to 31 1 gram q12hr 30 to 16 1 gram q24hr 15 to 6 500 mg q24hr <5 500 mg q48hr
When only serum creatinine is available, the following formula (Cockcroft's equation)5 may be used to estimate creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function:

Males: Creatinine clearance (mL/min) = Weight (kg) x (140 - age) 72 x serum creatinine (mg/dL)

Females: 0.85 x male value

In patients with severe infections who would normally receive 6 grams of ceftazidime for injection daily were it not for renal insufficiency, the unit dose given in the table above may be increased by 50% or the dosing frequency may be increased appropriately. Further dosing should be determined by therapeutic monitoring, severity of the infection, and susceptibility of the causative organism.

In pediatric patients as for adults, the creatinine clearance should be adjusted for body surface area or lean body mass, and the dosing frequency should be reduced in cases of renal insufficiency.

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, a loading dose of 1 gram is recommended, followed by 1 gram after each hemodialysis period.

Ceftazidime for injection can also be used in patients undergoing intraperitoneal dialysis and continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis. In such patients, a loading dose of 1 gram of ceftazidime for injection may be given, followed by 500 mg every 24 hours. In addition to IV use, ceftazidime for injection can be incorporated in the dialysis fluid at a concentration of 250 mg for 2 L of dialysis fluid.

Note: Generally ceftazidime for injection should be continued for 2 days after the signs and symptoms of infection have disappeared, but in complicated infections longer therapy may be required.

Administration

Ceftazidime for injection may be given intravenously or by deep IM injection into a large muscle mass such as the upper outer quadrant of the gluteus maximus or lateral part of the thigh. Intra-arterial administration should be avoided (see PRECAUTIONS).

Intramuscular Administration

For IM administration, ceftazidime for injection should be constituted with one of the following diluents: Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, or 0.5% or 1% Lidocaine Hydrochloride Injection. Refer to Table 7.

Intravenous Administration

The IV route is preferable for patients with bacterial septicemia, bacterial meningitis, peritonitis, or other severe or life-threatening infections, or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance resulting from such debilitating conditions as malnutrition, trauma, surgery, diabetes, heart failure, or malignancy, particularly if shock is present or pending.

For direct intermittent IV administration, constitute ceftazidime for injection as directed in Table 7 with Sterile Water for Injection. Slowly inject directly into the vein over a period of 3 to 5 minutes or give through the tubing of an administration set while the patient is also receiving one of the compatible IV fluids (see COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY).

For IV infusion, constitute the 1 gram, or 2 gram vial and add an appropriate quantity of the resulting solution to an IV container with one of the compatible IV fluids listed under the COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY section.

Intermittent IV infusion with a Y-type administration set can be accomplished with compatible solutions. However, during infusion of a solution containing ceftazidime, it is desirable to discontinue the other solution.

Freezing solutions of ceftazidime for injection is not recommended.
Table 7. Preparation of Solutions of Ceftazidime for Injection
* To obtain a dose of 1 g, withdraw 10 mL from the vial following reconstitution.

** To obtain a dose of 2 g, withdraw 11.5 mL from the vial following reconstitution.
Size Amount of Diluent to be Added (mL) Approximate Available Volume (mL) Approximate Ceftazidime Concentration (mg/mL) Intramuscular 1 gram vial 3 3.6 280 Intravenous 1 gram vial 10 10.8* 100 2 gram vial 10 11.5** 170
All vials of ceftazidime for injection as supplied are under reduced pressure. When ceftazidime for injection is dissolved, carbon dioxide is released and a positive pressure develops. For ease of use please follow the recommended techniques of constitution described on the detachable Instructions for Constitution section of this insert.

Solutions of ceftazidime for injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to solutions of aminoglycoside antibiotics because of potential interaction.

However, if concurrent therapy with ceftazidime for injection and an aminoglycoside is indicated, each of these antibiotics can be administered separately to the same patient.
Oxacillin

Oxacillin

The intent of the pharmacy bulk package for this product is for preparation of solutions for IV infusion only.

Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to oxacillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type of severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient; therefore, it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with oxacillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. Treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of oxacillin and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreases the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Penicillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of penicillin are necessary.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious, life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS - General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.
RECOMMENDED DOSAGES FOR OXACILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Drug Adults Infants and Children <40 kg (88 lbs) Other Recommendations Oxacillin 250 to 500 mg IVevery 4 to 6 hours (mild to moderate infections) 50 mg/kg/day IV in equally divideddoses every 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) Oxacillin 1 gram IV every 4 to 6 hours (severe infections) 100 mg/kg/day IV in equally divided doses every 4 to 6 hours(severe infections) Premature andNeonates 25 mg/kg/day IV
Oxacillin

Oxacillin

The penicillinase-resistant penicillins are available for oral administration and for intramuscular and intravenous injection. The sodium salts of methicillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin may be administered parenterally and the sodium salts of cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, oxacillin, and nafcillin are available for oral use.

Bacteriologic studies to determine the causative organisms and their susceptibility to oxacillin should always be performed. Duration of therapy varies with the type of severity of infection as well as the overall condition of the patient; therefore, it should be determined by the clinical and bacteriological response of the patient. In severe staphylococcal infections, therapy with oxacillin should be continued for at least 14 days. Therapy should be continued for at least 48 hours after the patient has become afebrile, asymptomatic, and cultures are negative. Treatment of endocarditis and osteomyelitis may require a longer duration of therapy.

Concurrent administration of oxacillin and probenecid increases and prolongs serum penicillin levels. Probenecid decreases the apparent volume of distribution and slows the rate of excretion by competitively inhibiting renal tubular secretion of penicillin. Penicillin-probenecid therapy is generally limited to those infections where very high serum levels of penicillin are necessary.

Oral preparations of the penicillinase-resistant penicillins should not be used as initial therapy in serious, life-threatening infections (see PRECAUTIONS-General). Oral therapy with the penicillinase-resistant penicillins may be used to follow-up the previous use of a parenteral agent as soon as the clinical condition warrants. For intramuscular gluteal injections, care should be taken to avoid sciatic nerve injury.

With intravenous administration, particularly in elderly patients, care should be taken because of the possibility of thrombophlebitis.
RECOMMENDED DOSAGES FOR OXACILLIN FOR INJECTION, USP Drug Adults Infants and Children <40 kg (88 lbs) Other Recommendations Oxacillin 250 to 500 mg IM orIV every 4 to 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) 50 mg/kg/day IM orIV in equally divideddoses every 6 hours(mild to moderateinfections) Oxacillin 1 gram IM or IVevery 4 to 6 hours(severe infections) 100 mg/kg/day IMor IV in equallydivided doses every4 to 6 hours(severe infections) Premature andNeonates 25 mg/kg/dayIM or IV
Quinapril Hydrochloride...

Quinapril Hydrochloride

If diarrhea occurs during therapy, this antibiotic should be discontinued (see WARNING box).

Clindamycin injection IV administration should be diluted. (See Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates below.)

Adults: Parenteral IV Administration: Serious infections due to aerobic gram-positive cocci and the more susceptible anaerobes (NOT generally including Bacteroides fragilis, Peptococcus species and Clostridium species other than Clostridium perfringens):
600 mg to 1200 mg/day in 2, 3 or 4 equal doses.
More severe infections, particularly those due to proven or suspected Bacteroides fragilis, Peptococcus species, or Clostridium species other than Clostridium perfringens:
1200 mg to 2700 mg/day in 2, 3 or 4 equal doses.
For more serious infections, these doses may have to be increased. In life-threatening situations due to either aerobes or anaerobes these doses may be increased. Doses of as much as 4800 mg daily have been given intravenously to adults. See Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates section below.

Alternatively, drug may be administered in the form of a single rapid infusion of the first dose followed by continuous IV infusion as follows:
To maintain serum clindamycin levels Rapid infusion rate Maintenance infusion rate Above 4 mcg/mLAbove 5 mcg/mLAbove 6 mcg/mL 10 mg/min for 30 min15 mg/min for 30 min20 mg/min for 30 min 0.75 mg/min1 mg/min1.25 mg/min
Neonates (less than 1 month): 15 to 20 mg/kg/day in 3 to 4 equal doses. The lower dosage may be adequate for small prematures.

Pediatric patients 1 month of age to 16 years: Parenteral IV Administration: 20 to 40 mg/kg/day in 3 or 4 equal doses. The higher doses would be used for more severe infections. As an alternative to dosing on a body weight basis, pediatric patients may be dosed on the basis of square meters body surface: 350 mg/m2/day for serious infections and 450 mg/m2/day for more severe infections.

Parenteral therapy may be changed to oral clindamycin flavored granules (clindamycin palmitate hydrochloride) or clindamycin capsules (clindamycin hydrochloride) when the condition warrants and at the discretion of the physician.

In cases of β-hemolytic streptococcal infections, treatment should be continued for at least 10 days.

Dilution for IV use and IV Infusion Rates: The concentration of clindamycin in diluent for infusion should not exceed 18 mg per mL. Infusion rates should not exceed 30 mg per minute. The usual infusion dilutions and rates are as follows:
Dose Diluent Time 300 mg600 mg900 mg1200 mg 50 mL50 mL50 to 100 mL100 mL 10 min20 min30 min40 min
Administration of more than 1200 mg in a single 1-hour infusion is not recommended.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Dilution and Compatibility: Physical and biological compatibility studies monitored for 24 hours at room temperature have demonstrated no inactivation or incompatibility with the use of clindamycin injection (clindamycin phosphate) in IV solutions containing sodium chloride, glucose, calcium or potassium, and solutions containing vitamin B complex in concentrations usually used clinically. No incompatibility has been demonstrated with the antibiotics cephalothin, kanamycin, gentamicin, penicillin or carbenicillin.

The following drugs are physically incompatible with clindamycin phosphate: ampicillin sodium, phenytoin sodium, barbiturates, aminophylline, calcium gluconate, and magnesium sulfate.

The compatibility and duration of stability of drug admixtures will vary depending on concentration and other conditions. For current information regarding compatibilities of clindamycin phosphate under specific conditions, please contact the medical affairs department toll-free at 1-866-625-1618.

Physico-Chemical Stability of diluted solutions of Clindamycin Injection

Room temperature: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in glass bottles or minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 16 days at 25°C. Also, 18 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, in minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 16 days at 25°C.

Refrigeration: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in glass bottles or minibags, demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least 32 days at 4°C.

IMPORTANT: This chemical stability information in no way indicates that it would be acceptable practice to use this product well after the preparation time. Good professional practice suggests that compounded admixtures should be administered as soon after preparation as is feasible.

Frozen: 6, 9 and 12 mg/mL (equivalent to clindamycin base) in dextrose injection 5%, sodium chloride injection 0.9%, or Lactated Ringers Injection in minibags demonstrated physical and chemical stability for at least eight weeks at -10°C.

Frozen solutions should be thawed at room temperature and not refrozen.
Truelipids Anti-itch Ba...

Truelipids Anti-itch Barrier

2.1 Dosing for Partial Onset Seizures

Adults 16 Years and Older

Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 1,000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily). Additional dosing increments may be given (1,000 mg/day additional every 2 weeks) to a maximum recommended daily dose of 3,000 mg. There is no evidence that doses greater than 3,000 mg/day confer additional benefit.

Pediatric Patients

1 Month to < 6 Months

Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 14 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (7 mg/kg twice daily). Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 14 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 42 mg/kg (21 mg/kg twice daily). In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 35 mg/kg in this age group. The effectiveness of lower doses has not been studied.

6 Months to < 4 Years

Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily). Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 20 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 50 mg/kg (25 mg/kg twice daily). If a patient cannot tolerate a daily dose of 50 mg/kg, the daily dose may be reduced. In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 47 mg/kg in this age group.

4 Years to < 16 Years

Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily). Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 20 mg/kg to the recommended daily dose of 60 mg/kg (30 mg/kg twice daily). If a patient cannot tolerate a daily dose of 60 mg/kg, the daily dose may be reduced. In the clinical trial, the mean daily dose was 44 mg/kg. The maximum daily dose was 3,000 mg/day.

2.2 Dosing for Myoclonic Seizures in Patients with Juvenile Myoclonic Epilepsy

Initiate treatment with a dose of 1,000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily). Increase the dosage by 1,000 mg/day every 2 weeks to the recommended daily dose of 3,000 mg. The effectiveness of doses lower than 3,000 mg/day has not been studied.

2.3 Dosing for Primary Generalized Tonic-Clonic Seizures

Adults 16 Years and Older

Initiate treatment with a dose of 1,000 mg/day, given as twice-daily dosing (500 mg twice daily). Increase dosage by 1,000 mg/day every 2 weeks to the recommended daily dose of 3,000 mg. The effectiveness of doses lower than 3,000 mg/day has not been adequately studied.

Pediatric Patients Ages 6 to <16 Years

Initiate treatment with a daily dose of 20 mg/kg in 2 divided doses (10 mg/kg twice daily). Increase the daily dose every 2 weeks by increments of 20 mg/kg (10 mg/kg twice daily) to the recommended daily dose of 60 mg/kg (30 mg/kg twice daily). The effectiveness of doses lower than 60 mg/kg/day has not been adequately studied.

2.4 Switching from Oral Dosing

When switching from oral levetiracetam, the initial total daily intravenous dosage of levetiracetam should be equivalent to the total daily dosage and frequency of oral levetiracetam.

2.5 Switching to Oral Dosing

At the end of the intravenous treatment period, the patient may be switched to levetiracetam oral administration at the equivalent daily dosage and frequency of the intravenous administration.

2.6 Preparation and Administration Instructions

Levetiracetam injection is for intravenous use only and should be diluted in 100 mL of a compatible diluent prior to administration. If a smaller volume is required (e.g. pediatric patients), the amount of diluent should be calculated to not exceed a maximum levetiracetam concentration of 15 mg per mL of diluted solution. Consideration should also be given to the total daily fluid intake of the patient. Levetiracetam injection should be administered as a 15-minute IV infusion. One vial of levetiracetam injection contains 500 mg levetiracetam (500 mg per 5 mL).

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. Product with particulate matter or discoloration should not be used.

Any unused portion of the levetiracetam injection vial contents should be discarded.

Adults

See Table 1 for the recommended preparation and administration of levetiracetam injection for adults to achieve a dose of 500 mg, 1,000 mg, or 1,500 mg.
Table 1: Preparation and Administration of Levetiracetam Injection for Adults Dose Withdraw Volume Volume of Diluent Infusion Time 500 mg 5 mL (5 mL vial) 100 mL 15 minutes 1,000 mg 10 mL (two 5 mL vials) 100 mL 15 minutes 1,500 mg 15 mL (three 5 mL vials) 100 mL 15 minutes
For example, to prepare a 1,000 mg dose, dilute 10 mL of levetiracetam injection in 100 mL of a compatible diluent and administer intravenously as a 15-minute infusion.

Pediatric Patients

When using levetiracetam injection for pediatric patients, dosing is weight-based (mg per kg).

The following calculation should be used to determine the appropriate daily dose of levetiracetam injection for pediatric patients:

Daily dose (mg/kg/day) x patient weight (kg)Total daily dose (mL/day) = --------------------------------------------- 100 mg/mL

2.7 Dosage Adjustments in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment

Levetiracetam dosing must be individualized according to the patient's renal function status. Recommended dosage adjustments for adults with renal impairment are shown in Table 2. Information is unavailable for dosage adjustments in pediatric patients with renal impairment. In order to calculate the dose recommended for adult patients with renal impairment, creatinine clearance adjusted for body surface area must be calculated. To do this an estimate of the patient's creatinine clearance (CLcr) in mL/min must first be calculated using the following formula:

[140-age (years)] x weight (kg) (x 0.85 forCLcr= - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - female 72 x serum creatinine (mg/dL) patients)

Then CLcr is adjusted for body surface area (BSA) as follows:

CLcr (mL/min)CLcr (mL/min/1.73m2)= - - - - - - - - - - - - - - x 1.73 BSA subject (m2)
Table 2: Dosage Adjustment Regimen for Adult Patients with Renal Impairment
1Following dialysis, a 250 to 500 mg supplemental dose is recommended.
Group Creatinine Clearance(mL/min/1.73m2) Dosage(mg) Frequency Normal > 80 500 to 1,500 Every 12 hours Mild 50 to 80 500 to 1,000 Every 12 hours Moderate 30 to 50 250 to 750 Every 12 hours Severe < 30 250 to 500 Every 12 hours ESRD patients using dialysis ------- 500 to 1,0001 Every 24 hours1
2.8 Compatibility and Stability

Levetiracetam injection was found to be physically compatible and chemically stable when mixed with the following diluents and antiepileptic drugs for at least 24 hours and stored in polyvinyl chloride (PVC) bags at controlled room temperature 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F).

Diluents

Sodium chloride (0.9%) injection, USP

Lactated Ringer's injection

Dextrose 5% injection, USP

Other Antiepileptic Drugs

Lorazepam

Diazepam

Valproate sodium

There is no data to support the physical compatibility of levetiracetam injection with antiepileptic drugs that are not listed above.
Delsym

Delsym

2.1 Adult Population

The recommended adult dosages are outlined in Table 1. Cefazolin for Injection should be administered intramuscularly (IM) or intravenously (IV) over approximately 30 minutes.
Table 1: Recommended Dosing Schedule in Adult Patients with CrCl Greater Than or Equal To 55 mL/min.
* In rare instances, doses of up to 12 grams of cefazolin per day have been used.
Site and Type of Infection Dose Frequency Moderate to severe infections 500 mg to 1 gram every 6 to 8 hours Mild infections caused by susceptible gram-positive cocci 250 mg to 500 mg every 8 hours Acute, uncomplicated urinary tract infections 1 gram every 12 hours Pneumococcal pneumonia 500 mg every 12 hours Severe, life-threatening infections (e.g., endocarditis, septicemia)* 1 gram to 1.5 grams every 6 hours
2.2 Perioperative Prophylactic Use

To prevent postoperative infection in contaminated or potentially contaminated surgery, recommended doses are:
1 gram IV or IM administered ½ hour to 1 hour prior to the start of surgery. For lengthy operative procedures (e.g., 2 hours or more), 500 mg to 1 gram IV or IM during surgery (administration modified depending on the duration of the operative procedure). 500 mg to 1 gram IV or IM every 6 to 8 hours for 24 hours postoperatively.
It is important that (i) the preoperative dose be given just prior (1/2 hour to 1 hour) to the start of surgery so that adequate antibacterial concentrations are present in the serum and tissues at the time of initial surgical incision; and (ii) Cefazolin for Injection be administered, if necessary, at appropriate intervals during surgery to provide sufficient concentrations of the antibacterial drug at the anticipated moments of greatest exposure to infective organisms.

The prophylactic administration of Cefazolin for Injection should usually be discontinued within a 24-hour period after the surgical procedure. In surgery where the occurrence of infection may be particularly devastating (e.g., open-heart surgery and prosthetic arthroplasty), the prophylactic administration of cefazolin may be continued for 3 to 5 days following the completion of surgery.

2.3 Patients with Renal Impairment

Cefazolin for Injection may be used in patients with renal impairment with the dosage adjustments outlined in Table 2. All reduced dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose appropriate to the severity of the infection.
Table 2: Dosage Adjustment for Patients with Renal Impairment Creatinine Clearance Dose Frequency 55 mL/min. or greater full dose normal frequency 35 to 54 mL/min. full dose every 8 hours or longer 11 to 34 mL/min. 1/2 usual dose every 12 hours 10 mL/min. or less 1/2 usual dose every 18 to 24 hours
2.4 Pediatric Dosage

In pediatric patients, a total daily dosage of 25 to 50 mg per kg (approximately 10 to 20 mg per pound) of body weight, divided into 3 or 4 equal doses, is effective for most mild to moderately severe infections. Total daily dosage may be increased to 100 mg per kg (45 mg per pound) of body weight for severe infections. Since safety for use in premature infants and in neonates has not been established, the use of Cefazolin for Injection in these patients is not recommended.
Table 3: Pediatric Dosage Guide Weight 25 mg/kg/day Divided into 3 Doses 25 mg/kg/day Divided into 4 Doses Lbs Kg Approximate Single Dose mg/q 8 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of125 mg/mL Approximate Single Dose mg/q 6 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of125 mg/mL 1020304050 4.5913.618.122.7 40 mg75 mg115 mg150 mg190 mg 0.35 mL0.6 mL0.9 mL1.2 mL1.5 mL 30 mg55 mg85 mg115 mg140 mg 0.25 mL0.45 mL0.7 mL0.9 mL1.1 mL Weight 50 mg/kg/day Divided into 3 Doses 50 mg/kg/day Divided into 4 Doses Lbs Kg Approximate Single Dose mg/q 8 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of225 mg/mL Approximate Single Dose mg/q 6 h Vol. (mL) needed with dilution of225 mg/mL 1020304050 4.5913.618.122.7 75 mg150 mg225 mg300 mg375 mg 0.35 mL0.7 mL1 mL1.35 mL1.7 mL 55 mg110 mg170 mg225 mg285 mg 0.25 mL0.5 mL0.75 mL1 mL1.25 mL
In pediatric patients with mild to moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 70 to 40 mL/min.), 60 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be sufficient. In patients with moderate impairment (creatinine clearance of 40 to 20 mL/min.), 25 percent of the normal daily dose given in equally divided doses every 12 hours should be adequate. Pediatric patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance of 20 to 5 mL/min.) may be given 10 percent of the normal daily dose every 24 hours. All dosage recommendations apply after an initial loading dose.

2.5 Preparation for Use of Cefazolin for Injection

Reconstitution

Preparation of Parenteral Solution

Parenteral drug products should be SHAKEN WELL when reconstituted, and inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. If particulate matter is evident in reconstituted fluids, the drug solutions should be discarded.

When reconstituted or diluted according to the instructions below, Cefazolin for Injection is stable for 24 hours at room temperature or for 10 days if stored under refrigeration (5°C or 41°F). Reconstituted solutions may range in color from pale yellow to yellow without a change in potency.

Single-Dose Vials

For IM injection, IV direct (bolus) injection or IV infusion, reconstitute with Sterile Water for Injection according to the following table. SHAKE WELL.
Table 4: Reconstitution Instructions Vial Size Amount of Diluent Approximate Concentration Approximate Available Volume 500 mg 2 mL 225 mg/mL 2.2 mL 1 gram 2.5 mL 330 mg/mL 3 mL
Administration

Intramuscular Administration

Reconstitute vials with Sterile Water for Injection according to the dilution table above. Shake well until dissolved. Cefazolin for Injection should be injected into a large muscle mass. Pain on injection is infrequent with Cefazolin for Injection.

Intravenous Administration

Direct (bolus) injection: Following reconstitution according to the above table, further dilute vials with approximately 5 mL Sterile Water for Injection. Inject the solution slowly over 3 to 5 minutes, directly or through tubing for patients receiving parenteral fluids (see list below).

Intermittent or continuous infusion: Dilute reconstituted Cefazolin for Injection in 50 to 100 mL of one of the following solutions:
Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% or 10% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP Invert Sugar 5% or 10% in Sterile Water for Injection Ringer's Injection, USP 5% Sodium Bicarbonate Injection, USP
Prior to administration parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration whenever solution and container permit.
Methadone Hydrochloride...

Methadone Hydrochloride

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

2.1 Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

The maximum recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in hypercalcemia of malignancy (albumin-corrected serum calcium greater than or equal to 12 mg/dL [3.0 mmol/L]) is 4 mg. The 4-mg dose must be given as a single-dose intravenous infusion over no less than 15 minutes. Patients who receive Zoledronic Acid Injection should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment.

Dose adjustments of Zoledronic Acid Injection are not necessary in treating patients for hypercalcemia of malignancy presenting with mild-to-moderate renal impairment prior to initiation of therapy (serum creatinine less than 400 μmol/L or less than 4.5 mg/dL).

Patients should be adequately rehydrated prior to administration of Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

Consideration should be given to the severity of, as well as the symptoms of, tumor-induced hypercalcemia when considering use of Zoledronic Acid Injection. Vigorous saline hydration, an integral part of hypercalcemia therapy, should be initiated promptly and an attempt should be made to restore the urine output to about 2 L/day throughout treatment. Mild or asymptomatic hypercalcemia may be treated with conservative measures (i.e., saline hydration, with or without loop diuretics). Patients should be hydrated adequately throughout the treatment, but overhydration, especially in those patients who have cardiac failure, must be avoided. Diuretic therapy should not be employed prior to correction of hypovolemia.

Retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection 4 mg may be considered if serum calcium does not return to normal or remain normal after initial treatment. It is recommended that a minimum of 7 days elapse before retreatment, to allow for full response to the initial dose. Renal function must be carefully monitored in all patients receiving Zoledronic Acid Injection and serum creatinine must be assessed prior to retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

2.2 Multiple Myeloma and Metastatic Bone Lesions of Solid Tumors

The recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in patients with multiple myeloma and metastatic bone lesions from solid tumors for patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) greater than 60 mL/min is 4 mg infused over no less than 15 minutes every 3 to 4 weeks. The optimal duration of therapy is not known.

Upon treatment initiation, the recommended Zoledronic Acid Injection doses for patients with reduced renal function (mild and moderate renal impairment) are listed in Table 1. These doses are calculated to achieve the same area under the curve (AUC) as that achieved in patients with creatinine clearance of 75 mL/min. CrCl is calculated using the Cockcroft-Gault formula [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].
Table 1: Reduced Doses for Patients with Baseline CrCl Less than or Equal to 60 mL/min Baseline Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Zoledronic Acid Injection Recommended Dose*
*Doses calculated assuming target AUC of 0.66 (mg•hr/L) (CrCl = 75 mL/min)
greater than 60 4 mg 50 to 60 3.5 mg 40 to 49 3.3 mg 30 to 39 3 mg
During treatment, serum creatinine should be measured before each Zoledronic Acid Injection dose and treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration. In the clinical studies, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1.0 mg/dL
In the clinical studies, Zoledronic Acid Injection treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value. Zoledronic Acid Injection should be re-initiated at the same dose as that prior to treatment interruption.

Patients should also be administered an oral calcium supplement of 500 mg and a multiple vitamin containing 400 international units of vitamin D daily.

2.3 Preparation of Solution

Zoledronic Acid Injection must not be mixed with calcium or other divalent cation-containing infusion solutions, such as Lactated Ringer's solution, and should be administered as a single intravenous solution in a line separate from all other drugs.

4 mg per 5 mL Single-Use Vial

Vials of Zoledronic Acid Injection concentrate for infusion contain overfill allowing for the withdrawal of 5 mL of concentrate (equivalent to 4 mg zoledronic acid). This concentrate should immediately be diluted in 100 mL of sterile 0.9% Sodium Chloride, USP, or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, following proper aseptic technique, and administered to the patient by infusion. Do not store undiluted concentrate in a syringe, to avoid inadvertent injection.

To prepare reduced doses for patients with baseline CrCl less than or equal to 60 mL/min, withdraw the specified volume of the Zoledronic Acid Injection concentrate from the vial for the dose required (see Table 3).
Table 3: Preparation of Reduced Doses–Zoledronic Acid Injection Concentrate Remove and Use Zoledronic Acid Injection Volume (mL) Dose (mg) 4.4 3.5 4.1 3.3 3.8 3.0
The withdrawn concentrate must be diluted in 100 mL of sterile 0.9% Sodium Chloride, USP, or 5% Dextrose Injection, USP.

If not used immediately after dilution with infusion media, for microbiological integrity, the solution should be refrigerated at 2°C to 8°C (36°F to 46°F). The refrigerated solution should then be equilibrated to room temperature prior to administration. The total time between dilution, storage in the refrigerator, and end of administration must not exceed 24 hours.

2.4 Method of Administration

Due to the risk of clinically significant deterioration in renal function, which may progress to renal failure, single doses of Zoledronic Acid Injection should not exceed 4 mg and the duration of infusion should be no less than 15 minutes [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. In the trials and in postmarketing experience, renal deterioration, progression to renal failure and dialysis, have occurred in patients, including those treated with the approved dose of 4 mg infused over 15 minutes. There have been instances of this occurring after the initial Zoledronic Acid Injection dose.
Metronidazole

Metronidazole

2.1 Important Administration Instructions

Zoledronic Acid Injection must be administered as an intravenous infusion over no less than 15 minutes.
Patients must be appropriately hydrated prior to administration of Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit. Intravenous infusion should be followed by a 10 mL normal saline flush of the intravenous line. Administration of acetaminophen following Zoledronic Acid Injection administration may reduce the incidence of acute-phase reaction symptoms.
Caution: After removing the overwrap check for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, discard container as sterility may be compromised. Use only if solution is clear and the container is undamaged.

2.6 Treatment of Paget's Disease of Bone

The recommended dose is a 5 mg infusion. The infusion time must not be less than 15 minutes given over a constant infusion rate.

Re-treatment of Paget's Disease

After a single treatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection in Paget's disease an extended remission period is observed. Specific re-treatment data are not available. However, re-treatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection may be considered in patients who have relapsed, based on increases in serum alkaline phosphatase, or in those patients who failed to achieve normalization of their serum alkaline phosphatase, or in those patients with symptoms, as dictated by medical practice.

2.7 Laboratory Testing and Oral Examination Prior to Administration
Prior to administration of each dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection, obtain a serum creatinine and creatinine clearance should be calculated based on actual body weight using Cockcroft-Gault formula before each Zoledronic Acid Injection dose. Zoledronic Acid Injection is contraindicated in patients with creatinine clearance less than 35 mL/min and in those with evidence of acute renal impairment. A 5 mg dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection administered intravenously is recommended for patients with creatinine clearance greater than or equal to 35 mL/min. There are no safety or efficacy data to support the adjustment of the Zoledronic Acid Injection dose based on baseline renal function. Therefore, no dose adjustment is required in patients with CrCl greater than or equal to 35 mL/min [see Contraindications (4), Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. A routine oral examination should be performed by the prescriber prior to initiation of Zoledronic Acid Injection treatment [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].
2.8 Calcium and Vitamin D Supplementation
Instruct patients being treated for Paget's disease of bone on the importance of calcium and vitamin D supplementation in maintaining serum calcium levels, and on the symptoms of hypocalcemia. All patients should take 1500 mg elemental calcium daily in divided doses (750 mg two times a day, or 500 mg three times a day) and 800 international units vitamin D daily, particularly in the 2 weeks following Zoledronic Acid Injection administration [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].
2.9 Method of Administration

The Zoledronic Acid Injection infusion time must not be less than 15 minutes given over a constant infusion rate.

The intravenous infusion should be followed by a 10 mL normal saline flush of the intravenous line.

Zoledronic Acid Injection solution for infusion must not be allowed to come in contact with any calcium or other divalent cation-containing solutions, and should be administered as a single intravenous solution through a separate infusion line.

If refrigerated, allow the refrigerated solution to reach room temperature before administration. After opening, the solution is stable for 24 hours at 2°C – 8°C (36°F - 46°F) [see How Supplied/Storage and Handling (16)].
Zoledronic Acid

Zoledronic Acid

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

2.1 Hypercalcemia of Malignancy

The maximum recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in hypercalcemia of malignancy (albumin-corrected serum calcium greater than or equal to 12 mg/dL [3 mmol/L]) is 4 mg. The 4 mg dose must be given as a single-dose intravenous infusion over no less than 15 minutes. Patients who receive Zoledronic Acid Injection should have serum creatinine assessed prior to each treatment.

Dose adjustments of Zoledronic Acid Injection are not necessary in treating patients for hypercalcemia of malignancy presenting with mild-to-moderate renal impairment prior to initiation of therapy (serum creatinine less than 400 μmol/L or less than 4.5 mg/dL).

Patients should be adequately rehydrated prior to administration of Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

Consideration should be given to the severity of, as well as the symptoms of, tumor-induced hypercalcemia when considering use of Zoledronic Acid Injection. Vigorous saline hydration, an integral part of hypercalcemia therapy, should be initiated promptly and an attempt should be made to restore the urine output to about 2 L/day throughout treatment. Mild or asymptomatic hypercalcemia may be treated with conservative measures (i.e., saline hydration, with or without loop diuretics). Patients should be hydrated adequately throughout the treatment, but overhydration, especially in those patients who have cardiac failure, must be avoided. Diuretic therapy should not be employed prior to correction of hypovolemia.

Retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection 4 mg may be considered if serum calcium does not return to normal or remain normal after initial treatment. It is recommended that a minimum of 7 days elapse before retreatment, to allow for full response to the initial dose. Renal function must be carefully monitored in all patients receiving Zoledronic Acid Injection and serum creatinine must be assessed prior to retreatment with Zoledronic Acid Injection [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

2.2 Multiple Myeloma and Metastatic Bone Lesions of Solid Tumors

The recommended dose of Zoledronic Acid Injection in patients with multiple myeloma and metastatic bone lesions from solid tumors for patients with creatinine clearance (CrCl) greater than 60 mL/min is 4 mg infused over no less than 15 minutes every 3 to 4 weeks. The optimal duration of therapy is not known.

This product is not intended for use with patients with reduced renal function (CrCl 60 mL/min or less).

During treatment, serum creatinine should be measured before each Zoledronic Acid Injection dose and treatment should be withheld for renal deterioration. In the clinical studies, renal deterioration was defined as follows:
For patients with normal baseline creatinine, increase of 0.5 mg/dL For patients with abnormal baseline creatinine, increase of 1 mg/dL
In the clinical studies, Zoledronic Acid Injection treatment was resumed only when the creatinine returned to within 10% of the baseline value. Zoledronic Acid Injection should be reinitiated at the same dose as that prior to treatment interruption.

Patients should also be administered an oral calcium supplement of 500 mg and a multiple vitamin containing 400 international units of vitamin D daily.

2.3 Preparation of Solution

Zoledronic Acid Injection must not be mixed with calcium or other divalent cation-containing infusion solutions, such as Lactated Ringer's solution, and should be administered as a single intravenous solution in a line separate from all other drugs.

4 mg per 100 mL Single-Use Ready-to-Use Bag

Bags of Zoledronic Acid Injection ready-to-use solution for infusion contain overfill allowing for the administration of 100 mL of solution (equivalent to 4 mg zoledronic acid). This solution is ready to use and may be administered directly to the patient without further preparation. For single use only.

Caution: After removing the overwrap check for minute leaks by squeezing the inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, discard container as sterility may be compromised. Use only if solution is clear and the container is undamaged.

2.4 Method of Administration

Due to the risk of clinically significant deterioration in renal function, which may progress to renal failure, single doses of Zoledronic Acid Injection should not exceed 4 mg and the duration of infusion should be no less than 15 minutes [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. In the trials and in postmarketing experience, renal deterioration, progression to renal failure and dialysis, have occurred in patients, including those treated with the approved dose of 4 mg infused over 15 minutes. There have been instances of this occurring after the initial Zoledronic Acid Injection dose.
Fluconazole

Fluconazole

Dosage and Administration in Adults: Multiple Dose SINCE ORAL ABSORPTION IS RAPID AND ALMOST COMPLETE, THE DAILY DOSE OF FLUCONAZOLE IS THE SAME FOR ORAL AND INTRAVENOUS ADMINISTRATION. In general, a loading dose of twice the daily dose is recommended on the first day of therapy to result in plasma concentrations close to steady-state by the second day of therapy.

The daily dose of fluconazole for the treatment of infection should be based on the infecting organism and the patient's response to therapy. Treatment should be continued until clinical parameters or laboratory tests indicate that active fungal infection has subsided. An inadequate period of treatment may lead to recurrence of active infection. Patients with AIDS and cryptococcal meningitis or recurrent oropharyngeal candidiasis usually require maintenance therapy to prevent relapse.

Oropharyngeal candidiasis: The recommended dosage of fluconazole for oropharyngeal candidiasis is 200 mg on the first day, followed by 100 mg once daily. Clinical evidence of oropharyngeal candidiasis generally resolves within several days, but treatment should be continued for at least 2 weeks to decrease the likelihood of relapse.

Esophageal candidiasis: The recommended dosage of fluconazole for esophageal candidiasis is 200 mg on the first day, followed by 100 mg once daily. Doses up to 400 mg/day may be used, based on medical judgment of the patient's response to therapy. Patients with esophageal candidiasis should be treated for a minimum of three weeks and for at least two weeks following resolution of symptoms.

Systemic Candida infections: For systemic Candida infections including candidemia, disseminated candidiasis, and pneumonia, optimal therapeutic dosage and duration of therapy have not been established. In open, noncomparative studies of small numbers of patients, doses of up to 400 mg daily have been used.

Urinary tract infections and peritonitis: For the treatment of Candida urinary tract infections and peritonitis, daily doses of 50 to 200 mg have been used in open, noncomparative studies of small numbers of patients.

Cryptococcal meningitis: The recommended dosage for treatment of acute cryptococcal meningitis is 400 mg on the first day, followed by 200 mg once daily. A dosage of 400 mg once daily may be used, based on medical judgment of the patient's response to therapy. The recommended duration of treatment for initial therapy of cryptococcal meningitis is 10 to 12 weeks after the cerebrospinal fluid becomes culture negative. The recommended dosage of fluconazole for suppression of relapse of cryptococcal meningitis in patients with AIDS is 200 mg once daily.

Prophylaxis in patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation: The recommended fluconazole daily dosage for the prevention of candidiasis in patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation is 400 mg, once daily. Patients who are anticipated to have severe granulocytopenia (less than 500 neutrophils per cu mm) should start fluconazole prophylaxis several days before the anticipated onset of neutropenia, and continue for 7 days after the neutrophil count rises above 1000 cells per cu mm.

Dosage and Administration in Children: The following dose equivalency scheme should generally provide equivalent exposure in pediatric and adult patients:

* Some older children may have clearances similar to that of adults. Absolute doses exceeding 600 mg/day are not recommended.
Pediatric Patients Adults 3 mg/kg 100 mg 6 mg/kg 200 mg 12* mg/kg 400 mg
Experience with fluconazole in neonates is limited to pharmacokinetic studies in premature newborns. (See CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY.) Based on the prolonged half-life seen in premature newborns (gestational age 26 to 29 weeks), these children, in the first two weeks of life, should receive the same dosage (mg/kg) as in older children, but administered every 72 hours. After the first two weeks, these children should be dosed once daily. No information regarding fluconazole pharmacokinetics in full-term newborns is available.

Oropharyngeal candidiasis: The recommended dosage of fluconazole for oropharyngeal candidiasis in children is 6 mg/kg on the first day, followed by 3 mg/kg once daily. Treatment should be administered for at least 2 weeks to decrease the likelihood of relapse.

Esophageal candidiasis: For the treatment of esophageal candidiasis, the recommended dosage of fluconazole in children is 6 mg/kg on the first day, followed by 3 mg/kg once daily. Doses up to 12 mg/kg/day may be used, based on medical judgment of the patient's response to therapy. Patients with esophageal candidiasis should be treated for a minimum of three weeks and for at least 2 weeks following the resolution of symptoms.

Systemic Candida infections: For the treatment of candidemia and disseminated Candida infections, daily doses of 6 to 12 mg/kg/day have been used in an open, noncomparative study of a small number of children.

Cryptococcal meningitis: For the treatment of acute cryptococcal meningitis, the recommended dosage is 12 mg/kg on the first day, followed by 6 mg/kg once daily. A dosage of 12 mg/kg once daily may be used, based on medical judgment of the patient's response to therapy. The recommended duration of treatment for initial therapy of cryptococcal meningitis is 10 to 12 weeks after the cerebrospinal fluid becomes culture negative. For suppression of relapse of cryptococcal meningitis in children with AIDS, the recommended dose of fluconazole is 6 mg/kg once daily.

Dosage In Patients With Impaired Renal Function: Fluconazole is cleared primarily by renal excretion as unchanged drug. In patients with impaired renal function who will receive multiple doses of fluconazole, an initial loading dose of 50 to 400 mg should be given. After the loading dose, the daily dose (according to indication) should be based on the following table:
Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) Percent of Recommended Dose >50 100% ≤50 (no dialysis) 50% Regular dialysis 100% after each dialysis
These are suggested dose adjustments based on pharmacokinetics following administration of multiple doses. Further adjustment may be needed depending upon clinical condition.

When serum creatinine is the only measure of renal function available, the following formula (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) should be used to estimate the creatinine clearance in adults:

Although the pharmacokinetics of fluconazole has not been studied in children with renal insufficiency, dosage reduction in children with renal insufficiency should parallel that recommended for adults. The following formula may be used to estimate creatinine clearance in children:

Administration Fluconazole Injection, USP may be administered by intravenous infusion. Fluconazole Injection, USP has been used safely for up to fourteen days of intravenous therapy. The intravenous infusion of fluconazole should be administered at a maximum rate of approximately 200 mg/hour, given as a continuous infusion.

Fluconazole Injection, USP in plastic containers are intended only for intravenous administration using sterile equipment.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Do not use if the solution is cloudy or precipitated or if the seal is not intact.

Directions for Intravenous Use of Fluconazole in Plastic Containers Do not remove unit from overwrap until ready for use. The overwrap is a moisture barrier. The inner bag maintains the sterility of the product.

CAUTION: Do not use plastic containers in series connections. Such use could result in air embolism due to residual air being drawn from the primary container before administration of the fluid from the secondary container is completed.

To Open Tear overwrap down side at slit and remove solution container. Some opacity of the plastic due to moisture absorption during the sterilization process may be observed. This is normal and does not affect the solution quality or safety. The opacity will diminish gradually. After removing overwrap, check for minute leaks by squeezing inner bag firmly. If leaks are found, discard solution as sterility may be impaired.

DO NOT ADD SUPPLEMENTARY MEDICATION.

Preparation for Administration:
Suspend container from eyelet support. Remove plastic protector from outlet port at bottom of container. Attach administration set. Refer to complete directions accompanying set.
Everyday Clean

Everyday Clean

2.1 Prevention of Chemotherapy-Induced Nausea and Vomiting

Adult Patients

The recommended dosage for granisetron hydrochloride injection is 10 mcg/kg administered intravenously within 30 minutes before initiation of chemotherapy, and only on the day(s) chemotherapy is given.

Infusion Preparation

Granisetron hydrochloride injection may be administered intravenously either undiluted over 30 seconds, or diluted with 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and infused over 5 minutes.

Stability

Intravenous infusion of granisetron hydrochloride injection should be prepared at the time of administration. However, granisetron hydrochloride injection has been shown to be stable for at least 24 hours when diluted in 0.9% Sodium Chloride or 5% Dextrose and stored at room temperature under normal lighting conditions.

As a general precaution, granisetron hydrochloride injection should not be mixed in solution with other drugs. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration before administration whenever solution and container permit.

Pediatric Patients

The recommended dose in pediatric patients 2 to 16 years of age is 10 mcg/kg [see Clinical Studies (14)]. Pediatric patients under 2 years of age have not been studied.
Ceftriaxone

Ceftriaxone

Ceftriaxone may be administered intravenously or intramuscularly.

Do not use diluents containing calcium, such as Ringer's solution or Hartmann's solution, to reconstitute ceftriaxone vials or to further dilute a reconstituted vial for IV administration because a precipitate can form. Precipitation of ceftriaxone-calcium can also occur when ceftriaxone is mixed with calcium-containing solutions in the same IV administration line. Ceftriaxone must not be administered simultaneously with calcium-containing IV solutions, including continuous calcium-containing infusions such as parenteral nutrition via a Y-site. However, in patients other than neonates, ceftriaxone and calcium-containing solutions may be administered sequentially of one another if the infusion lines are thoroughly flushed between infusions with a compatible fluid (see WARNINGS).

There have been no reports of an interaction between ceftriaxone and oral calcium-containing products or interaction between intramuscular ceftriaxone and calcium-containing products (IV or oral).

NEONATES: Hyperbilirubinemic neonates, especially prematures, should not be treated with ceftriaxone (see CONTRAINDICATIONS).

Ceftriaxone is contraindicated in neonates if they require (or are expected to require) treatment with calcium-containing IV solutions, including continuous calcium-containing infusions such as parenteral nutrition because of the risk of precipitation of ceftriaxone-calcium (see CONTRAINDICATIONS).

PEDIATRIC PATIENTS: For the treatment of skin and skin structure infections, the recommended total daily dose is 50 to 75 mg/kg given once a day (or in equally divided doses twice a day). The total daily dose should not exceed 2 grams.

For the treatment of acute bacterial otitis media, a single intramuscular dose of 50 mg/kg (not to exceed 1 gram) is recommended (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE).

For the treatment of serious miscellaneous infections other than meningitis, the recommended total daily dose is 50 to 75 mg/kg, given in divided doses every 12 hours. The total daily dose should not exceed 2 grams.

In the treatment of meningitis, it is recommended that the initial therapeutic dose be 100 mg/kg (not to exceed 4 grams). Thereafter, a total daily dose of 100 mg/kg/day (not to exceed 4 grams daily) is recommended. The daily dose may be administered once a day (or in equally divided doses every 12 hours). The usual duration of therapy is 7 to 14 days.

ADULTS: The usual adult daily dose is 1 to 2 grams given once a day (or in equally divided doses twice a day) depending on the type and severity of infection. For infections caused by Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA), the recommended daily dose is 2 to 4 grams, in order to achieve >90% target attainment. The total daily dose should not exceed 4 grams.

If Chlamydia trachomatis is a suspected pathogen, appropriate antichlamydial coverage should be added, because ceftriaxone sodium has no activity against this organism.

For the treatment of uncomplicated gonococcal infections, a single intramuscular dose of 250 mg is recommended.

For preoperative use (surgical prophylaxis), a single dose of 1 gram administered intravenously 1/2 to 2 hours before surgery is recommended.

Generally, ceftriaxone therapy should be continued for at least 2 days after the signs and symptoms of infection have disappeared. The usual duration of therapy is 4 to 14 days; in complicated infections, longer therapy may be required.

When treating infections caused by Streptococcus pyogenes, therapy should be continued for at least 10 days.

No dosage adjustment is necessary for patients with impairment of renal or hepatic function.

DIRECTIONS FOR USE:

Intramuscular Administration: Reconstitute ceftriaxone powder with the appropriate diluent (see COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY).

Inject diluent into vial, shake vial thoroughly to form solution. Withdraw entire contents of vial into syringe to equal total labeled dose.

After reconstitution, each 1 mL of solution contains approximately 250 mg or 350 mg equivalent of ceftriaxone according to the amount of diluent indicated below. If required, more dilute solutions could be utilized.

As with all intramuscular preparations, ceftriaxone should be injected well within the body of a relatively large muscle; aspiration helps to avoid unintentional injection into a blood vessel.
Vial Dosage Size Amount of Diluent to be Added 250 mg/mL 350 mg/mL 500 mg 1.8 mL 1.0 mL 1 g 3.6 mL 2.1 mL 2 g 7.2 mL 4.2 mL
Intravenous Administration: Ceftriaxone should be administered intravenously by infusion over a period of 30 minutes. Concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL are recommended; however, lower concentrations may be used if desired. Reconstitute vials with an appropriate IV diluent (see COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY).
Vial Dosage Size Amount of Diluent to be Added 500 mg 4.8 mL 1 g 9.6 mL 2 g 19.2 mL
After reconstitution, each 1 mL of solution contains approximately 100 mg equivalent of ceftriaxone. Withdraw entire contents and dilute to the desired concentration with the appropriate IV diluent.

COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY: Ceftriaxone has been shown to be compatible with Flagyl® IV (metronidazole hydrochloride). The concentration should not exceed 5 to 7.5 mg/mL metronidazole hydrochloride with ceftriaxone 10 mg/mL as an admixture. The admixture is stable for 24 hours at room temperature only in 0.9% sodium chloride injection or 5% dextrose in water (D5W). No compatibility studies have been conducted with the Flagyl® IV RTU® (metronidazole) formulation or using other diluents. Metronidazole at concentrations greater than 8 mg/mL will precipitate. Do not refrigerate the admixture as precipitation will occur.

Vancomycin, amsacrine, aminoglycosides, and fluconazole are physically incompatible with ceftriaxone in admixtures. When any of these drugs are to be administered concomitantly with ceftriaxone by intermittent intravenous infusion, it is recommended that they be given sequentially, with thorough flushing of the intravenous lines (with one of the compatible fluids) between the administrations.

Do not use diluents containing calcium, such as Ringer's solution or Hartmann's solution, to reconstitute ceftriaxone vials or to further dilute a reconstituted vial for IV administration. Particulate formation can result.

Ceftriaxone solutions should not be physically mixed with or piggybacked into solutions containing other antimicrobial drugs or into diluent solutions other than those listed above, due to possible incompatibility (see WARNINGS).

Ceftriaxone for Injection sterile powder should be stored at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature] and protected from light. After reconstitution, protection from normal light is not necessary. The color of solutions ranges from light yellow to amber, depending on the length of storage, concentration and diluent used.

Ceftriaxone for Injection intramuscular solutions remain stable (loss of potency less than 10%) for the following time periods.
Diluent Concentration mg/mL Storage Room Temp. (25 °C) Refrigerated (4 °C) Sterile Water for Injection 100 2 days 10 days 250, 350 24 hours 3 days 0.9% Sodium Chloride Solution 100 2 days 10 days 250, 350 24 hours 3 days 5% Dextrose Solution 100 2 days 10 days 250, 350 24 hours 3 days Bacteriostatic Water + 0.9% Benzyl Alcohol 100 24 hours 10 days 250, 350 24 hours 3 days 1% Lidocaine Solution (without epinephrine) 100 24 hours 10 days 250, 350 24 hours 3 days
Ceftriaxone for Injection intravenous solutions, at concentrations of 10, 20 and 40 mg/mL, remain stable (loss of potency less than 10%) for the following time periods stored in glass or PVC containers:

* Data available for 10 to 40 mg/mL concentrations in this diluent in PVC containers only.
Diluent Storage Room Temp. (25 °C) Refrigerated (4 °C) Sterile Water 2 days 10 days 0.9% Sodium Chloride Solution 2 days 10 days 5% Dextrose Solution 2 days 10 days 10% Dextrose Solution 2 days 10 days 5% Dextrose + 0.9% Sodium Chloride Solution* 2 days Incompatible 5% Dextrose + 0.45% Sodium Chloride Solution 2 days Incompatible
The following intravenous ceftriaxone solutions are stable at room temperature (25 °C) for 24 hours, at concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL: Sodium Lactate (PVC container), 10% Invert Sugar (glass container), 5% Sodium Bicarbonate (glass container), Freamine III (glass container), Normosol-M in 5% Dextrose (glass and PVC containers), Ionosol-B in 5% Dextrose (glass container), 5% Mannitol (glass container), 10% Mannitol (glass container).

After the indicated stability time periods, unused portions of solutions should be discarded.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter before administration.

Ceftriaxone reconstituted with 5% Dextrose or 0.9% Sodium Chloride solution at concentrations between 10 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL, and then stored in frozen state (-20°C) in PVC or polyolefin containers, remains stable for 26 weeks.

Frozen solutions of ceftriaxone should be thawed at room temperature before use. After thawing, unused portions should be discarded. DO NOT REFREEZE.
Ampicillin

Ampicillin

This insert is for the Pharmacy Bulk Package and is intended for preparing IV admixtures only. Dosage recommendations for intramuscular or direct intravenous injection are for informational purposes only.

Infections of the respiratory tract and soft tissues.

Patients weighing 40 kg (88 lbs) or more: 250 to 500 mg every 6 hours.

Patients weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs): 25 to 50 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses at 6 - to 8-hour intervals.

Infections of the gastrointestinal and genitourinary tracts (including those caused by Neisseria gonorrhoeae in females).

Patients weighing 40 kg (88 lbs) or more: 500 mg every 6 hours.

Patients weighing less than 40 kg (88 lbs): 50 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses at 6 - to 8-hour intervals.

In the treatment of chronic urinary tract and intestinal infections, frequent bacteriological and clinical appraisal is necessary. Smaller doses than those recommended above should not be used. Higher doses should be used for stubborn or severe infections. In stubborn infections, therapy may be required for several weeks. It may be necessary to continue clinical and/or bacteriological follow-up for several months after cessation of therapy.

Urethritis in males due to N. gonorrhoeae:

Adults: Two doses of 500 mg each at an interval of 8 to 12 hours.

Treatment may be repeated if necessary or extended if required.

In the treatment of complications of gonorrheal urethritis, such as prostatitis and epididymitis, prolonged and intensive therapy is recommended. Cases of gonorrhea with a suspected primary lesion of syphilis should have darkfield examinations before receiving treatment. In all other cases where concomitant syphilis is suspected, monthly serological tests should be made for a minimum of four months.

The doses for the preceding infections may be given by either the intramuscular or intravenous route. A change to oral ampicillin may be made when appropriate.

Bacterial Meningitis.

Adults and children: 150 to 200 mg/kg/day in equally divided doses every 3 to 4 hours. (Treatment may be initiated with intravenous drip therapy and continued with intramuscular injections.) The doses for other infections may be given by either the intravenous or intramuscular route.

Septicemia.

Adults and children: 150 to 200 mg/kg/day. Start with intravenous administration for at least three days and continue with the intramuscular route every 3 to 4 hours.

Treatment of all infections should be continued for a minimum of 48 to 72 hours beyond the time that the patient becomes asymptomatic or evidence of bacterial eradication has been obtained. A minimum of 10-days treatment is recommended for any infection caused by Group A beta-hemolytic streptococci to help prevent the occurrence of acute rheumatic fever or acute glomerulonephritis.

For Administration by Intravenous Infusion: Reconstitute as directed below (Directions for Proper Use of Pharmacy Bulk Package) prior to diluting with an intravenous solution.

IMPORTANT: This chemical stability information in no way indicates that it would be acceptable practice to use this product well after the preparation time. Good professional practice suggests that compounded admixtures should be administered as soon after preparation as is feasible. Protect the constituted solution from freezing.

Stability studies on ampicillin sodium at several concentrations in various intravenous solutions indicate the drug will lose less than 10% activity at the temperatures noted for the time periods stated.
Room Temperature (25°C) Diluent Concentrations Stability Periods Sterile Water for Injection up to 30 mg/mL 8 hours Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 0.9% up to 30 mg/mL 8 hours 5% Dextrose in Water 10 to 20 mg/mL 1 hour 5% Dextrose in Water up to 2 mg/mL 2 hours 5% Dextrose in 0.45% NaCl Inj. up to 2 mg/mL 2 hours Lactated Ringer's Solution up to 30 mg/mL 8 hours Refrigerated (4°C) Sterile Water for Injection 30 mg/mL 48 hours Sterile Water for Injection up to 20 mg/mL 72 hours Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, 0.9% 30 mg/mL 24 hours Sodium Chloride Injection, USP, 0.9% up to 20 mg/mL 48 hours Lactated Ringer's Solution up to 30 mg/mL 24 hours 5% Dextrose in Water up to 20 mg/mL 1 hour 5% Dextrose in 0.45% NaCl Inj. up to 10 mg/mL 1 hour
Only those solutions listed above should be used for the intravenous infusion of Ampicillin for Injection, USP. The concentrations should fall within the range specified. The drug concentration and the rate and volume of the infusion should be adjusted so that the total dose of Ampicillin is administered before the drug loses its stability in the solution in use.
Propofol

Propofol

Propofol blood concentrations at steady-state are generally proportional to infusion rates, especially in individual patients. Undesirable effects such as cardiorespiratory depression are likely to occur at higher blood concentrations which result from bolus dosing or rapid increases in the infusion rate. An adequate interval (3 to 5 minutes) must be allowed between dose adjustments to allow for and assess the clinical effects.

Shake well before use. Do not use if there is evidence of excessive creaming or aggregation, if large droplets are visible, or if there are other forms of phase separation indicating that the stability of the product has been compromised. Slight creaming, which should disappear after shaking, may be visible upon prolonged standing.

When administering propofol injectable emulsion by infusion, syringe or volumetric pumps are recommended to provide controlled infusion rates. When infusing propofol injectable emulsion to patients undergoing magnetic resonance imaging, metered control devices may be utilized if mechanical pumps are impractical.

Contains sodium metabisulfite, a sulfite that may cause allergic-type reactions including anaphylactic symptoms and life-threatening or less severe asthmatic episodes in certain susceptible people. The overall prevalence of sulfite sensitivity in the general population is unknown and probably low. Sulfite sensitivity is seen more frequently in asthmatic than in nonasthmatic people.

Changes in vital signs indicating a stress response to surgical stimulation or the emergence from anesthesia may be controlled by the administration of 25 mg (2.5 mL) to 50 mg (5 mL) incremental boluses and/or by increasing the infusion rate of propofol injectable emulsion.

For minor surgical procedures (e.g., body surface) nitrous oxide (60% to 70%) can be combined with a variable rate propofol injectable emulsion infusion to provide satisfactory anesthesia. With more stimulating surgical procedures (e.g., intra-abdominal), or if supplementation with nitrous oxide is not provided, administration rate(s) of propofol injectable emulsion and/or opioids should be increased in order to provide adequate anesthesia.

Infusion rates should always be titrated downward in the absence of clinical signs of light anesthesia until a mild response to surgical stimulation is obtained in order to avoid administration of propofol injectable emulsion at rates higher than are clinically necessary. Generally, rates of 50 to 100 mcg/kg/min in adults should be achieved during maintenance in order to optimize recovery times.

Other drugs that cause CNS depression (hypnotics/sedatives, inhalational anesthetics, and opioids) can increase CNS depression induced by propofol. Morphine premedication (0.15 mg/kg) with nitrous oxide 67% in oxygen has been shown to decrease the necessary propofol injection maintenance infusion rate and therapeutic blood concentrations when compared to non-narcotic (lorazepam) premedication.

Induction of General Anesthesia

Adult Patients

Most adult patients under 55 years of age and classified as ASA-PS I or II require 2 to 2.5 mg/kg of propofol injectable emulsion for induction when unpremedicated or when premedicated with oral benzodiazepines or intramuscular opioids. For induction, propofol injectable emulsion should be titrated (approximately 40 mg every 10 seconds) against the response of the patient until the clinical signs show the onset of anesthesia. As with other sedative-hypnotic agents, the amount of intravenous opioid and/or benzodiazepine premedication will influence the response of the patient to an induction dose of propofol injectable emulsion.

Elderly, Debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV Patients

It is important to be familiar and experienced with the intravenous use of propofol injectable emulsion before treating elderly, debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV patients. Due to the reduced clearance and higher blood concentrations, most of these patients require approximately 1 to 1.5 mg/kg (approximately 20 mg every 10 seconds) of propofol injectable emulsion for induction of anesthesia according to their condition and responses. A rapid bolus should not be used, as this will increase the likelihood of undesirable cardiorespiratory depression including hypotension, apnea, airway obstruction, and/or oxygen desaturation (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

Pediatric Patients

Most patients aged 3 years through 16 years and classified ASA-PS I or II require 2.5 to 3.5 mg/kg of propofol injectable emulsion for induction when unpremedicated or when lightly premedicated with oral benzodiazepines or intramuscular opioids. Within this dosage range, younger pediatric patients may require higher induction doses than older pediatric patients. As with other sedative-hypnotic agents, the amount of intravenous opioid and/or benzodiazepine premedication will influence the response of the patient to an induction dose of propofol injectable emulsion. A lower dosage is recommended for pediatric patients classified as ASA-PS III or IV. Attention should be paid to minimize pain on injection when administering propofol injectable emulsion to pediatric patients. Boluses of propofol injectable emulsion may be administered via small veins if pretreated with lidocaine or via antecubital or larger veins (see PRECAUTIONS, General).

Neurosurgical Patients

Slower induction is recommended using boluses of 20 mg every 10 seconds. Slower boluses or infusions of propofol injectable emulsion for induction of anesthesia, titrated to clinical responses, will generally result in reduced induction dosage requirements (1 to 2 mg/kg) (see PRECAUTIONS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

Cardiac Anesthesia

Propofol injectable emulsion has been well-studied in patients with coronary artery disease, but experience in patients with hemodynamically significant valvular or congenital heart disease is limited. As with other anesthetic and sedative-hypnotic agents, propofol injectable emulsion in healthy patients causes a decrease in blood pressure that is secondary to decreases in preload (ventricular filling volume at the end of the diastole) and afterload (arterial resistance at the beginning of the systole). The magnitude of these changes is proportional to the blood and effect site concentrations achieved. These concentrations depend upon the dose and speed of the induction and maintenance infusion rates.

In addition, lower heart rates are observed during maintenance with propofol injectable emulsion, possibly due to reduction of the sympathetic activity and/or resetting of the baroreceptor reflexes. Therefore, anticholinergic agents should be administered when increases in vagal tone are anticipated.

As with other anesthetic agents, propofol injectable emulsion reduces myocardial oxygen consumption. Further studies are needed to confirm and delineate the extent of these effects on the myocardium and the coronary vascular system.

Morphine premedication (0.15 mg/kg) with nitrous oxide 67% in oxygen has been shown to decrease the necessary propofol injectable emulsion maintenance infusion rates and therapeutic blood concentrations when compared to non-narcotic (lorazepam) premedication. The rate of propofol injectable emulsion administration should be determined based on the patient's premedication and adjusted according to clinical responses.

A rapid bolus induction should be avoided. A slow rate of approximately 20 mg every 10 seconds until induction onset (0.5 to 1.5 mg/kg) should be used. In order to assure adequate anesthesia, when propofol injectable emulsion is used as the primary agent, maintenance infusion rates should not be less than 100 mcg/kg/min and should be supplemented with analgesic levels of continuous opioid administration. When an opioid is used as the primary agent, propofol injectable emulsion maintenance rates should not be less than 50 mcg/kg/min, and care should be taken to ensure amnesia. Higher doses of propofol injectable emulsion will reduce the opioid requirements (see Table 4). When propofol injectable emulsion is used as the primary anesthetic, it should not be administered with the high-dose opioid technique as this may increase the likelihood of hypotension (see PRECAUTIONS, Cardiac Anesthesia).
TABLE 4. Cardiac Anesthesia Techniques
aOPIOID is defined in terms of fentanyl equivalents, i.e.,

1 mcg of fentanyl

= 5 mcg of alfentanil (for bolus)

= 10 mcg of alfentanil (for maintenance)

or

= 0.1 mcg of sufentanil

bCare should be taken to ensure amnesia.
Primary Agent Rate Secondary Agent/Rate (Following Induction with Primary Agent) Propofol Injectable Emulsion OPIOIDa/0.05 to 0.075 mcg/kg/min (no bolus) Preinduction Anxiolysis 25 mcg/kg/min Induction 0.5 to 1.5 mg/kg over 60 sec Maintenance (Titrated to Clinical Response) 100 to 150 mcg/kg/min OPIOIDb Propofol Injectable Emulsion/50 to 100 mcg/kg/min (no bolus) Induction 25 to 50 mcg/kg Maintenance 0.2 to 0.3 mcg/kg/min
Maintenance of General Anesthesia

Propofol injectable emulsion has been used with a variety of agents commonly used in anesthesia such as atropine, scopolamine, glycopyrrolate, diazepam, depolarizing and nondepolarizing muscle relaxants, and opioid analgesics, as well as with inhalational and regional anesthetic agents.

In the elderly, debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV patients, rapid bolus doses should not be used, as this will increase cardiorespiratory effects including hypotension, apnea, airway obstruction, and oxygen desaturation.

Adult Patients

In adults, anesthesia can be maintained by administering propofol injectable emulsion by infusion or intermittent IV bolus injection. The patient's clinical response will determine the infusion rate or the amount and frequency of incremental injections.

Continuous Infusion

Propofol injectable emulsion 100 to 200 mcg/kg/min administered in a variable rate infusion with 60% to 70% nitrous oxide and oxygen provides anesthesia for patients undergoing general surgery. Maintenance by infusion of propofol injectable emulsion should immediately follow the induction dose in order to provide satisfactory or continuous anesthesia during the induction phase. During this initial period following the induction dose, higher rates of infusion are generally required (150 to 200 mcg/kg/min) for the first 10 to 15 minutes. Infusion rates should subsequently be decreased 30% to 50% during the first half-hour of maintenance. Generally, rates of 50 to 100 mcg/kg/min in adults should be achieved during maintenance in order to optimize recovery times.

Other drugs that cause CNS depression (hypnotics/sedatives, inhalational anesthetics, and opioids) can increase the CNS depression induced by propofol.

Intermittent Bolus

Increments of propofol injectable emulsion 25 mg (2.5 mL) to 50 mg (5 mL) may be administered with nitrous oxide in adult patients undergoing general surgery. The incremental boluses should be administered when changes in vital signs indicate a response to surgical stimulation or light anesthesia.

Pediatric Patients

Propofol injectable emulsion administered as a variable rate infusion supplemented with nitrous oxide 60% to 70% provides satisfactory anesthesia for most children 2 months of age or older, ASA-PS I or II, undergoing general anesthesia.

In general, for the pediatric population, maintenance by infusion of propofol injectable emulsion at a rate of 200 to 300 mcg/kg/min should immediately follow the induction dose. Following the first half-hour of maintenance, infusion rates of 125 to 150 mcg/kg/min are typically needed. Propofol injectable emulsion should be titrated to achieve the desired clinical effect. Younger pediatric patients may require higher maintenance infusion rates than older pediatric patients (see Table 2 Clinical Trials).

Monitored Anesthesia Care (MAC) Sedation

Adult Patients

When propofol injectable emulsion is administered for MAC sedation, rates of administration should be individualized and titrated to clinical response. In most patients, the rates of propofol injectable emulsion administration will be in the range of 25 to 75 mcg/kg/min.

During initiation of MAC sedation, slow infusion or slow injection techniques are preferable over rapid bolus administration. During maintenance of MAC sedation, a variable rate infusion is preferable over intermittent bolus dose administration. In the elderly, debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV patients, rapid (single or repeated) bolus dose administration should not be used for MAC sedation (see WARNINGS). A rapid bolus injection can result in undesirable cardiorespiratory depression including hypotension, apnea, airway obstruction, and oxygen desaturation.

Initiation of MAC Sedation

For initiation of MAC sedation, either an infusion or a slow injection method may be utilized while closely monitoring cardiorespiratory function. With the infusion method, sedation may be initiated by infusing propofol injectable emulsion at 100 to 150 mcg/kg/min (6 to 9 mg/kg/h) for a period of 3 to 5 minutes and titrating to the desired clinical effect while closely monitoring respiratory function. With the slow injection method for initiation, patients will require approximately 0.5 mg/kg administered over 3 to 5 minutes and titrated to clinical responses. When propofol injectable emulsion is administered slowly over 3 to 5 minutes, most patients will be adequately sedated, and the peak drug effect can be achieved while minimizing undesirable cardiorespiratory effects occurring at high plasma levels.

In the elderly, debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV patients, rapid (single or repeated) bolus dose administration should not be used for MAC sedation (see WARNINGS). The rate of administration should be over 3 to 5 minutes and the dosage of propofol injectable emulsion should be reduced to approximately 80% of the usual adult dosage in these patients according to their condition, responses, and changes in vital signs (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

Maintenance of MAC Sedation

For maintenance of sedation, a variable rate infusion method is preferable over an intermittent bolus dose method. With the variable rate infusion method, patients will generally require maintenance rates of 25 to 75 mcg/kg/min (1.5 to 4.5 mg/kg/h) during the first 10 to 15 minutes of sedation maintenance. Infusion rates should subsequently be decreased over time to 25 to 50 mcg/kg/min and adjusted to clinical responses. In titrating to clinical effect, allow approximately 2 minutes for onset of peak drug effect.

Infusion rates should always be titrated downward in the absence of clinical signs of light sedation until mild responses to stimulation are obtained in order to avoid sedative administration of propofol injectable emulsion at rates higher than are clinically necessary.

If the intermittent bolus dose method is used, increments of propofol injectable emulsion 10 mg (1 mL) or 20 mg (2 mL) can be administered and titrated to desired clinical effect. With the intermittent bolus method of sedation maintenance, there is increased potential for respiratory depression, transient increases in sedation depth, and prolongation of recovery.

In the elderly, debilitated, or ASA-PS III or IV patients, rapid (single or repeated) bolus dose administration should not be used for MAC sedation (see WARNINGS). The rate of administration and the dosage of propofol injectable emulsion should be reduced to approximately 80% of the usual adult dosage in these patients according to their condition, responses, and changes in vital signs (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

Propofol injectable emulsion can be administered as the sole agent for maintenance of MAC sedation during surgical/diagnostic procedures. When propofol injectable emulsion sedation is supplemented with opioid and/or benzodiazepine medications, these agents increase the sedative and respiratory effects of propofol injectable emulsion and may also result in a slower recovery profile (see PRECAUTIONS, Drug Interactions).

ICU Sedation

(See WARNINGS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION, Handling Procedures.)

Abrupt discontinuation of propofol injectable emulsion prior to weaning or for daily evaluation of sedation levels should be avoided. This may result in rapid awakening with associated anxiety, agitation, and resistance to mechanical ventilation. Infusions of propofol injectable emulsion should be adjusted to assure a minimal level of sedation is maintained throughout the weaning process and when assessing the level of sedation (see PRECAUTIONS).

Adult Patients

For intubated, mechanically ventilated adult patients, Intensive Care Unit (ICU) sedation should be initiated slowly with a continuous infusion in order to titrate to desired clinical effect and minimize hypotension (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

Most adult ICU patients recovering from the effects of general anesthesia or deep sedation will require maintenance rates of 5 to 50 mcg/kg/min (0.3 to 3 mg/kg/h) individualized and titrated to clinical response (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION). With medical ICU patients or patients who have recovered from the effects of general anesthesia or deep sedation, the rate of administration of 50 mcg/kg/min or higher may be required to achieve adequate sedation. These higher rates of administration may increase the likelihood of patients developing hypotension. Administration should not exceed 4 mg/kg/hour unless the benefits outweigh the risks (see WARNINGS).

Dosage and rate of administration should be individualized and titrated to the desired effect, according to clinically relevant factors including the patient's underlying medical problems, preinduction and concomitant medications, age, ASA-PS classification, and level of debilitation of the patient. The elderly, debilitated, and ASA-PS III or IV patients may have exaggerated hemodynamic and respiratory responses to rapid bolus doses (see WARNINGS).

Propofol injectable emulsion should be individualized according to the patient's condition and response, blood lipid profile, and vital signs (see PRECAUTIONS, Intensive Care Unit Sedation). For intubated, mechanically ventilated adult patients, Intensive Care Unit (ICU) sedation should be initiated slowly with a continuous infusion in order to titrate to desired clinical effect and minimize hypotension. When indicated, initiation of sedation should begin at 5 mcg/kg/min (0.3 mg/kg/h). The infusion rate should be increased by increments of 5 to 10 mcg/kg/min (0.3 to 0.6 mg/kg/h) until the desired level of sedation is achieved. A minimum period of 5 minutes between adjustments should be allowed for onset of peak drug effect. Most adult patients require maintenance rates of 5 to 50 mcg/kg/min (0.3 to 3 mg/kg/h) or higher. Administration should not exceed 4 mg/kg/hour unless the benefits outweigh the risks (see WARNINGS). Dosages of propofol injectable emulsion should be reduced in patients who have received large dosages of narcotics. The propofol injectable emulsion dosage requirement may also be reduced by adequate management of pain with analgesic agents. As with other sedative medications, there is interpatient variability in dosage requirements, and these requirements may change with time (see SUMMARY OF DOSAGE GUIDELINES). Evaluation of level of sedation and assessment of CNS function should be carried out daily throughout maintenance to determine the minimum dose of propofol injectable emulsion required for sedation (see Clinical Trials, Intensive Care Unit (ICU) Sedation). Bolus administration of 10 or 20 mg should only be used to rapidly increase depth of sedation in patients where hypotension is not likely to occur. Patients with compromised myocardial function, intravascular volume depletion, or abnormally low vascular tone (e.g., sepsis) may be more susceptible to hypotension (see PRECAUTIONS).
Fluconazole

Fluconazole

TREATMENT

Adults

The usual adult dosage range is 1 gram to 2 grams every six to eight hours. Dosage should be determined by susceptibility of the causative organisms, severity of infection, and the condition of the patient (see Table 3 for dosage guidelines).

If C. trachomatis is a suspected pathogen, appropriate anti-chlamydial coverage should be added, because cefoxitin sodium has no activity against this organism.

Cefoxitin for Injection may be used in patients with reduced renal function with the following dosage adjustments:

In adults with renal insufficiency, an initial loading dose of 1 gram to 2 grams may be given. After a loading dose, the recommendations for maintenance dosage (Table 4) may be used as a guide.

When only the serum creatinine level is available, the following formula (based on sex, weight, and age of the patient) may be used to convert this value into creatinine clearance. The serum creatinine should represent a steady state of renal function.

In patients undergoing hemodialysis, the loading dose of 1 to 2 grams should be given after each hemodialysis, and the maintenance dose should be given as indicated in Table 4.

Antibiotic therapy for group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infections should be maintained for at least 10 days to guard against the risk of rheumatic fever or glomerulonephritis. In staphylococcal and other infections involving a collection of pus, surgical drainage should be carried out where indicated.

Pediatric Patients

The recommended dosage in pediatric patients three months of age and older is 80 to 160 mg/kg of body weight per day divided into four to six equal doses. The higher dosages should be used for more severe or serious infections. The total daily dosage should not exceed 12 grams.

At this time no recommendation is made for pediatric patients from birth to three months of age (see PRECAUTIONS).

In pediatric patients with renal insufficiency, the dosage and frequency of dosage should be modified consistent with the recommendations for adults (see Table 4).

PREVENTION

Effective prophylactic use depends on the time of administration. Cefoxitin for Injection usually should be given one-half to one hour before the operation, which is sufficient time to achieve effective levels in the wound during the procedure. Prophylactic administration should usually be stopped within 24 hours since continuing administration of any antibiotic increases the possibility of adverse reactions but, in the majority of surgical procedures, does not reduce the incidence of subsequent infection.

For prophylactic use in uncontaminated gastrointestinal surgery, vaginal hysterectomy, or abdominal hysterectomy, the following doses are recommended:

Adults:

2 grams administered intravenously just prior to surgery (approximately one-half to one hour before the initial incision) followed by 2 grams every 6 hours after the first dose for no more than 24 hours.

Pediatric Patients (3 months and older):

30 to 40 mg/kg doses may be given at the times designated above.

Cesarean section patients:

For patients undergoing cesarean section, either a single 2 gram dose administered intravenously as soon as the umbilical cord is clamped OR a 3-dose regimen consisting of 2 grams given intravenously as soon as the umbilical cord is clamped followed by 2 grams 4 and 8 hours after the initial dose is recommended. (See CLINICAL STUDIES.)
Table 3 - Guidelines for Dosage of Cefoxitin for Injection
* Including patients in whom bacteremia is absent or unlikely.
Type of Infection Daily Dosage Frequency and Route Uncomplicated forms* of infections such as pneumonia, urinary tract infection, cutaneous infection 3 to 4 grams 1 gram every 6-8 hours IV Moderately severe or severe infections 6 to 8 grams 1 gram every 4 hoursor2 grams every 6-8 hours IV Infections commonly needing antibiotics in higher dosage (e.g., gas gangrene) 12 grams 2 grams every 4 hoursor3 grams every 6 hours IV Table 4 - Maintenance Dosage of Cefoxitin for Injection in Adults with Reduced Renal Function Renal Function CreatinineClearance(mL/min) Dose(Grams) Frequency Mild impairmentModerate impairmentSevere impairmentEssentially no function 50 to 3029 to 109 to 5< 5 1 to 21 to 20.5 to 10.5 to 1 Every 8-12 hoursEvery 12-24 hoursEvery 12-24 hoursEvery 24-48 hours Table 5 - Preparation of Solution for Intravenous Administration
** Shake to dissolve and let stand until clear.
Strength Amount of Diluent Approximate Approximate Average to be Added Withdrawable Concentration (mL)** Volume (mL) (mg/mL) 1 gram Vial 10 10.5 95 2 gram Vial 10 or 20 11.1 or 21 180 or 95
PREPARATION OF SOLUTION

Table 5 is provided for convenience in constituting Cefoxitin for Injection for intravenous administration.

For Vials

One gram should be constituted with at least 10 mL, and 2 grams with 10 or 20 mL, of Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, 0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection, or 5 percent Dextrose Injection. These primary solutions may be further diluted in 50 to 1000 mL of the diluents listed under the Vials portion of the COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY section.

Benzyl alcohol as a preservative has been associated with toxicity in neonates. While toxicity has not been demonstrated in pediatric patients greater than three months of age, in whom use of Cefoxitin for Injection may be indicated, small pediatric patients in this age range may also be at risk for benzyl alcohol toxicity. Therefore, diluent containing benzyl alcohol should not be used when Cefoxitin for Injection is constituted for administration to pediatric patients in this age range.

ADMINISTRATION

Cefoxitin for Injection may be administered intravenously after constitution.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit.

Intravenous Administration

The intravenous route is preferable for patients with bacteremia, bacterial septicemia, or other severe or life threatening infections, or for patients who may be poor risks because of lowered resistance resulting from such debilitating conditions as malnutrition, trauma, surgery, diabetes, heart failure, or malignancy, particularly if shock is present or impending.

For intermittent intravenous administration, a solution containing 1 gram or 2 grams in 10 mL of Sterile Water for Injection can be injected over a period of three to five minutes. Using an infusion system, it may also be given over a longer period of time through the tubing system by which the patient may be receiving other intravenous solutions. However, during infusion of the solution containing Cefoxitin for Injection, it is advisable to temporarily discontinue administration of any other solutions at the same site.

For the administration of higher doses by continuous intravenous infusion, a solution of Cefoxitin for Injection may be added to an intravenous bottle containing 5 percent Dextrose Injection, 0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection, or 5 percent Dextrose and 0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection. BUTTERFLY®‡ or scalp vein-type needles are preferred for this type of infusion.

Solutions of Cefoxitin for Injection, like those of most beta-lactam antibiotics, should not be added to aminoglycoside solutions (e.g., gentamicin sulfate, tobramycin sulfate, amikacin sulfate) because of potential interaction. However, Cefoxitin for Injection and aminoglycosides may be administered separately to the same patient.

COMPATIBILITY AND STABILITY

Vials

Cefoxitin for Injection, as supplied in vials and constituted to 1 gram/10 mL with Sterile Water for Injection, Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, (see PREPARATION OF SOLUTION), 0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection, or 5 percent Dextrose Injection, maintains satisfactory potency for 6 hours at room temperature or for one week under refrigeration (below 5°C).

These primary solutions may be further diluted in 50 to 1000 mL of the following diluents and maintain potency for an additional 18 hours at room temperature or an additional 48 hours under refrigeration:
0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection 5 percent or 10 percent Dextrose Injection 5 percent Dextrose and 0.9 percent Sodium Chloride Injection 5 percent Dextrose Injection with 0.2 percent or 0.45 percent saline solution Lactated Ringer's Injection 5 percent Dextrose in Lactated Ringer's Injection 5 percent Sodium Bicarbonate Injection M/6 sodium lactate solution Mannitol 5% and 10%
After the periods mentioned above, any unused solutions should be discarded.
Epirubicin Hydrochlorid...

Epirubicin Hydrochloride

When possible, to reduce the risk of developing cardiotoxicity in patients receiving epirubicin hydrochloride injection after stopping treatment with other cardiotoxic agents, especially those with long half-lives such as trastuzumab, epirubicin hydrochloride injection-based therapy should be delayed until the other agents have cleared from the circulation [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)].

Administer epirubicin hydrochloride injection by intravenous infusion. Give epirubicin hydrochloride injection in repeated 3- to 4-week cycles. The total dose of epirubicin hydrochloride injection may be given on Day 1 of each cycle or divided equally and given on Days 1 and 8 of each cycle. The recommended dosages of epirubicin hydrochloride injection are as follows:

2.1 Recommended Dose

The recommended dose of epirubicin hydrochloride injection is 100 to 120 mg/m2. The following regimens are recommended:
CEF-120: CyclophosphamideEpirubicin hydrochloride injection5-FluorouracilRepeated every 28 days for 6 cycles 75 mg/m2 PO D 1-14 60 mg/m2 IV D 1, 8 500 mg/m2 IV D 1, 8 FEC-100: 5-FluorouracilEpirubicin hydrochloride injectionCyclophosphamide 500 mg/m2 100 mg/m2 500 mg/m2
All drugs administered intravenously on Day 1 and repeated every 21 days for 6 cycles

Patients administered the 120-mg/m2 regimen of epirubicin hydrochloride injection should receive prophylactic antibiotic therapy.

2.2 Dose Modifications

Epirubicin hydrochloride injection dosage adjustments for hematologic and non-hematologic toxicities within a cycle of treatment, is based on nadir platelet counts <50,000/mm3, absolute neutrophil counts (ANC) <250/mm3, neutropenic fever, or Grades 3/4 nonhematologic toxicity. Reduce epirubicin hydrochloride injection Day 1 dose in subsequent cycles to 75% of the Day 1 dose given in the current cycle. Delay Day 1 chemotherapy in subsequent courses of treatment until platelet counts are ≥100,000/mm3, ANC ≥1500/mm3, and nonhematologic toxicities have recovered to ≤ Grade 1.

Bone Marrow Dysfunction

Consider administering a lower starting dose (75-90 mg/m2) for heavily pretreated patients, patients with pre-existing bone marrow depression, or in the presence of neoplastic bone marrow infiltration [see Warnings and Precautions (5)]. For patients receiving a divided dose of epirubicin hydrochloride injection (Day 1 and Day 8), the Day 8 dose should be 75% of Day 1 if platelet counts are 75,000-100,000/mm3 and ANC is 1000 to 1499/mm3. If Day 8 platelet counts are <75,000/mm3, ANC <1000/mm3, or Grades 3/4 nonhematologic toxicity has occurred, omit the Day 8 dose.

Hepatic Impairment

Recommendations regarding use of epirubicin hydrochloride injection in patients with hepatic impairment are not available because patients with hepatic abnormalities were not included in the adjuvant trials [see Warnings and Precautions (5.5) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)]. In patients with elevated serum AST or serum total bilirubin concentrations, the following dose reductions are recommended:
Bilirubin 1.2 to 3 mg/dL or AST 2 to 4 times upper limit of normal 1/2 of recommended starting dose Bilirubin > 3 mg/dL or AST > 4 times upper limit of normal 1/4 of recommended starting dose
Renal Impairment

While no specific dose recommendation can be made based on the limited available data in patients with renal impairment, consider lower doses in patients with severe renal impairment (serum creatinine > 5 mg/dL) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.3 Preparation and Administration Precautions

Storage of the solution for injection at refrigerated conditions can result in the formation of a gelled product. This gelled product will return to a slightly viscous to mobile solution after 2 to a maximum of 4 hours equilibration at controlled room temperature (15-25ºC).

Inspect parenteral drug products visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit. Procedures for proper handling and disposal of anticancer drugs should be used when handling and preparing epirubicin hydrochloride injection. Several guidelines on this subject have been published.1-4 [see References (15)].

Protective Measures

Take the following protective measures when handling epirubicin hydrochloride injection:
Train personnel in appropriate techniques for reconstitution and handling. Exclude pregnant staff from working with this drug. Wear protective clothing: goggles, gowns, and disposable gloves and masks when handling epirubicin hydrochloride injection. Define a designated area for syringe preparation (preferably under a laminar flow system), with the work surface protected by disposable, plastic-backed, absorbent paper. Place all items used for reconstitution, administration, or cleaning (including gloves) in high-risk, waste-disposal bags for high temperature incineration. Treat spillage or leakage with dilute sodium hypochlorite (1% available chlorine) solution, preferably by soaking, and then water. Place all contaminated and cleaning materials in high-risk, waste-disposal bags for incineration. Treat accidental contact with the skin or eyes immediately by copious lavage with water, or soap and water, or sodium bicarbonate solution. However, do not abrade the skin by using a scrub brush. Seek medical attention. Always wash hands after removing gloves.
Incompatibilities

Avoid prolonged contact with any solution of an alkaline pH as it will result in hydrolysis of the drug. Do not mix epirubicin hydrochloride injection with heparin or fluorouracil due to chemical incompatibility that may lead to precipitation. Epirubicin hydrochloride injection can be used in combination with other antitumor agents, but do not mix with other drugs in the same syringe.

Preparation of Infusion Solution

Administer epirubicin hydrochloride injection into the tubing of a freely flowing intravenous infusion (0.9% sodium chloride or 5% glucose solution). Patients receiving initial therapy at the recommended starting doses of 100-120 mg/m2 should generally have epirubicin hydrochloride injection infused over 15-20 minutes. For patients who require lower epirubicin hydrochloride injection starting doses due to organ dysfunction or who require modification of epirubicin hydrochloride injection doses during therapy, the epirubicin hydrochloride injection infusion time may be proportionally decreased, but should not be less than 3 minutes. This technique is intended to minimize the risk of thrombosis or perivenous extravasation, which could lead to severe cellulitis, vesication, or tissue necrosis. A direct push injection is not recommended due to the risk of extravasation, which may occur even in the presence of adequate blood return upon needle aspiration. Venous sclerosis may result from injection into small vessels or repeated injections into the same vein [see Warnings and Precautions (5.9)]. Use epirubicin hydrochloride injection within 24 hours of first penetration of the rubber stopper. Discard any unused solution.
Tacrolimus

Tacrolimus

Chlorothiazide Sodium for Injection, USP should be reserved for patients unable to take oral medication or for emergency situations.

Therapy should be individualized according to patient response. Use the smallest dosage necessary to achieve the required response.

Intravenous use in infants and children has been limited and is not generally recommended.

When medication can be taken orally, therapy with chlorothiazide tablets or oral suspension may be substituted for intravenous therapy, using the same dosage schedule as for the parenteral route.

Chlorothiazide Sodium for Injection, USP may be given slowly by direct intravenous injection or by intravenous infusion.

Extravasation must be rigidly avoided. Do not give subcutaneously or intramuscularly.

The usual adult dosage is 500 mg to 1 g once or twice a day. Many patients with edema respond to intermittent therapy, i.e., administration on alternate days or on three to five days each week. With an intermittent schedule, excessive response and the resulting undesirable electrolyte imbalance are less likely to occur.

Directions for Reconstitution

Use aseptic technique. Because Chlorothiazide Sodium for Injection, USP contains no preservative, a fresh solution should be prepared immediately prior to each administration, and the unused portion should be discarded.

Add 18 mL of Sterile Water for Injection to the vial to form an isotonic solution for intravenous injection. Never add less than 18 mL. When reconstituted with 18 mL of Sterile Water, the final concentration of Chlorothiazide Sodium for Injection, USP is 28 mg per mL. The reconstituted solution is clear and essentially free from visible particles. Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to use whenever solution and container permit. The solution is compatible with dextrose or sodium chloride solutions for intravenous infusion. Avoid simultaneous administration of solutions of chlorothiazide with whole blood or its derivatives.
Ibandronate Sodium

Ibandronate Sodium

2.1 Important Administration Instructions

Ibandronate sodium injection must be administered intravenously only by a health care professional. Care must be taken not to administer intra-arterially or paravenously as this could lead to tissue damage [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].
Appropriate medical support and monitoring measures should be readily available when ibandronate sodium injection is administered. If anaphylactic or other severe hypersensitivity/allergic reactions occur, immediately discontinue the injection and initiate appropriate treatment [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Visually inspect the liquid in the prefilled syringe for particulate matter and discoloration before administration. Do not use prefilled syringes with particulate matter or discoloration. Administer only with the enclosed needle. Discard any unused portion. Do not mix with calcium-containing solutions or other intravenously administered drugs. Prefilled syringes are for single use only.
2.2 Dosage Information

The recommended dose of ibandronate sodium injection for the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis is 3 mg (ibandronate) every 3 months administered intravenously over a period of 15 to 30 seconds. Do not administer more frequently than once every 3 months.

2.3 Laboratory Testing and Oral Examination Prior to Administration

Prior to administration of each dose obtain a serum creatinine [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)]. Given that bisphosphonates have been associated with osteonecrosis of the jaw (ONJ), perform a routine oral examination prior to administration of ibandronate sodium injection.

2.4 Calcium and Vitamin D Supplementation

Instruct patients to take supplemental calcium and vitamin D if their dietary intake is inadequate [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

2.5 Dosing After Missed Dose

If the dose is missed, administer as soon as it can be re-scheduled. Thereafter, ibandronate sodium injection should be scheduled every 3 months from the date of the last injection.

2.6 Dosage Modifications in Patients with Renal Impairment

Do not administer to patients with severe renal impairment (creatinine clearance less than 30 mL/minute) [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)]. No dose adjustment is necessary for patients with mild or moderate renal impairment (creatinine clearance greater than or equal to 30 mL/min) [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].
Ketorolac Tromethamine

Ketorolac Tromethamine

Carefully consider the potential benefits and risks of ketorolac tromethamine injection and other treatment options before deciding to use ketorolac tromethamine. Use the lowest effective dose for the shortest duration consistent with individual patient treatment goals. In adults, the combined duration of use of IV or IM dosing of ketorolac tromethamine injection and oral ketorolac tromethamine is not to exceed 5 days. In adults, the use of oral ketorolac tromethamine is only indicated as continuation therapy to IV or IM dosing of ketorolac tromethamine injection. See package insert for ketorolac tromethamine tablets for transition from IV or IM dosing of ketorolac tromethamine (single- or multiple-dose) to multiple-dose oral ketorolac tromethamine.

Note

Oral formulation should not be given as an initial dose

Use minimum effective dose for the individual patient

Total duration of treatment in adult patients:

The combined duration of use of IV or IM dosing of ketorolac tromethamine and oral ketorolac tromethamine is not to exceed 5 days.

Ketorolac Tromethamine Injection

Ketorolac tromethamine injection may be used as a single or multiple dose on a regular or “prn” schedule for the management of moderately severe, acute pain that requires analgesia at the opioid level, usually in a postoperative setting. Hypovolemia should be corrected prior to the administration of ketorolac tromethamine (see WARNINGS: Renal Effects). Patients should be switched to alternative analgesics as soon as possible, but ketorolac tromethamine therapy is not to exceed 5 days.

When administering ketorolac tromethamine injection, the IV bolus must be given over no less than 15 seconds. The IM administration should be given slowly and deeply into the muscle. The analgesic effect begins in ~30 minutes with maximum effect in 1 to 2 hours after dosing IV or IM. Duration of analgesic effect is usually 4 to 6 hours.

Single-Dose Treatment

The Following Regimen Should Be Limited To Single Administration Use Only

IM Dosing:
Patients < 65 years of age: One dose of 60 mg. Patients ≥ 65 years of age, renally impaired and/or less than 50 kg (110 lbs) of body weight: One dose of 30 mg.
IV Dosing:
Patients < 65 years of age: One dose of 30 mg. Patients ≥ 65 years of age, renally impaired and/or less than 50 kg (110 lbs) of body weight: One dose of 15 mg.
Multiple-Dose Treatment (IV or IM)
Patients < 65 years of age: The recommended dose is 30 mg ketorolac tromethamine injection every 6 hours. The maximum daily dose for these populations should not exceed 120 mg. For patients ≥ 65 years of age, renally impaired patients (see WARNINGS), and patients less than 50 kg (110 lbs): The recommended dose is 15 mg ketorolac tromethamine injection every 6 hours. The maximum daily dose for these populations should not exceed 60 mg.
For breakthrough pain, do not increase the dose or the frequency of ketorolac tromethamine. Consideration should be given to supplementing these regimens with low doses of opioids “prn” unless otherwise contraindicated.

Pharmaceutical Information for Ketorolac Tromethamine Injection

Ketorolac tromethamine injection should not be mixed in a small volume (e.g., in a syringe) with morphine sulfate, meperidine hydrochloride, promethazine hydrochloride or hydroxyzine hydrochloride; this will result in precipitation of ketorolac from solution.

NOTE: Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.
Vinorelbine

Vinorelbine

2.1 Recommended Dose

In Combination with Cisplatin 100 mg/m2
The recommended dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP is 25 mg/m2 administered as an intravenous injection or infusion over 6 to 10 minutes on days 1, 8, 15 and 21 of a 28 day cycle in combination with cisplatin 100 mg/m2 on day 1 only of each 28 day cycle.
In Combination with Cisplatin 120 mg/m2
The recommended dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP is 30 mg/m2 administered as an intravenous injection or infusion over 6 to 10 minutes once a week in combination with cisplatin 120 mg/m2 on days 1 and 29, then every 6 weeks.
Single-Agent
The recommended dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP is 30 mg/m2 administered intravenously over 6 to 10 minutes once a week.
2.2 Dose Modifications

Hematologic Toxicity

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)]

Hold or decrease the dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP in patients with decreased neutrophil counts using the following schema.
Neutrophils on Day of Treatment (Cells/mm3) Percentage of Starting Dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP ≥ 1,500 100% 1,000 to 1,499 50% < 1,000 Do not administer Vinorelbine Injection, USP.Repeat neutrophil count in one week.If three consecutive weekly doses are held becauseNeutrophil count is < 1,000 cells/mm3, discontinue Vinorelbine Injection, USP Note : For patients who experience fever and/or sepsis while neutrophil count is < 1,500 or had 2 consecutive weekly doses held due to neutropenia, subsequent doses of Vinorelbine Injection, USP should be: > 1,500 75% 1,000 to 1,499 37.5% < 1,000 Do not administer Vinorelbine Injection, USP. Repeat neutrophil count in one week.
Hepatic Impairment/Toxicity

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.2) and Use in Specific Populations (8.6)]

Reduce Vinorelbine Injection, USP dose in patients with elevated serum total bilirubin concentration according to the following schema:
Serum total bilirubin concentration (mg/dl) Percentage of Starting Dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP ≤ 2.0 100% 2.1 to 3.0 50% > 3.0 25%
Concurrent Hematologic Toxicity and Hepatic Impairment

In patients with both hematologic toxicity and hepatic impairment, administer the lower of the doses based on the corresponding starting dose of Vinorelbine Injection, USP determined from the above schemas.

Neurologic Toxicity

[see Warnings and Precautions (5.5)]

Discontinue Vinorelbine Injection, USP for NCI CTCAE Grade 2 or higher peripheral neuropathy or autonomic neuropathy causing constipation.

2.3 Preparation and Administration

Preparation of Vinorelbine Injection, USP

Dilute Vinorelbine Injection, USP in either a syringe or intravenous bag using one of the recommended solutions.

Syringe

Dilute to a concentration between 1.5 and 3 mg/mL. The following solutions may be used for dilution:
5% Dextrose Injection, USP 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP
Intravenous Bag

Dilute to a concentration between 0.5 and 2 mg/mL. The following solutions may be used for dilution:
5% Dextrose Injection, USP 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Ringer's Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP
Stability

Diluted Vinorelbine Injection, USP may be used for up to 24 hours under normal room light when stored in polypropylene syringes or polyvinyl chloride bags at 5° to 30°C (41° to 86°F).

Administration

Administer diluted Vinorelbine Injection, USP over 6 to 10 minutes into the side port of a free-flowing intravenous line followed by flushing with at least 75 to 125 mL of one of the solutions.

Vinorelbine Injection, USP must only be administered intravenously. It is extremely important that the intravenous needle or catheter be properly positioned before any Vinorelbine Injection, USP is injected.

Parenteral drug products should be visually inspected for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. If particulate matter is seen, Vinorelbine Injection, USP should not be administered.

Management of Suspected Extravasation
If Vinorelbine Injection, USP leakage into surrounding tissue occurs or is suspected, immediately stop administration of Vinorelbine Injection, USP and initiate appropriate management measures in accordance with institutional policies [see Warnings and Precautions (5.4)].
2.4 Procedures for Proper Handling and Disposal

Handle and dispose Vinorelbine Injection, USP consistent with recommendations for the handling and disposal of hazardous drugs.1

Exercise caution in handling and preparing the solution of Vinorelbine Injection, USP. The use of gloves is recommended. If the solution of Vinorelbine Injection, USP contacts the skin or mucosa, immediately wash the skin or mucosa thoroughly with soap and water.

Avoid contamination of the eye with Vinorelbine Injection, USP. If exposure occurs, flush the eyes with water immediately and thoroughly.
Oxaliplatin

Oxaliplatin

Oxaliplatin Injection, USP should be administered under the supervision of a qualified physician experienced in the use of cancer chemotherapeutic agents. Appropriate management of therapy and complications is possible only when adequate diagnostic and treatment facilities are readily available.

2.1 Dosage

Administer Oxaliplatin Injection, USP in combination with 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin every 2 weeks. For advanced disease, treatment is recommended until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity. For adjuvant use, treatment is recommended for a total of 6 months (12 cycles):

Day 1: Oxaliplatin Injection, USP 85 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 250 to 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection, USP and leucovorin 200 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 5% Dextrose Injection, USP both given over 120 minutes at the same time in separate bags using a Y-line, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection, USP (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Day 2: Leucovorin 200 mg/m2 intravenous infusion over 120 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 400 mg/m2 intravenous bolus given over 2 to 4 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil 600 mg/m2 intravenous infusion in 500 mL 5% Dextrose Injection, USP (recommended) as a 22-hour continuous infusion.

Figure 1

The administration of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP does not require prehydration. Premedication with antiemetics, including 5-HT3 blockers with or without dexamethasone, is recommended.

For information on 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin, see the respective package inserts.

2.2 Dose Modification Recommendations

Prior to subsequent therapy cycles, patients should be evaluated for clinical toxicities and recommended laboratory tests [see Warnings and Precautions (5.6)]. Prolongation of infusion time for Oxaliplatin Injection, USP from 2 hours to 6 hours may mitigate acute toxicities. The infusion times for 5-fluorouracil and leucovorin do not need to be changed.

Adjuvant Therapy in Patients with Stage III Colon Cancer

Neuropathy and other toxicities were graded using the NCI CTC scale version 1 [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)].

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP to 75 mg/m2 should be considered. For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered. The infusional 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP to 75 mg/m2 and infusional 5-fluorouracil to 300 mg/m2 bolus and 500 mg/m2 22 hour infusion is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment) or grade 4 neutropenia or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia. The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥1.5 x 109/L and platelets ≥75 x 109/L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy in Previously Untreated and Previously Treated Patients with Advanced Colorectal Cancer

Neuropathy was graded using a study-specific neurotoxicity scale [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)]. Other toxicities were graded by the NCI CTC, Version 2.0.

For patients who experience persistent Grade 2 neurosensory events that do not resolve, a dose reduction of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP to 65 mg/m2 should be considered. For patients with persistent Grade 3 neurosensory events, discontinuing therapy should be considered. The 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin regimen need not be altered.

A dose reduction of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP to 65 mg/m2 and 5-fluorouracil by 20% (300 mg/m2 bolus and 500 mg/m2 22-hour infusion) is recommended for patients after recovery from grade 3/4 gastrointestinal (despite prophylactic treatment) or grade 4 neutropenia or grade 3/4 thrombocytopenia. The next dose should be delayed until: neutrophils ≥1.5 x 109/L and platelets ≥75 x 109/L.

Dose Modifications in Therapy for Patients with Renal Impairment

In patients with normal renal function or mild to moderate renal impairment, the recommended dose of Oxaliplatin Injection, USP is 85 mg/m2. In patients with severe renal impairment, the initial recommended Oxaliplatin Injection, USP dose should be reduced to 65 mg/m2 [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

2.3 Preparation of Infusion Solution

Do not freeze and protect from light the concentrated solution.

A final dilution must never be performed with a sodium chloride solution or other chloride-containing solutions.

The solution must be further diluted in an infusion solution of 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP. After dilution with 250 to 500 mL of 5% Dextrose Injection, USP, the shelf life is 6 hours at room temperature [20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F)] or up to 24 hours under refrigeration [2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F)]. After final dilution, protection from light is not required.

Oxaliplatin Injection, USP is incompatible in solution with alkaline medications or media (such as basic solutions of 5-fluorouracil) and must not be mixed with these or administered simultaneously through the same infusion line. The infusion line should be flushed with 5% Dextrose Injection, USP prior to administration of any concomitant medication.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration and discarded if present.

Needles or intravenous administration sets containing aluminum parts that may come in contact with Oxaliplatin Injection, USP should not be used for the preparation or mixing of the drug. Aluminum has been reported to cause degradation of platinum compounds.
Glydo

Glydo

When GLYDO is used concomitantly with other products containing lidocaine, the total dose contributed by all formulations must be kept in mind.

The dosage varies and depends upon the area to be anesthetized, vascularity of the tissues, individual tolerance, and the technique of anesthesia. The lowest dosage needed to provide effective anesthesia should be administered. Dosages should be reduced for children and for elderly and debilitated patients. Although the incidence of adverse effects with GLYDO is quite low, caution should be exercised, particularly when employing large amounts, since the incidence of adverse effects is directly proportional to the total dose of local anesthetic agent administered.

For Surface Anesthesia of the Male Adult Urethra

The outer orifice is washed and disinfected. The plastic tip is introduced into the orifice, where it is firmly held in position. The jelly is instilled by an easy syringe-like action, until the patient has a feeling of tension or until about 15 mL (i.e., 300 mg of lidocaine hydrochloride) is instilled. A penile clamp is then applied for several minutes at the corona and then additional jelly (about 15 mL) can be instilled for adequate anesthesia. Prior to sounding or cystoscopy, a penile clamp should be applied for 5 to 10 minutes to obtain adequate anesthesia. A total dose of 30 mL (i.e., 600 mg) is usually required to fill and dilate the male urethra. Prior to catheterization, smaller volumes of 5 to 10 mL (100-200 mg) are usually adequate for lubrication.

For Surface Anesthesia of the Female Adult Urethra

Slowly instill 3 to 5 mL (60 to 100 mg of lidocaine HCl) of the jelly into the urethra. If desired, some jelly may be deposited on a cotton swab and introduced into the urethra. In order to obtain adequate anesthesia, several minutes should be allowed prior to performing urological procedures.

Lubrication for Endotracheal Intubation

Apply a moderate amount of jelly to the external surface of the endotracheal tube shortly before use. Care should be taken to avoid introducing the product into the lumen of the tube. Do not use the jelly to lubricate endotracheal stylettes. See WARNINGS and ADVERSE REACTIONS concerning rare reports of inner lumen occlusion. It is also recommended that use of endotracheal tubes with dried jelly on the external surface be avoided for lack of lubricating effect.
Caffeine Citrate Soluti...

Caffeine Citrate Solution

Prior to initiation of caffeine citrate, baseline serum levels of caffeine should be measured in infants previously treated with theophylline, since preterm infants metabolize theophylline to caffeine. Likewise, baseline serum levels of caffeine should be measured in infants born to mothers who consumed caffeine prior to delivery, since caffeine readily crosses the placenta.

The recommended loading dose and maintenance doses of caffeine citrate follow.

*using a syringe infusion pump

** beginning 24 hours after the loading dose
Dose of Caffeine Citrate Volume Dose of Caffeine Citrate mg/kg Route Frequency Loading Dose 1 mL/kg 20 mg/kg Intravenous*(over 30 minutes) One Time Maintenance Dose 0.25 mL/kg 5 mg/kg Intravenous*(over 10 minutes) or Orally Every 24 hours**
NOTE THAT THE DOSE OF CAFFEINE BASE IS ONE-HALF THE DOSE WHEN EXPRESSED AS CAFFEINE CITRATE (e.g., 20 mg of caffeine citrate is equivalent to 10 mg of caffeine base).

Serum concentrations of caffeine may need to be monitored periodically throughout treatment to avoid toxicity. Serious toxicity has been associated with serum levels greater than 50 mg/L.

Caffeine citrate should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration. Vials containing discolored solution or visible particulate matter should be discarded.

Drug Compatibility

To test for drug compatibility with common intravenous solutions or medications, 20 mL of caffeine citrate injection were combined with 20 mL of a solution or medication, with the exception of an Intralipid® admixture, which was combined as 80 mL/80 mL. The physical appearance of the combined solutions was evaluated for precipitation. The admixtures were mixed for 10 minutes and then assayed for caffeine. The admixtures were then continually mixed for 24 hours, with further sampling for caffeine assays at 2, 4, 8, and 24 hours.

Based on this testing, caffeine citrate injection, 60 mg/3 mL is chemically stable for 24 hours at room temperature when combined with the following test products.
Dextrose Injection, USP 5% 50% Dextrose Injection USP
Cepacol Extra Strength ...

Cepacol Extra Strength Sore Throat Cherry

The dose of any local anesthetic administered varies with the anesthetic procedure, the area to be anesthetized, the vascularity of the tissues, the number of neuronal segments to be blocked, the depth of anesthesia and degree of muscle relaxation required, the duration of anesthesia desired, individual tolerance, and the physical condition of the patient. The smallest dose and concentration required to produce the desired result should be administered. Dosages of bupivacaine hydrochloride should be reduced for elderly and/or debilitated patients and patients with cardiac and/or liver disease. The rapid injection of a large volume of local anesthetic solution should be avoided and fractional (incremental) doses should be used when feasible.

For specific techniques and procedures, refer to standard textbooks.

There have been adverse event reports of chondrolysis in patients receiving intra-articular infusions of local anesthetics following arthroscopic and other surgical procedures. Bupivacaine hydrochloride is not approved for this use (see WARNINGS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

In recommended doses, bupivacaine hydrochloride produces complete sensory block, but the effect on motor function differs among the three concentrations.

0.25%—when used for caudal, epidural, or peripheral nerve block, produces incomplete motor block. Should be used for operations in which muscle relaxation is not important, or when another means of providing muscle relaxation is used concurrently. Onset of action may be slower than with the 0.5% or 0.75% solutions.

0.5%—provides motor blockade for caudal, epidural, or nerve block, but muscle relaxation may be inadequate for operations in which complete muscle relaxation is essential.

0.75%—produces complete motor block. Most useful for epidural block in abdominal operations requiring complete muscle relaxation, and for retrobulbar anesthesia. Not for obstetrical anesthesia.

The duration of anesthesia with bupivacaine hydrochloride is such that for most indications, a single dose is sufficient.

Maximum dosage limit must be individualized in each case after evaluating the size and physical status of the patient, as well as the usual rate of systemic absorption from a particular injection site. Most experience to date is with single doses of bupivacaine hydrochloride up to 175 mg; more or less drug may be used depending on individualization of each case.

These doses may be repeated up to once every three hours. In clinical studies to date, total daily doses have been up to 400 mg. Until further experience is gained, this dose should not be exceeded in 24 hours. The duration of anesthetic effect may be prolonged by the addition of epinephrine.

The dosages in Table 1 have generally proved satisfactory and are recommended as a guide for use in the average adult. These dosages should be reduced for elderly or debilitated patients. Until further experience is gained, bupivacaine hydrochloride is not recommended for pediatric patients younger than 12 years. Bupivacaine hydrochloride is contraindicated for obstetrical paracervical blocks, and is not recommended for intravenous regional anesthesia (Bier Block).

Use in Epidural Anesthesia: During epidural administration of bupivacaine hydrochloride, 0.5% and 0.75% solutions should be administered in incremental doses of 3 mL to 5 mL with sufficient time between doses to detect toxic manifestations of unintentional intravascular or intrathecal injection. In obstetrics, only the 0.5% and 0.25% concentrations should be used; incremental doses of 3 mL to 5 mL of the 0.5% solution not exceeding 50 mg to 100 mg at any dosing interval are recommended. Repeat doses should be preceded by a test dose containing epinephrine if not contraindicated. Use only the single-dose ampuls and single-dose vials for caudal or epidural anesthesia; the multiple-dose vials contain a preservative and therefore should not be used for these procedures.

Unused portions of solution should be discarded following initial use.

This product should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. Solutions which are discolored or which contain particulate matter should not be administered.
Table 1. Recommended Concentrations and Doses of Bupivacaine Hydrochloride
1With continuous (intermittent) techniques, repeat doses increase the degree of motor block. The first repeat dose of 0.5% may produce complete motor block. Intercostal nerve block with 0.25% may also produce complete motor block for intra-abdominal surgery.

2For single-dose use, not for intermittent epidural technique. Not for obstetrical anesthesia.

3See PRECAUTIONS.
Type ofBlock Conc. Each Dose Motor Block1 (mL) (mg) Local infiltration 0.25% up to max. up to max. — Epidural 0.75%2 10 to 20 75 to 150 complete 0.5% 10 to 20 50 to 100 moderate to complete 0.25% 10 to 20 25 to 50 partial to moderate Caudal 0.5% 15 to 30 75 to 150 moderate to complete 0.25% 15 to 30 37.5 to 75 moderate Peripheralnerves 0.5% 5 to max. 25 to max. moderate to complete 0.25% 5 to max. 12.5 to max. moderate to complete Retrobulbar3 0.75% 2 to 4 15 to 30 complete Sympathetic 0.25% 20 to 50 50 to 125 —
Octreotide Acetate

Octreotide Acetate

Octreotide acetate injection may be administered subcutaneously or intravenously. Subcutaneous injection is the usual route of administration of octreotide acetate injection for control of symptoms. Pain with subcutaneous administration may be reduced by using the smallest volume that will deliver the desired dose. Multiple subcutaneous injections at the same site within short periods of time should be avoided. Sites should be rotated in a systematic manner.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration. Do not use if particulates and/or discoloration are observed. Proper sterile technique should be used in the preparation of parenteral admixtures to minimize the possibility of microbial contamination. Octreotide acetate injection is not compatible in Total Parenteral Nutrition (TPN) solutions because of the formation of a glycosyl octreotide conjugate which may decrease the efficacy of the product.

Octreotide acetate injection is stable in sterile isotonic saline solutions or sterile solutions of dextrose 5% in water for 24 hours. It may be diluted in volumes of 50 to 200 mL and infused intravenously over 15 to 30 minutes or administered by IV push over 3 minutes. In emergency situations (e.g., carcinoid crisis) it may be given by rapid bolus.

The initial dosage is usually 50 mcg administered twice or three times daily. Upward dose titration is frequently required. Dosage information for patients with specific tumors follows.

Acromegaly

Dosage may be initiated at 50 mcg t.i.d. Beginning with this low dose may permit adaptation to adverse gastrointestinal effects for patients who will require higher doses. IGF-I (somatomedin C) levels every 2 weeks can be used to guide titration. Alternatively, multiple growth hormone levels at 0 to 8 hours after octreotide acetate injection administration permit more rapid titration of dose. The goal is to achieve growth hormone levels less than 5 ng/mL or IGF-I (somatomedin C) levels less than 1.9 U/mL in males and less than 2.2 U/mL in females. The dose most commonly found to be effective is 100 mcg t.i.d., but some patients require up to 500 mcg t.i.d. for maximum effectiveness. Doses greater than 300 mcg/day seldom result in additional biochemical benefit, and if an increase in dose fails to provide additional benefit, the dose should be reduced. IGF-I (somatomedin C) or growth hormone levels should be re-evaluated at 6-month intervals.

Octreotide acetate injection should be withdrawn yearly for approximately 4 weeks from patients who have received irradiation to assess disease activity. If growth hormone or IGF-I (somatomedin C) levels increase and signs and symptoms recur, octreotide acetate injection therapy may be resumed.

Carcinoid Tumors

The suggested daily dosage of octreotide acetate injection during the first 2 weeks of therapy ranges from 100 to 600 mcg/day (base) in 2 to 4 divided doses (mean daily dosage is 300 mcg). In the clinical studies, the median daily maintenance dosage was approximately 450 mcg, but clinical and biochemical benefits were obtained in some patients with as little as 50 mcg, while others required doses up to 1500 mcg/day. However, experience with doses above 750 mcg/day is limited.

VIPomas

Daily dosages of 200 to 300 mcg in 2 to 4 divided doses are recommended during the initial 2 weeks of therapy (range 150 to 750 mcg) to control symptoms of the disease. On an individual basis, dosage may be adjusted to achieve a therapeutic response, but usually doses above 450 mcg/day are not required.
Ropivacaine Hydrochlori...

Ropivacaine Hydrochloride

The rapid injection of a large volume of local anesthetic solution should be avoided and fractional (incremental) doses should always be used. The smallest dose and concentration required to produce the desired result should be administered.

There have been adverse event reports of chondrolysis in patients receiving intra-articular infusions of local anesthetics following arthroscopic and other surgical procedures. Ropivacaine hydrochloride is not approved for this use (see WARNINGS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION).

The dose of any local anesthetic administered varies with the anesthetic procedure, the area to be anesthetized, the vascularity of the tissues, the number of neuronal segments to be blocked, the depth of anesthesia and degree of muscle relaxation required, the duration of anesthesia desired, individual tolerance, and the physical condition of the patient. Patients in poor general condition due to aging or other compromising factors such as partial or complete heart conduction block, advanced liver disease or severe renal dysfunction require special attention although regional anesthesia is frequently indicated in these patients. To reduce the risk of potentially serious adverse reactions, attempts should be made to optimize the patient's condition before major blocks are performed, and the dosage should be adjusted accordingly.

Use an adequate test dose (3 mL to 5 mL of a short acting local anesthetic solution containing epinephrine) prior to induction of complete block. This test dose should be repeated if the patient is moved in such a fashion as to have displaced the epidural catheter. Allow adequate time for onset of anesthesia following administration of each test dose.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit. Solutions which are discolored or which contain particulate matter should not be administered.
Table 7 Dosage Recommendations
* Not Applicable

† The dose for a major nerve block must be adjusted according to site of administration and patient status. Supraclavicular brachial plexus blocks may be associated with a higher frequency of serious adverse reactions, regardless of the local anesthetic used (see PRECAUTIONS).

‡ Median dose of 21 mg per hour was administered by continuous infusion or by incremental injections (top-ups) over a median delivery time of 5.5 hours.

§ Cumulative doses up to 770 mg of ropivacaine hydrochloride over 24 hours (intraoperative block plus postoperative infusion); Continuous epidural infusion at rates up to 28 mg per hour for 72 hours have been well tolerated in adults, i.e., 2016 mg plus surgical dose of approximately 100 mg to 150 mg as top-up.
Conc. VolumemL Dose mg Onset min Duration hours mg/mL (%) SURGICAL ANESTHESIA Lumbar Epidural 5 (0.5%) 15 to 30 75 to 150 15 to 30 2 to 4 Administration 7.5 (0.75%) 15 to 25 113 to 188 10 to 20 3 to 5 Surgery 10 (1%) 15 to 20 150 to 200 10 to 20 4 to 6 Lumbar Epidural 5 (0.5%) 20 to 30 100 to 150 15 to 25 2 to 4 Administration 7.5 (0.75%) 15 to 20 113 to 150 10 to 20 3 to 5 Cesarean Section Thoracic Epidural 5 (0.5%) 5 to 15 25 to 75 10 to 20 n/a* Administration 7.5 (0.75%) 5 to 15 38 to 113 10 to 20 n/a* Surgery Major Nerve Block† 5 (0.5%) 35 to 50 175 to 250 15 to 30 5 to 8 (e.g., brachial plexus block) 7.5 (0.75%) 10 to 40 75 to 300 10 to 25 6 to 10 Field Block 5 (0.5%) 1 to 40 5 to 200 1 to 15 2 to 6 (e.g., minor nerve blocksand infiltration) LABOR PAIN MANAGEMENT Lumbar Epidural Administration Initial Dose 2 (0.2%) 10 to 20 20 to 40 10 to 15 0.5 to 1.5 Continuous infusion‡ 2 (0.2%) 6 to 14 mL/h 12 to 28 mg/h n/a* n/a* Incremental injections (top-up)‡ 2 (0.2%) 10 to 15 mL/h 20 to 30 mg/h n/a* n/a* POSTOPERATIVE PAIN MANAGEMENT Lumbar Epidural Administration Continuous infusion§ 2 (0.2%) 6 to 14 mL/h 12 to 28 mg/h n/a* n/a* Thoracic Epidural Administration 2 (0.2%) 6 to 14 mL/h 12 to 28 mg/h n/a* n/a* Continuous infusion§ Infiltration (e.g., minor nerve block) 25 (0.2%)(0.5%) 1 to 1001 to 40 2 to 2005 to 200 1 to 51 to 5 2 to 62 to 6
The doses in the table are those considered to be necessary to produce a successful block and should be regarded as guidelines for use in adults. Individual variations in onset and duration occur. The figures reflect the expected average dose range needed. For other local anesthetic techniques standard current textbooks should be consulted.

When prolonged blocks are used, either through continuous infusion or through repeated bolus administration, the risks of reaching a toxic plasma concentration or inducing local neural injury must be considered. Experience to date indicates that a cumulative dose of up to 770 mg ropivacaine hydrochloride administered over 24 hours is well tolerated in adults when used for postoperative pain management: i.e., 2016 mg. Caution should be exercised when administering ropivacaine hydrochloride for prolonged periods of time, e.g., > 70 hours in debilitated patients.

For treatment of postoperative pain, the following technique can be recommended: If regional anesthesia was not used intraoperatively, then an initial epidural block with 5 mL to 7 mL ropivacaine hydrochloride is induced via an epidural catheter. Analgesia is maintained with an infusion of ropivacaine hydrochloride, 2 mg/mL (0.2%). Clinical studies have demonstrated that infusion rates of 6 mL to 14 mL (12 mg to 28 mg) per hour provide adequate analgesia with nonprogressive motor block. With this technique a significant reduction in the need for opioids was demonstrated. Clinical experience supports the use of ropivacaine hydrochloride epidural infusions for up to 72 hours.
Flumazenil

Flumazenil

Flumazenil is recommended for intravenous use only. It is compatible with 5% dextrose in water, lactated Ringer's and normal saline solutions. If flumazenil is drawn into a syringe or mixed with any of these solutions, it should be discarded after 24 hours. For optimum sterility, flumazenil should remain in the vial until just before use. As with all parenteral drug products, flumazenil should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

To minimize the likelihood of pain at the injection site, flumazenil should be administered through a freely running intravenous infusion into a large vein.

Reversal of Conscious Sedation

Adult Patients

For the reversal of the sedative effects of benzodiazepines administered for conscious sedation, the recommended initial dose of flumazenil is 0.2 mg (2 mL) administered intravenously over 15 seconds. If the desired level of consciousness is not obtained after waiting an additional 45 seconds, a second dose of 0.2 mg (2 mL) can be injected and repeated at 60-second intervals where necessary (up to a maximum of 4 additional times) to a maximum total dose of 1 mg (10 mL). The dosage should be individualized based on the patient's response, with most patients responding to doses of 0.6 mg to 1 mg (see INDIVIDUALIZATION OF DOSAGE).

In the event of resedation, repeated doses may be administered at 20-minute intervals as needed. For repeat treatment, no more than 1 mg (given as 0.2 mg/min) should be administered at any one time, and no more than 3 mg should be given in any one hour.

It is recommended that flumazenil be administered as the series of small injections described (not as a single bolus injection) to allow the practitioner to control the reversal of sedation to the approximate endpoint desired and to minimize the possibility of adverse effects (see INDIVIDUALIZATION OF DOSAGE).

Pediatric Patients

For the reversal of the sedative effects of benzodiazepines administered for conscious sedation in pediatric patients greater than 1 year of age, the recommended initial dose is 0.01 mg/kg (up to 0.2 mg) administered intravenously over 15 seconds. If the desired level of consciousness is not obtained after waiting an additional 45 seconds, further injections of 0.01 mg/kg (up to 0.2 mg) can be administered and repeated at 60-second intervals where necessary (up to a maximum of 4 additional times) to a maximum total dose of 0.05 mg/kg or 1 mg, whichever is lower. The dose should be individualized based on the patient's response. The mean total dose administered in the pediatric clinical trial of flumazenil was 0.65 mg (range: 0.08 mg to 1.00 mg). Approximately one-half of patients required the maximum of five injections.

Resedation occurred in 7 of 60 pediatric patients who were fully alert 10 minutes after the start of flumazenil administration (see PRECAUTIONS: Pediatric Use). The safety and efficacy of repeated flumazenil administration in pediatric patients experiencing resedation have not been established.

It is recommended that flumazenil be administered as the series of small injections described (not as a single bolus injection) to allow the practitioner to control the reversal of sedation to the approximate endpoint desired and to minimize the possibility of adverse effects (see INDIVIDUALIZATION OF DOSAGE).

The safety and efficacy of flumazenil in the reversal of conscious sedation in pediatric patients below the age of 1 year have not been established.

Reversal of General Anesthesia in Adult Patients

For the reversal of the sedative effects of benzodiazepines administered for general anesthesia, the recommended initial dose of flumazenil is 0.2 mg (2 mL) administered intravenously over 15 seconds. If the desired level of consciousness is not obtained after waiting an additional 45 seconds, a further dose of 0.2 mg (2 mL) can be injected and repeated at 60-second intervals where necessary (up to a maximum of 4 additional times) to a maximum total dose of 1 mg (10 mL). The dosage should be individualized based on the patient's response, with most patients responding to doses of 0.6 mg to 1 mg (see INDIVIDUALIZATION OF DOSAGE).

In the event of resedation, repeated doses may be administered at 20-minute intervals as needed. For repeat treatment, no more than 1 mg (given as 0.2 mg/min) should be administered at any one time, and no more than 3 mg should be given in any one hour.

It is recommended that flumazenil be administered as the series of small injections described (not as a single bolus injection) to allow the practitioner to control the reversal of sedation to the approximate endpoint desired and to minimize the possibility of adverse effects (see INDIVIDUALIZATION OF DOSAGE).

Management of Suspected Benzodiazepine Overdose in Adult Patients

For initial management of a known or suspected benzodiazepine overdose, the recommended initial dose of flumazenil is 0.2 mg (2 mL) administered intravenously over 30 seconds. If the desired level of consciousness is not obtained after waiting 30 seconds, a further dose of 0.3 mg (3 mL) can be administered over another 30 seconds. Further doses of 0.5 mg (5 mL) can be administered over 30 seconds at 1-minute intervals up to a cumulative dose of 3 mg.

Do not rush the administration of flumazenil. Patients should have a secure airway and intravenous access before administration of the drug and be awakened gradually (see PRECAUTIONS).

Most patients with a benzodiazepine overdose will respond to a cumulative dose of 1 mg to 3 mg of flumazenil, and doses beyond 3 mg do not reliably produce additional effects. On rare occasions, patients with a partial response at 3 mg may require additional titration up to a total dose of 5 mg (administered slowly in the same manner).

If a patient has not responded 5 minutes after receiving a cumulative dose of 5 mg of flumazenil, the major cause of sedation is likely not to be due to benzodiazepines, and additional flumazenil is likely to have no effect.

In the event of resedation, repeated doses may be given at 20-minute intervals if needed.

For repeat treatment, no more than 1 mg (given as 0.5 mg/min) should be given at any one time and no more than 3 mg should be given in any one hour.

Safety and Handling

Flumazenil injection is supplied in sealed dosage forms and poses no known risk to the healthcare provider. Routine care should be taken to avoid aerosol generation when preparing syringes for injection, and spilled medication should be rinsed from the skin with cool water.
Leucovorin

Leucovorin

Advanced Colorectal Cancer

Either of the following two regimens is recommended:
Leucovorin is administered at 200 mg/m2 by slow intravenous injection over a minimum of 3 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil at 370 mg/m2 by intravenous injection. Leucovorin is administered at 20 mg/m2 by intravenous injection followed by 5-fluorouracil at 425 mg/m2 by intravenous injection.
5-Fluorouracil and leucovorin should be administered separately to avoid the formation of a precipitate.

Treatment is repeated daily for five days. This five-day treatment course may be repeated at 4 week (28-day) intervals, for 2 courses and then repeated at 4 to 5 week (28 to 35 day) intervals provided that the patient has completely recovered from the toxic effects of the prior treatment course.

In subsequent treatment courses, the dosage of 5-fluorouracil should be adjusted based on patient tolerance of the prior treatment course. The daily dosage of 5-fluorouracil should be reduced by 20% for patients who experienced moderate hematologic or gastrointestinal toxicity in the prior treatment course, and by 30% for patients who experienced severe toxicity (see PRECAUTIONS: Laboratory Tests). For patients who experienced no toxicity in the prior treatment course, 5-fluorouracil dosages may be increased by 10%. Leucovorin dosages are not adjusted for toxicity.

Several other doses and schedules of leucovorin/5-fluorouracil therapy have also been evaluated in patients with advanced colorectal cancer; some of these alternative regimens may also have efficacy in the treatment of this disease. However, further clinical research will be required to confirm the safety and effectiveness of these alternative leucovorin/5-fluorouracil treatment regimens.

Leucovorin Rescue After High-Dose Methotrexate Therapy

The recommendations for leucovorin rescue are based on a methotrexate dose of 12 to 15 grams/m2 administered by intravenous infusion over 4 hours (see methotrexate package insert for full prescribing information).

Leucovorin rescue at a dose of 15 mg (approximately 10 mg/m2) every 6 hours for 10 doses starts 24 hours after the beginning of the methotrexate infusion. In the presence of gastrointestinal toxicity, nausea or vomiting, leucovorin should be administered parenterally. Do not administer leucovorin intrathecally.

Serum creatinine and methotrexate levels should be determined at least once daily. Leucovorin administration, hydration, and urinary alkalinization (pH of 7.0 or greater) should be continued until the methotrexate level is below 5 x 10-8 M (0.05 micromolar). The leucovorin dose should be adjusted or leucovorin rescue extended based on the guidelines provided in Table 2.

Patients who experience delayed early methotrexate elimination are likely to develop reversible renal failure. In addition to appropriate leucovorin therapy, these patients require continuing hydration and urinary alkalinization, and close monitoring of fluid and electrolyte status, until the serum methotrexate level has fallen to below 0.05 micromolar and the renal failure has resolved.

Some patients will have abnormalities in methotrexate elimination or renal function following methotrexate administration, which are significant but less severe than the abnormalities described in Table 2. These abnormalities may or may not be associated with significant clinical toxicity. If significant clinical toxicity is observed, leucovorin rescue should be extended for an additional 24 hours (total of 14 doses over 84 hours) in subsequent courses of therapy. The possibility that the patient is taking other medications which interact with methotrexate (e.g., medications which may interfere with methotrexate elimination or binding to serum albumin) should always be reconsidered when laboratory abnormalities or clinical toxicities are observed.

Impaired Methotrexate Elimination or Inadvertent Overdosage

Leucovorin rescue should begin as soon as possible after an inadvertent overdosage and within 24 hours of methotrexate administration when there is delayed excretion (see WARNINGS). Leucovorin 10 mg/m2 should be administered IV, IM, or PO every 6 hours until the serum methotrexate level is less than 10-8 M. In the presence of gastrointestinal toxicity, nausea, or vomiting, leucovorin should be administered parenterally. Do not administer leucovorin intrathecally.

Serum creatinine and methotrexate levels should be determined at 24 hour intervals. If the 24 hour serum creatinine has increased 50% over baseline or if the 24 hour methotrexate level is greater than 5 x 10-6 M or the 48 hour level is greater than 9 x 10-7 M, the dose of leucovorin should be increased to 100 mg/m2 IV every 3 hours until the methotrexate level is less than 10-8 M.

Hydration (3 L/d) and urinary alkalinization with sodium bicarbonate solution should be employed concomitantly. The bicarbonate dose should be adjusted to maintain the urine pH at 7.0 or greater.

Megaloblastic Anemia Due to Folic Acid Deficiency

Up to 1 mg daily. There is no evidence that doses greater than 1 mg/day have greater efficacy than those of 1 mg; additionally, loss of folate in urine becomes roughly logarithmic as the amount administered exceeds 1 mg.

Each 50, 100, and 200 mg vial of Leucovorin Calcium for Injection when reconstituted with 5, 10, and 20 mL, respectively, of sterile diluent yields a leucovorin concentration of 10 mg leucovorin per mL. Each 350 mg vial of Leucovorin Calcium for Injection when reconstituted with 17.5 mL of sterile diluent yields a leucovorin concentration of 20 mg leucovorin per mL. Leucovorin Calcium for Injection contains no preservative. Reconstitute the lyophilized vial products with Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, which contains benzyl alcohol, or with Sterile Water for Injection, USP. When reconstituted with Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, the resulting solution must be used within 7 days. If the product is reconstituted with Sterile Water for Injection, USP, use immediately and discard unused portion.

Because of the benzyl alcohol contained in Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, when doses greater than 10 mg/m2 are administered Leucovorin Calcium for Injection should be reconstituted with Sterile Water for Injection, USP, and used immediately. (See WARNINGS.) Because of the calcium content of the leucovorin solution, no more than 160 mg of leucovorin should be injected intravenously per minute (16 mL of a 10 mg/mL, or 8 mL of a 20 mg/mL solution per minute).

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Leucovorin should not be mixed in the same infusion as 5-fluorouracil, since this may lead to the formation of a precipitate.
Leucovorin

Leucovorin

Advanced Colorectal Cancer

Either of the following two regimens is recommended:
Leucovorin is administered at 200 mg/m2 by slow intravenous injection over a minimum of 3 minutes, followed by 5-fluorouracil at 370 mg/m2 by intravenous injection. Leucovorin is administered at 20 mg/m2 by intravenous injection followed by 5-fluorouracil at 425 mg/m2 by intravenous injection.
5-Fluorouracil and leucovorin should be administered separately to avoid the formation of a precipitate.

Treatment is repeated daily for five days. This five-day treatment course may be repeated at 4 week (28-day) intervals, for 2 courses and then repeated at 4 to 5 week (28 to 35 day) intervals provided that the patient has completely recovered from the toxic effects of the prior treatment course.

In subsequent treatment courses, the dosage of 5-fluorouracil should be adjusted based on patient tolerance of the prior treatment course. The daily dosage of 5-fluorouracil should be reduced by 20% for patients who experienced moderate hematologic or gastrointestinal toxicity in the prior treatment course, and by 30% for patients who experienced severe toxicity (see PRECAUTIONS: Laboratory Tests). For patients who experienced no toxicity in the prior treatment course, 5-fluorouracil dosages may be increased by 10%. Leucovorin dosages are not adjusted for toxicity.

Several other doses and schedules of leucovorin/5-fluorouracil therapy have also been evaluated in patients with advanced colorectal cancer; some of these alternative regimens may also have efficacy in the treatment of this disease. However, further clinical research will be required to confirm the safety and effectiveness of these alternative leucovorin/5-fluorouracil treatment regimens.

Leucovorin Rescue After High-Dose Methotrexate Therapy

The recommendations for leucovorin rescue are based on a methotrexate dose of 12 to 15 grams/m2 administered by intravenous infusion over 4 hours (see methotrexate package insert for full prescribing information).

Leucovorin rescue at a dose of 15 mg (approximately 10 mg/m2) every 6 hours for 10 doses starts 24 hours after the beginning of the methotrexate infusion. In the presence of gastrointestinal toxicity, nausea or vomiting, leucovorin should be administered parenterally. Do not administer leucovorin intrathecally.

Serum creatinine and methotrexate levels should be determined at least once daily. Leucovorin administration, hydration, and urinary alkalinization (pH of 7.0 or greater) should be continued until the methotrexate level is below 5 x 10-8 M (0.05 micromolar). The leucovorin dose should be adjusted or leucovorin rescue extended based on the guidelines provided in Table 2.

Patients who experience delayed early methotrexate elimination are likely to develop reversible renal failure. In addition to appropriate leucovorin therapy, these patients require continuing hydration and urinary alkalinization, and close monitoring of fluid and electrolyte status, until the serum methotrexate level has fallen to below 0.05 micromolar and the renal failure has resolved.

Some patients will have abnormalities in methotrexate elimination or renal function following methotrexate administration, which are significant but less severe than the abnormalities described in Table 2. These abnormalities may or may not be associated with significant clinical toxicity. If significant clinical toxicity is observed, leucovorin rescue should be extended for an additional 24 hours (total of 14 doses over 84 hours) in subsequent courses of therapy. The possibility that the patient is taking other medications which interact with methotrexate (e.g., medications which may interfere with methotrexate elimination or binding to serum albumin) should always be reconsidered when laboratory abnormalities or clinical toxicities are observed.

Impaired Methotrexate Elimination or Inadvertent Overdosage

Leucovorin rescue should begin as soon as possible after an inadvertent overdosage and within 24 hours of methotrexate administration when there is delayed excretion (see WARNINGS). Leucovorin 10 mg/m2 should be administered IV, IM, or PO every 6 hours until the serum methotrexate level is less than 10-8 M. In the presence of gastrointestinal toxicity, nausea, or vomiting, leucovorin should be administered parenterally. Do not administer leucovorin intrathecally.

Serum creatinine and methotrexate levels should be determined at 24 hour intervals. If the 24 hour serum creatinine has increased 50% over baseline or if the 24 hour methotrexate level is greater than 5 x 10-6 M or the 48 hour level is greater than 9 x 10-7 M, the dose of leucovorin should be increased to 100 mg/m2 IV every 3 hours until the methotrexate level is less than 10-8 M.

Hydration (3 L/d) and urinary alkalinization with sodium bicarbonate solution should be employed concomitantly. The bicarbonate dose should be adjusted to maintain the urine pH at 7.0 or greater.

Megaloblastic Anemia Due to Folic Acid Deficiency

Up to 1 mg daily. There is no evidence that doses greater than 1 mg/day have greater efficacy than those of 1 mg; additionally, loss of folate in urine becomes roughly logarithmic as the amount administered exceeds 1 mg.

Each 50, 100, and 200 mg vial of Leucovorin Calcium for Injection when reconstituted with 5, 10, and 20 mL, respectively, of sterile diluent yields a leucovorin concentration of 10 mg leucovorin per mL. Each 350 mg vial of Leucovorin Calcium for Injection when reconstituted with 17.5 mL of sterile diluent yields a leucovorin concentration of 20 mg leucovorin per mL. Leucovorin Calcium for Injection contains no preservative. Reconstitute the lyophilized vial products with Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, which contains benzyl alcohol, or with Sterile Water for Injection, USP. When reconstituted with Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, the resulting solution must be used within 7 days. If the product is reconstituted with Sterile Water for Injection, USP, use immediately and discard unused portion.

Because of the benzyl alcohol contained in Bacteriostatic Water for Injection, USP, when doses greater than 10 mg/m2 are administered Leucovorin Calcium for Injection should be reconstituted with Sterile Water for Injection, USP, and used immediately. (See WARNINGS.) Because of the calcium content of the leucovorin solution, no more than 160 mg of leucovorin should be injected intravenously per minute (16 mL of a 10 mg/mL, or 8 mL of a 20 mg/mL solution per minute).

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Leucovorin should not be mixed in the same infusion as 5-fluorouracil, since this may lead to the formation of a precipitate.
Levofloxacin

Levofloxacin

2.1 Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function

The usual dose of levofloxacin injection is 250 mg or 500 mg administered by slow infusion over 60 minutes every 24 hours or 750 mg administered by slow infusion over 90 minutes every 24 hours, as indicated by infection and described in Table 1.

These recommendations apply to patients with creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min. For patients with creatinine clearance < 50 mL/min, adjustments to the dosing regimen are required [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)].
Table 1: Dosage in Adult Patients with Normal Renal Function (creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min)
*Due to the designated pathogens [see Indications and Usage (1)].

†Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

‡Due to methicillin-susceptible Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrhalis, Chlamydophila pneumoniae, Legionella pneumophila, or Mycoplasma pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.2)].

§Due to Streptococcus pneumoniae (excluding multi-drug-resistant isolates [MDRSP]), Haemophilus influenzae, Haemophilus parainfluenzae, Mycoplasma pneumoniae, or Chlamydophila pneumoniae [see Indications and Usage (1.3)].

¶This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis and AP due to E. coli, including cases with concurrent bacteremia.

#This regimen is indicated for cUTI due to Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus cloacae, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa; and for AP due to E. coli.

ÞDrug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)].

βThe safety of levofloxacin in adults for durations of therapy beyond 28 days or in pediatric patients for durations beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

àDrug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis. Higher doses of levofloxacin typically used for treatment of pneumonia can be used for treatment of plague, if clinically indicated.
Type of Infection* Dosed Every 24 hours Duration (days)† Nosocomial Pneumonia 750 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia‡ 500 mg 7-14 Community Acquired Pneumonia§ 750 mg 5 Acute Bacterial Sinusitis 750 mg 5 500 mg 10-14 Acute Bacterial Exacerbation of Chronic Bronchitis 500 mg 7 Complicated Skin and Skin Structure Infections (SSSI) 750 mg 7-14 Uncomplicated SSSI 500 mg 7-10 Chronic Bacterial Prostatitis 500 mg 28 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) or Acute Pyelonephritis (AP)¶ 750 mg 5 Complicated Urinary Tract Infection (cUTI) or Acute Pyelonephritis (AP)# 250 mg 10 Uncomplicated Urinary Tract Infection 250 mg 3 Inhalational Anthrax (Post-Exposure), adult andpediatric patients > 50 kg Þ,β pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of ageÞ,β 500 mgsee Table 2 below (2.2) 60 β 60 β Plague, adult and pediatric patients > 50 kg à Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 500 mgsee Table 2 below (2.2) 10 to 1410 to 14
2.2 Dosage in Pediatric Patients

The dosage in pediatric patients ≥ 6 months of age is described below in Table 2.
Table 2: Dosage in Pediatric Patients ≥ 6 months of age
*Due to Bacillus anthracis [see Indications and Usage (1.13)] and Yersinia pestis [see Indications and Usage (1.14)].

†Sequential therapy (intravenous to oral) may be instituted at the discretion of the physician.

‡Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to aerosolized B. anthracis. This indication is based on a surrogate endpoint. Levofloxacin plasma concentrations achieved in humans are reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit [see Clinical Studies (14.9)]

§The safety of levofloxacin in pediatric patients for durations of therapy beyond 14 days has not been studied. An increased incidence of musculoskeletal adverse events compared to controls has been observed in pediatric patients [see Warnings and Precautions (5.10), Use in Specific Populations (8.4), and Clinical Studies (14.9)]. Prolonged levofloxacin therapy should only be used when the benefit outweighs the risk.

¶Drug administration should begin as soon as possible after suspected or confirmed exposure to Yersinia pestis.
Type of Infection* Dose Freq. Once every Duration† Inhalational Anthrax (post-exposure)‡,§ Pediatric patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24hr 60 days§ Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed250 mg per dose) 12hr 60 days§ Plague¶ Pediatric patients > 50 kg 500 mg 24 hr 10 to 14 days Pediatric patients < 50 kg and ≥ 6 months of age 8 mg/kg(not to exceed 250 mg per dose) 12 hr 10 to 14 days
2.3 Dosage Adjustment in Adults with Renal Impairment

Administer levofloxacin with caution in the presence of renal insufficiency. Careful clinical observation and appropriate laboratory studies should be performed prior to and during therapy since elimination of levofloxacin may be reduced.

No adjustment is necessary for patients with a creatinine clearance ≥ 50 mL/min.

In patients with impaired renal function (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min), adjustment of the dosage regimen is necessary to avoid the accumulation of levofloxacin due to decreased clearance [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6)].

Table 3 shows how to adjust dose based on creatinine clearance.
Table 3: Dosage Adjustment in Adult Patients with Renal Impairment (creatinine clearance <50 mL/min) Dosage in Normal Renal Function Every 24 hours Creatinine Clearance 20 to 49 mL/min Creatinine Clearance 10 to 19 mL/ min Hemodialysis or Chronic Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis (CAPD) 750 mg 750 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then 500 mg every 48 hours 750 mg initial dose, then 500 mg every 48 hours 500 mg 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 24 hours 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 48 hours 500 mg initial dose, then 250 mg every 48 hours 250 mg No dosage adjustmentrequired 250 mg every 48 hours. If treating uncomplicated UTI, then no dosageadjustment is required No information on dosingadjustment is available
2.4 Drug Interaction With Chelation Agents: Antacids, Sucralfate, Metal Cations, Multivitamins

Levofloxacin Injection

Levofloxacin injection should not be co-administered with any solution containing multivalent cations, e.g., magnesium, through the same intravenous line [see Dosage and Administration (2.6)].

2.5 Administration Instructions

Levofloxacin Injection

Caution: Rapid or bolus intravenous infusion of levofloxacin has been associated with hypotension and must be avoided. Levofloxacin injection should be infused intravenously slowly over a period of not less than 60 or 90 minutes, depending on the dosage. Levofloxacin injection should be administered only by intravenous infusion. It is not for intramuscular, intrathecal, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.

Hydration for Patients Receiving Levofloxacin Injection

Adequate hydration of patients receiving intravenous levofloxacin should be maintained to prevent the formation of highly concentrated urine. Crystalluria and cylindruria have been reported with quinolones [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) and Patient Counseling Information (17.2)].

2.6 Preparation of Intravenous Product

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Because only limited data are available on the compatibility of levofloxacin injection with other intravenous substances, additives or other medications should not be added to levofloxacin injection in single-use vials, or infused simultaneously through the same intravenous line. If the same intravenous line is used for sequential infusion of several different drugs, the line should be flushed before and after infusion of levofloxacin injection with an infusion solution compatible with levofloxacin injection and with any other drug(s) administered via this common line.

Levofloxacin Injection in Single-Use Vials

Single-use vials require dilution prior to administration.

Levofloxacin injection is supplied in single-use vials containing a concentrated levofloxacin solution with the equivalent of 500 mg (20 mL vial) and 750 mg (30 mL vial) of levofloxacin in Water for Injection, USP. The 20 mL and 30 mL vials each contain 25 mg of levofloxacin/mL. These levofloxacin injection single-use vials must be further diluted with an appropriate solution prior to intravenous administration [see Table 4]. The concentration of the resulting diluted solution should be 5 mg/mL prior to administration.

Compatible Intravenous Solutions: Any of the following intravenous solutions may be used to prepare a 5 mg/mL levofloxacin solution with the approximate pH values:
Table 4: Compatible Intravenous Solutions Intravenous Fluids Final pH of Levofloxacin Solution 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 4.71 5% Dextrose Injection, USP 4.58 5% Dextrose/0.9% NaCl Injection 4.62 5% Dextrose in Lactated Ringers 4.92 Plasma-Lyte® 56/5% Dextrose Injection 5.03 5% Dextrose, 0.45% Sodium Chloride, and 0.15% Potassium Chloride Injection 4.61 Sodium Lactate Injection (M/6) 5.54
Since no preservative or bacteriostatic agent is present in this product, aseptic technique must be used in preparation of the final intravenous solution. Since the vials are for single-use only, any unused portion remaining in the vial should be discarded. When used to prepare two 250 mg doses from the 20 mL vial containing 500 mg of levofloxacin, the full content of the vial should be withdrawn at once using a single-entry procedure, and a second dose should be prepared and stored for subsequent use [see Stability of Levofloxacin Injection Following Dilution].

Prepare the desired dosage of levofloxacin according to Table 5:
Table 5: Preparation of Levofloxacin Intravenous Solution Desired Dosage Strength From Appropriate Vial, Withdraw Volume Volume of Diluent Infusion Time 500 mg 20 mL (20 mL Vial) 80 mL 60 min 750 mg 30 mL (30 mL Vial) 120 mL 90 min
For example, to prepare a 500 mg dose using the 20 mL vial (25 mg/mL), withdraw 20 mL and dilute with a compatible intravenous solution to a total volume of 100 mL.

This intravenous drug product should be inspected visually for particulate matter prior to administration. Samples containing visible particles should be discarded.

Stability of Levofloxacin Injection Following Dilution: Levofloxacin injection, when diluted in a compatible intravenous fluid to a concentration of 5 mg/mL, is stable for 72 hours when stored at or below 25°C (77°F) and for 14 days when stored under refrigeration at 5°C (41°F) in plastic intravenous containers. Solutions that are diluted in a compatible intravenous solution and frozen in glass bottles or plastic intravenous containers are stable for 6 months when stored at - 20°C(- 4°F). Thaw frozen solutions at room temperature 25°C (77°F) or in a refrigerator 8°C (46°F). Do not force thaw by microwave irradiation or water bath immersion. Do not refreeze after initial thawing.
Berkley And Jensen Nico...

Berkley And Jensen Nicotine

2.1 Intravenous Dosing

Mesna injection may be given on a fractionated dosing schedule of three bolus intravenous injections as outlined below.

Mesna injection is given as intravenous bolus injections in a dosage equal to 20% of the ifosfamide dosage weight by weight (w/w) at the time of ifosfamide administration and 4 and 8 hours after each dose of ifosfamide. The total daily dose of mesna injection is 60% of the ifosfamide dose. The recommended dosing schedule is outlined below in Table 1.
Table 1. Recommended Intravenous Dosing Schedule
1The dosing schedule should be repeated on each day that ifosfamide is administered. When the dosage of ifosfamide is increased or decreased, the ratio of mesna to ifosfamide should be maintained.
0 Hours 4 Hours 8 Hours Ifosfamide 1.2 g/m2 - - Mesna Injection1 240 mg/m2 240 mg/m2 240 mg/m2
2.3 Monitoring for Hematuria

Maintain adequate hydration and sufficient urinary output, as required for ifosfamide treatment, and monitor urine for the presence of hematuria. If severe hematuria develops when mesna injection is given according to the recommended dosage schedule, dosage reductions or discontinuation of ifosfamide therapy may be required.

2.4 Preparation for Intravenous Administration and Stability

Preparation

Determine the volume of mesna injection for the intended dose.

Dilute the volume of mesna injection for the dose in any of the following fluids to obtain a final concentration of 20 mg/mL:
5% Dextrose Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.2% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.33% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 5% Dextrose and 0.45% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP 0.9% Sodium Chloride Injection, USP Lactated Ringer's Injection, USP
Stability

The mesna injection multidose vials may be stored and used for up to 8 days after initial puncture.

Store diluted solutions at 25°C (77°F). Use diluted solutions within 24 hours.

Do not mix mesna injection with epirubicin, cyclophosphamide, cisplatin, carboplatin, and nitrogen mustard.

The benzyl alcohol contained in mesna injection vials can reduce the stability of ifosfamide. Ifosfamide and mesna injection may be mixed in the same bag provided the final concentration of ifosfamide does not exceed 50 mg/mL. Higher concentrations of ifosfamide may not be compatible with mesna injection and may reduce the stability of ifosfamide.

Parenteral drug products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration whenever solution and container permit. Any solutions which are discolored, hazy, or contain visible particulate matter should not be used.

Sagent Pharmaceuticals

Manufacturer Details

Share This Page

Sagent Pharmaceuticals Drugs